<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Haya</id>
	<title>Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Haya"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/Haya"/>
	<updated>2026-07-01T20:53:18Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ambiguous&amp;diff=111781</id>
		<title>Ambiguous</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ambiguous&amp;diff=111781"/>
		<updated>2009-10-12T11:25:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;ambiguity&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;ambiguous&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Oct09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=1|OB=1|Lec=4|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|9}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ambiguous|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB42120_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;850&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.21.20&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.21.20&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mahārāja Pṛthu&#039;s words were pleasing to hear and were not only mellow but also very clearly understandable and without doubt or ambiguity.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.20|SB 4.21.20, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mahārāja Pṛthu was beautiful in his external bodily features, and his speech was also very glorious in all respects. His words, which were nicely composed in highly metaphorical ornamental language, were pleasing to hear and were not only mellow but also very clearly understandable and without doubt or ambiguity.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CC_Madhya-lila&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;CC Madhya-lila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;CC Madhya-lila&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CCMadhya6274_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;CC_Madhya-lila&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;CC&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1242&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;CC Madhya 6.274&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;CC Madhya 6.274&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 6.274|CC Madhya 6.274, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;“Although Your explanation is correct, it should not be used, because there is ambiguity in the word ‘mukti-pada’.”&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Krsna_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;KB78_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;OB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;82&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;KB 78&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Krsna Book 78&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The request of all the learned brāhmaṇas in the assembly was ambiguous because they wanted to keep intact their benediction that Romaharṣaṇa Sūta would continue to live until the end of the great sacrifice, but at the same time they did not want to nullify Balarāma&#039;s killing him.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:KB 78|Krsna Book 78]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;All the great, learned sages present realized that although they considered the action of Lord Balarāma improper, the Lord was immediately able to compensate with greater profits. Not wanting to detract from the mission of the Lord in killing Romaharṣaṇa Sūta, all of them prayed, &amp;quot;Our dear Lord, the uncommon use of Your kuśa weapon to kill Romaharṣaṇa Sūta may remain as it is; because You desired to kill him, he should not be brought to life again. At the same time, Your Lordship may remember that we sages and brāhmaṇas voluntarily gave him long life; therefore, such a benediction should not be nullified.&amp;quot; Thus the request of all the learned brāhmaṇas in the assembly was ambiguous because they wanted to keep intact their benediction that Romaharṣaṇa Sūta would continue to live until the end of the great sacrifice, but at the same time they did not want to nullify Balarāma&#039;s killing him.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Supreme Personality of Godhead therefore solved the problem in a manner befitting His exalted position. He said, “Because the son is produced from the body of the father, the Vedas enjoin that the son is the father&#039;s representative. Therefore I say that Ugraśravā Sūta, the son of Romaharṣaṇa Sūta, should henceforth take his father&#039;s position and continue the discourses on the Purāṇas, and because you wanted Romaharṣaṇa to have a long duration of life, this benediction will be transferred to his son.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG1322HyderabadAugust171976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;370&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 1322 -- Hyderabad, August 17, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 1322 -- Hyderabad, August 17, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the law court if one statement is ambiguous then two parties argue on it. &amp;quot;I think it is this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I think...&amp;quot; But when it is clear there is no question of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 1322 -- Hyderabad, August 17, 1976|Lecture on BG 1322 -- Hyderabad, August 17, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There is no dictionary which means Kurukṣetra this body. So Kurukṣetra is a place. Dharmakṣetra, it is a place of religion or as our Vedic instruction, kurukṣetre dharmān yajayet. You go to Kurukṣetra and perform ritualistic ceremonies, that is recommended. So there is no question of interpreting Kurukṣetra Dharmakṣetra when you can understand it very easily and directly.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There is no use of interpretation. Interpretation is required when you cannot understand one statement. In the law court if one statement is ambiguous then two parties argue on it. &amp;quot;I think it is this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I think...&amp;quot; But when it is clear there is no question of interpretation. Unfortunately the Bhagavad-gītā is being interpreted by unauthorized persons unnecessarily, and people are kept into darkness. We are trying to protest against this process.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;We are presenting Bhagavad-gītā as it is, and people are taking advantage of it in the Western countries.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBGLectureAhmedabadDecember81972_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;406&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG Lecture -- Ahmedabad, December 8, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG Lecture -- Ahmedabad, December 8, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Did Kṛṣṇa mean that &amp;quot;I leave Bhagavad-gītā ambiguous and some learned scholar will come. He will explain&amp;quot;? What is this nonsense?&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG Lecture -- Ahmedabad, December 8, 1972|Lecture on BG Lecture -- Ahmedabad, December 8, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Arjuna&#039;s understanding is there in the Bhagavad-gītā. So if you follow the footprints of Arjuna, then you are rightly understanding Bhagavad-gītā. But if you are following the footprints of some rascal, then you are not understanding Bhagavad-gītā. You are understanding something else. This is the secret. Here we have got so many commentaries on Bhagavad-gītā, as one thinks. As if Kṛṣṇa left Bhagavad-gītā to be commented by some rascals to understand! Why? He said Bhagavad-gītā clearly. Why it is to be interpreted by some rascals? Did Kṛṣṇa mean that &amp;quot;I leave Bhagavad-gītā ambiguous and some learned scholar will come. He will explain&amp;quot;? What is this nonsense? Everything is clear.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB129NewVrindabanSeptember71972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;53&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;According to Vedic culture, we are supposed to follow the varṇāśrama-dharma. It has become very ambiguous at the present moment, Hindu dharma. There is no such thing as Hindu dharma mentioned in the Vedic literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Dharma means occupational duty. Just like according to Vedic culture, we are supposed to follow the varṇāśrama-dharma. It has become very ambiguous at the present moment, Hindu dharma. There is no such thing as Hindu dharma mentioned in the Vedic literature. We don&#039;t find either in the Bhagavad-gītā or Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or any authorized Vedic literature Hindu dharma. Unfortunately, in India it has become very prominent, Hindu dharma, something hodgepodge. Real, our real Vedic dharma is varṇāśrama-dharma. That is mentioned in every Vedic literature—in Purāṇas, in Bhāgavatam and Bhagavad-gītā, in Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Philosophy_Discussions&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;13&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussions&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Philosophy Discussions&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;PhilosophyDiscussiononOrigen_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Philosophy_Discussions&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;30&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussion on Origen&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Philosophy Discussion on Origen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Generally there is no ambiguity in the words of God, but due to our lack of perfect knowledge we sometimes cannot understand and try to interpret.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Origen|Philosophy Discussion on Origen]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Generally, every word in the scripture there is literal meaning, but one who cannot understand properly because one does not hear from the proper person, he makes some  interpretation. But there is no need of interpretation in the words of God. It may be that the words of God sometimes cannot be understood by ordinary person; therefore he requires to understand through the via-media of transparent guru. Guru is fully cognizant of the words spoken by God. One has to accept, therefore, a guru to go through the scripture properly. Generally there is no ambiguity in the words of God, but due to our lack of perfect knowledge we sometimes cannot understand and try to interpret. But this is, this interpretation is not at all feasible, because imperfect person interpreting means whatever he interprets, that is imperfect. So the proper import of the words of scripture or words of God should be understood from a person who has realized God.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithRogerMarialeadingwriterofcommunistliteratureJune121974Paris_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;112&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Roger Maria leading writer of communist literature -- June 12, 1974, Paris&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Roger Maria leading writer of communist literature -- June 12, 1974, Paris&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ambiguity means he is not clear in his knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Roger Maria leading writer of communist literature -- June 12, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation with Roger Maria leading writer of communist literature -- June 12, 1974, Paris]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Jyotirmayī: This man, for example, the one that he just cite, he is also a religious man, but he is against the change now. He wants to keep as it is imperialism. You know. So he said that there are so many of these people who are religious and they are, of course, all they have good goals, that is to help people. You find people referring Bhagavad-gītā on the side of those who are struggling now to change the situation and the side, on the side of those who are keeping the situation as it is. So he says there is an ambiguity there.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Ambiguity means he is not clear in his knowledge. What is religion and what is liberation—these things he does not know clearly. (French)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationMay51976Honolulu_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;97&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 5, 1976, Honolulu&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 5, 1976, Honolulu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is the distinction between clear and ambiguous. What do you find ambiguous, what do you find clear? What is that?&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 5, 1976, Honolulu|Room Conversation -- May 5, 1976, Honolulu]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Why you are inclined to follow Siddha-svarūpa, your wife and you. What is your special attraction?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: (indistinct) ...we couldn&#039;t always be corresponding with you. I needed some personal instruction.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: But first of all (indistinct) you what is the special attraction? Your wife said that their instruction is very clear. So what is the distinction between clear and ambiguous. What do you find ambiguous, what do you find clear? What is that?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: I think the part I found clear, the more introspective points about humility, and changing one&#039;s desires...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Humility means not to follow the instruction of guru? That is not...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: No, that is not humility.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: I&#039;m asking you what is the special attraction? You say... Your wife says it is very clear. What is that clear and ambiguous?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: You mean what is ambiguous and... (indistinct) what is ambiguous or what...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No. You say that is very clear what others are telling you. Now what is that ambiguous, what is that clear?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: The clearness may be a deeper understanding to want to be humble. A deeper understanding to want to...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Humble, but if you do not follow your spiritual master&#039;s instruction, you follow others, then where is the humbleness? You say that... Your wife says that what Siddha-svarūpa says it is very clear and and others are not so clear. Is it not? What is that clear what is not clear?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhūrijana: He says chant Hare Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Not_associating_with_any_material_modes_of_nature&amp;diff=93244</id>
		<title>Not associating with any material modes of nature</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Not_associating_with_any_material_modes_of_nature&amp;diff=93244"/>
		<updated>2009-08-11T21:22:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;avoid associating with the material modes&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;avoid associating with those who are asat&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;no chance of your associating with the thr...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;avoid associating with the material modes&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;avoid associating with those who are asat&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;no chance of your associating with the three material modes of nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;not associating with any material modes of nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;not associating with this material nature&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9905}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Associating]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 5&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB552_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;108&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.5.2&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.5.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To remain unattached to the modes of material nature, one should avoid associating with those who are asat, materialistic.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.5.2|SB 5.5.2, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The human body is like a junction. One may either take the path of liberation or the path leading to a hellish condition. How one can take these paths is described herein. On the path of liberation, one associates with mahātmās, and on the path of bondage one associates with those attached to sense gratification and women. There are two types of mahātmās—the impersonalist and the devotee. Although their ultimate goal is different, the process of emancipation is almost the same. Both want eternal happiness. One seeks happiness in impersonal Brahman, and the other seeks happiness in the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As described in the first verse: brahma-saukhyam. Brahman means spiritual or eternal; both the impersonalist and the devotee seek eternal blissful life. In any case, it is advised that one become perfect. In the words of Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.87):&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;asat-saṅga-tyāga,—ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&#039;strī-saṅgī&#039;—eka asādhu, &#039;kṛṣṇābhakta&#039; āra&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To remain unattached to the modes of material nature, one should avoid associating with those who are asat, materialistic. There are two kinds of materialists. One is attached to women and sense gratification, and the other is simply a nondevotee. On the positive side is association with mahātmās, and on the negative side is the avoidance of nondevotees and women-hunters.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_different_modes_of_material_nature&amp;diff=93242</id>
		<title>Associating with different modes of material nature</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_different_modes_of_material_nature&amp;diff=93242"/>
		<updated>2009-08-11T21:13:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;associating with different modes of material nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with different types of the modes of material nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associati...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;associating with different modes of material nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with different types of the modes of material nature&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with the different modes of material nature&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9914}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Associating]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG225HyderabadNovember291972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;88&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.25 -- Hyderabad, November 29, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 2.25 -- Hyderabad, November 29, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Because we are associating with the different modes of material nature, therefore we have to take birth.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.25 -- Hyderabad, November 29, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.25 -- Hyderabad, November 29, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These rascals, they are pulled by the ear by prakṛti. Prakṛteḥ kriyamāṇāni. &amp;quot;You do this&amp;quot;—I have to do this. One who has associated with the tamo-guṇa of prakṛti, prakṛti has given a body just like hog, and the prakṛti is obliging, &amp;quot;You come here. Eat the stool.&amp;quot; And he&#039;s eating. &amp;quot;Oh, so nice.&amp;quot; This is māyā. Stool is very nice thing? But prakṛti has given this hog a certain type of body and he is relishing: &amp;quot;Oh, stool is so nice.&amp;quot; This is going on. Similarly, human form of body also. They&#039;re eating so many nonsense things in the restaurant, in the hotel, and they&#039;re relishing: &amp;quot;Oh, it is so nice.&amp;quot; This is māyā. This is going on. So our business is to serve, but because we have taken this attitude, that &amp;quot;I don&#039;t like to serve Kṛṣṇa&amp;quot; or, &amp;quot;I am Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; then we are under the clutches of māyā. Immediately. And under the illusion of māyā... Prakṛteḥ kriyamāṇāni guṇaiḥ karmāṇi... ([[Vanisource:BG 3.27|BG 3.27]]). Kāraṇaṁ guṇa-saṅgaḥ asya sad-asad-janma-yoniṣu. Because we are associating with the different modes of material nature, therefore we have to take birth, sad-asad-janma-yoniṣu. One is becoming hog, one is becoming dog, one is becoming human being, one is becoming demigod, one is becoming tree, one is becoming plant. So many... Eight million, four hundred thousands of species and form of life.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_devotees_(SB)&amp;diff=92897</id>
		<title>Associating with devotees (SB)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_devotees_(SB)&amp;diff=92897"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T12:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;associating among the devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with His devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a Vaiñëava&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a first-class de...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;associating among the devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with His devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a Vaiñëava&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a first-class devotee&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a pure devotee&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with a saintly person&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with exalted devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with holy persons&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with pure devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with pure devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with saintly persons&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with sädhus&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with the devotee&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with the devotees&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9980}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Associating]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_the_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;diff=92882</id>
		<title>Associating with the Supreme Personality of Godhead</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Associating_with_the_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;diff=92882"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T11:26:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;associating constantly with the Supreme Personality&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating in different ways with the Supreme Personality of godhead&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;asso...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;associating constantly with the Supreme Personality&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating in different ways with the Supreme Personality of godhead&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;associating with the Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9908}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Associating]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_1_-_6&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG430_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_1_-_6&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;BG&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;182&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;BG 4.30&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;BG 4.30&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;By advancement in life, not only does one become happy and opulent in this life, but also, at the end, he enters into the eternal kingdom of God, either merging into the impersonal Brahman or associating with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:BG 4.30|BG 4.30, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sense gratification is the root cause of material existence; therefore, unless and until one is situated on a platform apart from sense gratification, there is no chance of being elevated to the eternal platform of full knowledge, full bliss and full life. This platform is in the eternal atmosphere, or Brahman atmosphere. All the above-mentioned sacrifices help one to become cleansed of the sinful reactions of material existence. By this advancement in life, not only does one become happy and opulent in this life, but also, at the end, he enters into the eternal kingdom of God, either merging into the impersonal Brahman or associating with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Affectionate_toward_His_devotees&amp;diff=92880</id>
		<title>Affectionate toward His devotees</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Affectionate_toward_His_devotees&amp;diff=92880"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T11:09:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;affectionate toward His devotees&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goal|9910}} {{first|09Aug09}} {{last|09Aug09}} {{...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;affectionate toward His devotees&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9910}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Affectionate]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 5&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB536_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;72&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.3.6&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.3.6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is very affectionate toward His devotees, sells Himself to a devotee who offers merely a tulasī leaf and a palmful of water.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.3.6|SB 5.3.6, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quoting from the Gautamīya-tantra, the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa states:&lt;br /&gt;
:tulasī-dala-mātreṇa &lt;br /&gt;
:jalasya culukena vā &lt;br /&gt;
:vikrīṇīte svam ātmānaṁ &lt;br /&gt;
:bhaktebhyo bhakta-vatsalaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is very affectionate toward His devotees, sells Himself to a devotee who offers merely a tulasī leaf and a palmful of water.&amp;quot; The Supreme Lord is causelessly merciful upon His devotee, so much so that even the poorest of men can offer Him a little water and a flower in devotion and thus please Him. This is due to His affectionate dealings with His devotees.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB51817_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;442&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.18.17&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.18.17&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In whatever form the Supreme Lord Viṣṇu appears, He is always affectionate toward His devotees.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.18.17|SB 5.18.17, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The word māyāmayam used in this verse should not be understood according to the interpretations of the Māyāvādīs. Māyā means affection as well as illusion. When a mother deals with her child affectionately, she is called māyāmaya. In whatever form the Supreme Lord Viṣṇu appears, He is always affectionate toward His devotees. Thus the word māyāmayam is used here to mean &amp;quot;very affectionate toward the devotees.&amp;quot; Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī writes in this regard that māyāmayam can also mean kṛpā-pracuram, deeply merciful. Similarly, Śrīla Vīrarāghava says, māyā-pracuranātmīya-saṅkalpena parigṛhītam ity arthaḥ jñāna-paryāyo&#039;tra māyā-śabdaḥ: when one is very affectionate due to an intimate relationship, one is described as māyāmaya. Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura explains māyāmayam by dividing it into the words māyā and āmayam. He explains these words to indicate that because the living entity is covered by the disease of illusion, the Lord is always eager to deliver His devotee from the clutches of māyā and cure him of the disease caused by the illusory energy.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_6&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 6&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB61717_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_6&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;657&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 6.17.17&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 6.17.17&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Lord is very kind and affectionate toward His devotees.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 6.17.17|SB 6.17.17, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Lord is very kind and affectionate toward His devotees, and therefore a devotee, in any condition, is not subjected to the results of karma. A devotee never aspires for the heavenly planets. The heavenly planets, liberation and hell are nondifferent for a devotee, for he does not discriminate between different positions in the material world. A devotee is always eager to return home, back to Godhead, and remain there as the Lord&#039;s associate.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Airavata&amp;diff=92876</id>
		<title>Airavata</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Airavata&amp;diff=92876"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T09:52:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;Airavata&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|BG}} {{goal|9925}} {{first|09Aug09}} {{last|09Aug09}} {{totals_by_section|BG=1...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Airavata&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9925}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Airavata]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_7_-_12&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;BG Chapters 7 - 12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BG Chapters 7 - 12&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG1027_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_7_-_12&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;BG&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;117&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;BG 10.27&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;BG 10.27&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:BG 10.27|BG 10.27, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Of horses know Me to be Uccaiḥśravā, produced during the churning of the ocean for nectar. Of lordly elephants I am Airāvata, and among men I am the monarch.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG1027_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_7_-_12&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;BG&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;117&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;BG 10.27&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;BG 10.27&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Another animal produced from the nectar was an elephant named Airāvata.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:BG 10.27|BG 10.27, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The devotee demigods and the demons (asuras) once took part in churning the sea. From this churning, nectar and poison were produced, and Lord Śiva drank the poison. From the nectar were produced many entities, of which there was a horse named Uccaiḥśravā. Another animal produced from the nectar was an elephant named Airāvata. Because these two animals were produced from nectar, they have special significance, and they are representatives of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ananta-samhita&amp;diff=92871</id>
		<title>Ananta-samhita</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ananta-samhita&amp;diff=92871"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T09:22:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;Ananta-samhita&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|ALL}} {{first|09Aug09}} {{last|09Aug09}} {{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|C...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Ananta-samhita&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ananta-samhita]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;CC Adi-lila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;CC Adi-lila&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CCAdi222_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;CC&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;125&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;CC Adi 2.22&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;CC Adi 2.22&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 2.22|CC Adi 2.22, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From the Ananta-saṁhitā:&lt;br /&gt;
:ya eva bhagavān kṛṣṇo &lt;br /&gt;
:rādhikā-prāṇa-vallabhaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
:sṛṣṭy ādau sa jagan-nātho &lt;br /&gt;
:gaura āsīn maheśvari &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The Supreme Person, Śrī Kṛṣṇa Himself, who is the life of Śrī Rādhārāṇī and is the Lord of the universe in creation, maintenance and annihilation, appears as Gaura, O Maheśvarī.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Appointed_by_the_Lord&amp;diff=92869</id>
		<title>Appointed by the Lord</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Appointed_by_the_Lord&amp;diff=92869"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T09:06:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;appointed by the Lord&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;appointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;appointed by the supreme Lord&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|H...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;appointed by the Lord&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;appointed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;appointed by the supreme Lord&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9918}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Appointing]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_1_-_6&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BG Chapters 1 - 6&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG425_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_1_-_6&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;BG&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;177&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;BG 4.25&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;BG 4.25&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The demigods are powerful living entities appointed by the Supreme Lord for the maintenance and supervision of all material functions.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:BG 4.25|BG 4.25, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Those who are in Kṛṣṇa consciousness sacrifice all material possessions for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, while others, who want some temporary material happiness, sacrifice their material possessions to satisfy demigods such as Indra, the sun-god, etc. And others, who are impersonalists, sacrifice their identity by merging into the existence of impersonal Brahman. The demigods are powerful living entities appointed by the Supreme Lord for the maintenance and supervision of all material functions like the heating, watering and lighting of the universe. Those who are interested in material benefits worship the demigods by various sacrifices according to the Vedic rituals. They are called bahv-īśvara-vādī, or believers in many gods. But others, who worship the impersonal feature of the Absolute Truth and regard the forms of the demigods as temporary, sacrifice their individual selves in the supreme fire and thus end their individual existences by merging into the existence of the Supreme.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Alakananda_River&amp;diff=92866</id>
		<title>Alakananda River</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Alakananda_River&amp;diff=92866"/>
		<updated>2009-08-09T08:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;Alakananda&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goal|9903}} {{first|09Aug09}} {{last|09Aug09}} {{totals_by_section|BG=0...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Alakananda&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9903}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=4|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Alakananda River]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 5&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB517Summary_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;401&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.17 Summary&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.17 Summary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Alakanandā branch is one of the four branches of the Ganges River, and it flows through Brahmālaya, crosses over many mountains, including Hemakūṭa and Himakūṭa, and then reaches Bhārata-varṣa, where it flows into the southern side of the ocean of salt water.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.17 Summary|SB 5.17 Summary]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Ganges River, emanating from the lotus feet of the Lord, inundates the heavenly planets, especially the moon, and then flows through Brahmapurī atop Mount Meru. Here the river divides into four branches (known as Sītā, Alakanandā, Cakṣu and Bhadrā), which then flow down to the ocean of salt water. The branch known as Sītā flows through Śekhara-parvata and Gandhamādana-parvata and then flows down to Bhadrāśva-varṣa, where it mixes with the ocean of salt water in the West. The Cakṣu branch flows through Mālyavān-giri and, after reaching Ketumāla-varṣa, mixes with the ocean of salt water in the West. The branch known as Bhadrā flows onto Mount Meru, Mount Kumuda, and the Nīla, Śveta and Śṛṅgavān mountains before it reaches Kuru-deśa, where it flows into the ocean of salt water in the north. The Alakanandā branch flows through Brahmālaya, crosses over many mountains, including Hemakūṭa and Himakūṭa, and then reaches Bhārata-varṣa, where it flows into the southern side of the ocean of salt water. Many other rivers and their branches flow through the nine varṣas.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB5175_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;406&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.17.5&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.17.5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.17.5|SB 5.17.5, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;On top of Mount Meru, the Ganges divides into four branches, each of which gushes in a different direction (east, west, north and south). These branches, known by the names Sītā, Alakanandā, Cakṣu and Bhadrā, flow down to the ocean.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB5179_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;410&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.17.9&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.17.9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.17.9|SB 5.17.9, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Similarly, the branch of the Ganges known as Alakanandā flows from the southern side of Brahmapurī (Brahma-sadana). Passing over the tops of mountains in various lands, it falls down with fierce force upon the peaks of the mountains Hemakūṭa and Himakūṭa. After inundating the tops of those mountains, the Ganges falls down onto the tract of land known as Bhārata-varṣa, which she also inundates. Then the Ganges flows into the ocean of salt water in the south. Persons who come to bathe in this river are fortunate. It is not very difficult for them to achieve with every step the results of performing great sacrifices like the Rājasūya and Aśvamedha yajñas.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_1014_to_12_Translations_Only&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB11294144_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_10.14_to_12_(Translations_Only)&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;4291&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 11.29.41-44&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 11.29.41-44&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Lord said: Rid yourself of all sinful reactions with the sight of the sacred Alakanandā River.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 11.29.41-44|SB 11.29.41-44, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Uddhava, take My order and go to My āśrama called Badarikā. Purify yourself by both touching and also bathing in the holy waters there, which have emanated from My lotus feet. Rid yourself of all sinful reactions with the sight of the sacred Alakanandā River. Dress yourself in bark and eat whatever is naturally available in the forest. Thus you should remain content and free from desire, tolerant of all dualities, good-natured, self-controlled, peaceful and endowed with transcendental knowledge and realization. With fixed attention, meditate constantly upon these instructions I have imparted to you and assimilate their essence. Fix your words and thoughts upon Me, and always endeavor to increase your realization of My transcendental qualities. In this way you will cross beyond the destinations of the three modes of nature and finally come back to Me.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_knowledge_in_the_body_of_a_child_is_not_as_perfect_as_the_knowledge_in_the_body_of_an_adult_man&amp;diff=92850</id>
		<title>The knowledge in the body of a child is not as perfect as the knowledge in the body of an adult man</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_knowledge_in_the_body_of_a_child_is_not_as_perfect_as_the_knowledge_in_the_body_of_an_adult_man&amp;diff=92850"/>
		<updated>2009-08-08T20:55:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;the knowledge in the body of an adult man&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|ALL}} {{first|08Aug09}} {{last|08Aug09}} {{to...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;the knowledge in the body of an adult man&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Adult]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Krsna_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;KB28_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;OB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;32&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;KB 28&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Krsna Book 28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The knowledge in the body of a child is not as perfect as the knowledge in the body of an adult man.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:KB 28|Krsna Book 28]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Within the material world, every conditioned soul is in the darkness of ignorance. This means that all conditioned souls are under the concept of bodily existence. Everyone is under the impression that he is of this material world, and with this concept of life everyone is working in ignorance in different forms of life. The activities of the particular type of body are called karma, or fruitive action. All conditioned souls, being under the impression of the bodily concept, are working according to their particular type of body. These activities are creating their future conditioned life. Because they have very little information of the spiritual world, they do not generally take to spiritual activities, which are called bhakti-yoga. Those who successfully practice bhakti-yoga go directly to the spiritual world after giving up this present body, and there they become situated in one of the Vaikuṇṭha planets. The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana are all pure devotees. Their destination after quitting the body is Kṛṣṇaloka. They even surpass the Vaikuṇṭhalokas. The fact is that those who are always engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and mature, pure devotional service are given the chance, after death, to gain Kṛṣṇa’s association in one of the universes within the material world. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are continuously going on, either in this universe or in another universe. Just as the sun globe is passing over many places across this earthly planet, so kṛṣṇa-līlā, or the transcendental advent and pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, are also going on continuously, either in this or another universe. The mature devotees, who have completely executed Kṛṣṇa consciousness, are immediately transferred to the universe where Kṛṣṇa is appearing. In that universe the devotees get their first opportunity to associate with Kṛṣṇa personally and directly. The training goes on, as we see in the vṛndāvana-līlā of Kṛṣṇa within this planet. Kṛṣṇa therefore revealed the actual features of the Vaikuṇṭha planets so that the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana could know their destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Thus Kṛṣṇa showed them the eternal, ever-existing spiritual sky, which is unlimited and full of knowledge. Within this material world there are different grades of forms, and according to the grade, knowledge is proportionately manifested. For example, the knowledge in the body of a child is not as perfect as the knowledge in the body of an adult man. Everywhere there are different grades of living entities—in aquatic animals, in the plants and trees, in the reptiles and insects, in birds and beasts and in the civilized and uncivilized human forms of life. Above the human form of life there are demigods, Cāraṇas and Siddhas on up to Brahmaloka, where Lord Brahmā lives, and among these demigods there are always different grades of knowledge. But past this material world, in the spiritual sky, everyone is in full knowledge, and therefore all the living entities there are engaged in devotional service to the Lord, either in the Vaikuṇṭha planets or in Kṛṣṇaloka.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Principles_of_eternal_life_or_life_after_death&amp;diff=92849</id>
		<title>Principles of eternal life or life after death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Principles_of_eternal_life_or_life_after_death&amp;diff=92849"/>
		<updated>2009-08-08T20:35:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;principles of eternal life or life after death&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|ALL}} {{first|08Aug09}} {{last|08Aug09}}...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;principles of eternal life or life after death&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:After Death]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Message_of_Godhead&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Message of Godhead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Message of Godhead&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MOG1_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Message_of_Godhead&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;OB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;MOG 1&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Message of Godhead 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If we are really anxious to know &#039;the principles of eternal life or life after death, and if we really want to see things in their true perspective, it is necessary for us to establish a relationship with a preceptor who can really open our eyes and lift us from the clutches of nescience.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:MOG 1|Message of Godhead 1]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;We go forward on the path of knowledge by the mercy of our preceptors—from learning the alphabet up to completing our university career. And if we want to go still further and acquire knowledge transcendental, we must first of all seek qualified transcendental preceptors who can lead us on the path. The knowledge that we gather by our education in the schools and colleges may help us temporarily in the study of some particular subject in the present span of life, but this acquisition of knowledge cannot satisfy our eternal need for which we hanker life after life, day after day, hour after hour.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; To achieve success in any subject, it is necessary to establish a relationship with a master of that subject and to work favorably in that particular line. To acquire a degree at an academic university, we first have to establish a relationship with that institution. We have to abide by the direction of our instructors there and work favorably according to their direction. This is essential in order to achieve the ultimate desired success. In the same manner, if we are really anxious to know &#039;the principles of eternal life or life after death, and if we really want to see things in their true perspective, it is necessary for us to establish a relationship with a preceptor who can really open our eyes and lift us from the clutches of nescience. This process of approaching the spiritual master is an eternal verity. No one can do without abiding by this eternal rule.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; The process of initiation begins from the date when we establish our transcendental relationship with the spiritual master. In the Upaniṣads and allied scriptures, it is ordained that one must approach with awe and reverence the feet of a spiritual master who is well versed in all the scriptures and who has attained perfection in transcendental knowledge. To attain perfection in transcendental knowledge is to accept the disciplic succession, the spiritual line, by culture, practice, and education in that line. The professional heads of various spiritual societies or communities often may not have attained to this standard of spiritual perfection and so may not possess the qualifications required for being a spiritual master. It is therefore no use to approach such professional spiritual masters as a matter of formality or custom. Attainment of spiritual perfection can never be possible without undergoing spiritual discipline.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Pavaka&amp;diff=92781</id>
		<title>Pavaka</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Pavaka&amp;diff=92781"/>
		<updated>2009-08-08T10:49:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;pavaka&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goal|9909}} {{first|08Aug09}} {{last|08Aug09}} {{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;pavaka&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9909}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|08Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=-1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Agni]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB4160_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;54&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.1.60&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.1.60&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.1.60|SB 4.1.60, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The predominating deity of fire begot in his wife, Svähä, three children, named Pävaka, Pavamäna and Çuci, who exist by eating the oblations offered to the fire of sacrifice.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=In_the_Atharva_Veda&amp;diff=92521</id>
		<title>In the Atharva Veda</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=In_the_Atharva_Veda&amp;diff=92521"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T15:01:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;in the atharva veda&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goal|9915}} {{first|05Aug09}} {{last|05Aug09}} {{totals_by_sec...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;in the atharva veda&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9915}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Atharva Veda]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_7_-_12&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;BG Chapters 7 - 12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BG Chapters 7 - 12&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BG108_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;BG_Chapters_7_-_12&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;BG&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;99&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;BG 10.8&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;BG 10.8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It was Kṛṣṇa who in the beginning instructed Brahmā in Vedic knowledge.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:BG 10.8|BG 10.8, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the Atharva Veda (Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.24) it is said, yo brahmāṇaṁ vidadhāti pūrvaṁ yo vai vedāṁś ca gāpayati sma kṛṣṇaḥ: &amp;quot;It was Kṛṣṇa who in the beginning instructed Brahmā in Vedic knowledge and who disseminated Vedic knowledge in the past.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Aurva&amp;diff=92513</id>
		<title>Aurva</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Aurva&amp;diff=92513"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T13:34:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;aurva&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=7|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|7}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aurva]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 1&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB119910_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;749&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 1.19.9-10&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 1.19.9-10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 1.19.9-10|SB 1.19.9-10, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From different parts of the universe there arrived great sages like Atri, Cyavana, Śaradvān, Ariṣṭanemi, Bhṛgu, Vasiṣṭha, Parāśara, Viśvāmitra, Aṅgirā, Paraśurāma, Utathya, Indrapramada, Idhmavāhu, Medhātithi, Devala, Ārṣṭiṣeṇa, Bhāradvāja, Gautama, Pippalāda, Maitreya, Aurva, Kavaṣa, Kumbhayoni, Dvaipāyana and the great personality Nārada.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 9&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB98Summary_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;273&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.8 Summary&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.8 Summary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When wife of Bāhuka was about to die a sage named Aurva found that she was pregnant and forbade her to do so.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.8 Summary|SB 9.8 Summary]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bāhuka, the son of Vṛka, was greatly disturbed by his enemies, and therefore he left home with his wife and went to the forest. When he died there, his wife wanted to accept the principles of satī, dying with her husband, but when she was about to die a sage named Aurva found that she was pregnant and forbade her to do so. The co-wives of this wife of Bāhuka gave her poison with her food, but still her son was born with the poison. The son was therefore named Sagara (sa means &amp;quot;with,&amp;quot; and gara means &amp;quot;poison&amp;quot;). Following the instructions of the great sage Aurva, King Sagara reformed many clans, including the Yavanas, Śakas, Haihayas and Barbaras. The king did not kill them, but reformed them. Then, again following the instructions of Aurva, King Sagara performed aśvamedha sacrifices, but the horse needed for such a sacrifice was stolen by Indra, the King of heaven. King Sagara had two wives, named Sumati and Keçiné. While searching for the horse, the sons of Sumati extensively dug up the surface of the earth and in this way dug a trench, which later became known as the Sägara Ocean. In the course of this search, they came upon the great personality Kapiladeva and thought Him to have stolen the horse. With this offensive understanding, they attacked Him and were all burned to ashes. Keçiné, the second wife of King Sagara, had a son named Asamaïjasa, whose son Aàçumän later searched for the horse and delivered his uncles. Upon approaching Kapiladeva, Aàçumän saw both the horse meant for sacrifice and a pile of ashes. Aàçumän offered prayers to Kapiladeva, who was very pleased by his prayers and who returned the horse. After getting back the horse, however, Aàçumän still stood before Kapiladeva, and Kapiladeva could understand that Aàçumän was praying for the deliverance of his forefathers. Thus Kapiladeva offered the instruction that they could be delivered by water from the Ganges. Aàçumän then offered respectful obeisances to Kapiladeva, circumambulated Him, and left that place with the horse for sacrifice. When King Sagara finished his yajïa, he handed over the kingdom to Aàçumän and, following the advice of Aurva, attained salvation.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB983_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;276&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.3&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.8.3|SB 9.8.3, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bāhuka died when he was old, and one of his wives wanted to die with him, following the satī rite. At that time, however, Aurva Muni, knowing her to be pregnant, forbade her to die.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB9856_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;278&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.5-6&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.5-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.8.5-6|SB 9.8.5-6, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sagara Mahārāja, following the order of his spiritual master, Aurva, did not kill the uncivilized men like the Tālajaṅghas, Yavanas, Śakas, Haihayas and Barbaras. Instead, some of them he made dress awkwardly, some of them he shaved clean but allowed to wear mustaches, some of them he left wearing loose hair, some he half shaved, some he left without underwear, and some without external garments. Thus these different clans were made to dress differently, but King Sagara did not kill them.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB987_3&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;279&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.7&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.8.7|SB 9.8.7, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Following the instructions of the great sage Aurva, Sagara Mahārāja performed aśvamedha sacrifices and thus satisfied the Supreme Lord, who is the supreme controller, the Supersoul of all learned scholars, and the knower of all Vedic knowledge, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But Indra, the King of heaven, stole the horse meant to be offered at the sacrifice.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB9830_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.30&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.8.30&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.8.30|SB 9.8.30, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After delivering charge of his kingdom to Aṁśumān and thus being freed from all material anxiety and bondage, Sagara Mahārāja, following the means instructed by Aurva Muni, achieved the supreme destination.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB92328_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_9&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;809&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 9.23.28&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 9.23.28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 9.23.28|SB 9.23.28, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Jayadhvaja had a son named Tālajaṅgha, who had one hundred sons. All the kṣatriyas in that dynasty, known as Tālajaṅgha, were annihilated by the great power received by Mahārāja Sagara from Aurva Ṛṣi.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Autocracy&amp;diff=92505</id>
		<title>Autocracy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Autocracy&amp;diff=92505"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T11:38:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;autocracy&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocrat&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocratic&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocrats&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goal|9922}} {{first|05Aug09}} {{last...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;autocracy&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocrat&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocratic&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;autocrats&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9922}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Autocracy]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 1&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB1103_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;368&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 1.10.3&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 1.10.3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The executive head of a global government must be a trained person like Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, and he must have the full autocratic power to rule over the world.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 1.10.3|SB 1.10.3, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The conception of one world state can only be fulfilled if we can follow the infallible authority. An imperfect human being cannot create an ideology acceptable to everyone. Only the perfect and the infallible can create a program which is applicable at every place and can be followed by all in the world. It is the person who rules, and not the impersonal government. If the person is perfect, the government is perfect. If the person is a fool, the government is a fool&#039;s paradise. That is the law of nature. There are so many stories of imperfect kings or executive heads. Therefore, the executive head must be a trained person like Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, and he must have the full autocratic power to rule over the world.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB1104_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_1&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;369&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 1.10.4&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 1.10.4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An autocracy like Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira&#039;s is by far superior to a so-called democracy.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 1.10.4|SB 1.10.4, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in contrast with the modern, advanced, civilized form of government, an autocracy like Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira&#039;s is by far superior to a so-called democracy in which animals are killed and a man less than an animal is allowed to cast votes for another less-than-animal man.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avadhuta_Brahmana&amp;diff=92504</id>
		<title>Avadhuta Brahmana</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avadhuta_Brahmana&amp;diff=92504"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T11:22:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;avadhuta&amp;quot;}} {{notes|search expression only referring to the story of the Avadhuta Brahmana}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|}} {{goa...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;avadhuta&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|search expression only referring to the story of the Avadhuta Brahmana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9903}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Avadhuta Brahmana]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_1014_to_12_Translations_Only&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB11724_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_10.14_to_12_(Translations_Only)&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;3368&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 11.7.24&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 11.7.24&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 11.7.24|SB 11.7.24, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this regard, sages cite a historical narration concerning the conversation between the greatly powerful King Yadu and an avadhūta.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avanti_Brahmana&amp;diff=92503</id>
		<title>Avanti Brahmana</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avanti_Brahmana&amp;diff=92503"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T11:05:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: Created page with &amp;#039;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {{terms|&amp;quot;avanti brahmana&amp;quot;}} {{notes|}} {{compiler|Haya}} {{complete|ALL}} {{first|05Aug09}} {{last|05Aug09}} {{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;avanti brahmana&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Avanti Brahmana]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_1014_to_12_Translations_Only&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB112331_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_10.14_to_12_(Translations_Only)&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;4034&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 11.23.31&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 11.23.31&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 11.23.31|SB 11.23.31, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa continued: His mind thus determined, that most excellent Avantī brāhmaṇa was able to untie the knots of desire within his heart. He then assumed the role of a peaceful and silent sannyāsī mendicant.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avirhotra&amp;diff=92502</id>
		<title>Avirhotra</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Avirhotra&amp;diff=92502"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T10:52:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;avirhotra&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|9907}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|5}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Avirhotra]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 5&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB54Summary_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;87&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.4 Summary&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.4 Summary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.4 Summary|SB 5.4 Summary]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To follow social customs, Lord Ṛṣabhadeva for a while became a student in the gurukula, and after returning, He followed the orders of His guru and accepted a wife named Jayantī, who had been given to Him by the King of heaven, Indra. He begot a hundred sons in the womb of Jayantī. Of these hundred sons, the eldest was known as Bharata. Since the reign of Mahārāja Bharata, this planet has been called Bhārata-varṣa. Ṛṣabhadeva&#039;s other sons were headed by Kuśāvarta, Ilāvarta, Brahmāvarta, Malaya, Ketu, Bhadrasena, Indraspṛk, Vidarbha and Kīkaṭa. There were also other sons named Kavi, Havi, Antarikṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Avirhotra, Drumila, Camasa and Karabhājana. Instead of ruling the kingdom, these nine became mendicant preachers of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, following the religious precepts of the Bhāgavatam. Their characteristics and activities are described in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam during the talks between Vasudeva and Nārada at Kurukṣetra. To teach the general populace, King Ṛṣabhadeva performed many sacrifices and taught His sons how to rule the citizens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB541112_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_5&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;98&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 5.4.11-12&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 5.4.11-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 5.4.11-12|SB 5.4.11-12, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In addition to these sons were Kavi, Havi, Antarikṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Avirhotra, Drumila, Camasa and Karabhājana. These were all very exalted, advanced devotees and authorized preachers of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. These devotees were glorified due to their strong devotion to Vāsudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore they were very exalted. To satisfy the mind perfectly, I (Śukadeva Gosvāmī) shall hereafter describe the characteristics of these nine devotees when I discuss the conversation between Nārada and Vasudeva.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 7&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB752324_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;200&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 7.5.23-24&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 7.5.23-24&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 7.5.23-24|SB 7.5.23-24, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the process of worshiping the Deity it is sometimes enjoined that one worship the Deity within the mind. In the Padma Purāṇa, Uttara-khaṇḍa, it is said, &amp;quot;All persons can generally worship within the mind.&amp;quot; The Gautamīya Tantra states, &amp;quot;For a sannyāsī who has no home, worship of the Deity within the mind is recommended.&amp;quot; In the Nārada-pañcarātra it is stated by Lord Nārāyaṇa that worship of the Deity within the mind is called mānasa-pūjā, One can become free from the four miseries by this method. Sometimes worship from the mind can be independently executed. According to the instruction of Avirhotra Muni, one of the nava-yogendras, as mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, one may worship the Deity by chanting all the mantras. Eight kinds of Deities are mentioned in the śāstra, and the mental Deity is one of them.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_1014_to_12_Translations_Only&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only)&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB1122021_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_10.14_to_12_(Translations_Only)&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;3137&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 11.2.20-21&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 11.2.20-21&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 11.2.20-21|SB 11.2.20-21, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The nine remaining sons of Ṛṣabha were greatly fortunate sages who worked vigorously to spread knowledge of the Absolute Truth. They wandered about naked and were very well versed in spiritual science. Their names were Kavi, Havir, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Āvirhotra, Drumila, Camasa and Karabhājana.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB11343_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Cantos_10.14_to_12_(Translations_Only)&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;3214&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 11.3.43&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 11.3.43&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 11.3.43|SB 11.3.43, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Śrī Āvirhotra replied: Prescribed duties, nonperformance of such duties, and forbidden activities are topics one can properly understand through authorized study of the Vedic literature. This difficult subject matter can never be understood by mundane speculation. The authorized Vedic literature is the sound incarnation of the Personality of Godhead Himself, and thus Vedic knowledge is perfect. Even the greatest learned scholars are bewildered in their attempts to understand the science of action if they neglect the authority of Vedic knowledge.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Subjected_to_birth_and_death_(Conversations)&amp;diff=92427</id>
		<title>Subjected to birth and death (Conversations)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Subjected_to_birth_and_death_(Conversations)&amp;diff=92427"/>
		<updated>2009-08-04T12:58:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;subject to birth, death&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;subjected to birth and death&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;subjected to birth, death&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;subjected to the rules of birth, death&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;subjected to the rules of nature: birth, death&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|04Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=10|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Subjected|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Birth and Death|1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithFatherTannerandotherguestsJuly111973London_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;42&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So long you have got this material body, you are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Spiritually, when you get your spiritual body, there is no such material inconveniences. The material inconveniences means so long you have got this material body, you are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease. When you revive your spiritual body, these four things are not with you. No more birth, no more death, no more disease, no more old age. This is the difference between spiritual life and material life.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithIndianGuestOctober41973Bombay_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;79&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Indian Guest -- October 4, 1973, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Indian Guest -- October 4, 1973, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If I am subjected to birth, death, old age and disease, then I am imperfect.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Indian Guest -- October 4, 1973, Bombay|Room Conversation with Indian Guest -- October 4, 1973, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So as soon as you have to take birth, you have to die. Just like Aurobindo took birth; he died. Everyone. Everyone, even Brahmā. It may be a long duration or a small duration. That doesn&#039;t matter. Everyone. That is the perfectional knowledge, how to solve this birth and death problem. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā. Janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi-duḥkha-doṣānudarśanam ([[Vanisource:BG 13.9|BG 13.9]]). As soon as we are under these clutches of birth and death, old age and disease, we are imperfect. We are imperfect. Whatever I may be, you may be, but if I am subjected to birth, death, old age and disease, then I am imperfect. Therefore the perfectional, perfection of life is when you haven&#039;t got to take birth or die or become diseased and old. That is perfection.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1974 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkFebruary171974Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;21&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- February 17, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- February 17, 1974, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So long you are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease, there is no question of &amp;quot;well.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- February 17, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- February 17, 1974, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That is my point. If you can avoid death, disease, old age, then you are well. You cannot avoid all these things. You must become old man, you must die, you must be diseased; where is the meaning of this well? It is simply concoction. (break) Where is happiness? Where is well-being? That they do not know. (aside:) Hare Kṛṣṇa. That they do not know. Just like a man lying on sick bed, and some friends come, &amp;quot;How are you?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Yes, today I am well.&amp;quot; What is this &amp;quot;well&amp;quot;? You are lying on the sick bed, hospital, and you are speaking, &amp;quot;Yes, I am well.&amp;quot; (aside:) Hare Kṛṣṇa. Jaya. There is no &amp;quot;well.&amp;quot; So long you are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease, there is no question of &amp;quot;well.&amp;quot; When you can avoid these things, then you are well. (break) ...but our independence. What is that independence? No rice, no geha. What is this independence? (break) (Hindi) &amp;quot;godless civilization&amp;quot; saba boka mare hai, bās. (break) ...take shelter of Kṛṣṇa, everything is false. You cannot escape. (Hindi) The death is there. Mṛtyuḥ sarva-haraś cāham ([[Vanisource:BG 10.34|BG 10.34]]). So at the end everything will be taken away by Kṛṣṇa in the form of death.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1975 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithGanesadasasMotherandSisterMay141975Perth_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;72&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;He was subjected to birth and death and old age, that&#039;s all.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth|Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So if you distribute this knowledge, that will be real social work. And if you give some help, temporary, but he remains subjected to the rules of birth, death, and old age, that is temporary.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Sister: If you&#039;re devoted enough can you gain release from birth, death, and old age completely in one life?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Oh, yes. That is explained here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Sister: Yeah, within one material life? You necessarily don&#039;t have to return?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Sister: It&#039;s only if you haven&#039;t got rid of these impurities that you have to return, take on another body?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Just if you do not try to understand Kṛṣṇa, then you have to. Here it is said, &amp;quot;One who understands Me definitely, he does not come.&amp;quot; So try to understand Kṛṣṇa. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. And you become free from birth and death and old age.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Mother: And what about before they joined Kṛṣṇa consciousness?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: He was subjected to birth and death and old age, that&#039;s all.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithGanesadasasMotherandSisterMay141975Perth_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;72&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Every one of us who are within this material world, is subjected to the rules of nature: birth, death, old age, and disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth|Room Conversation with Ganesa dasa&#039;s Mother and Sister -- May 14, 1975, Perth]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. Unless there is evil, why you are in this material world? You have accepted evil. Therefore you are in this material world. And if you accept God, the good, then you are in the spiritual world. You don&#039;t accept God; you want evil. Therefore you are in the material world. Just like in the jail, prison house, who are they? They are all criminals. Similarly, every one of us who are within this material world, they are all criminals because they have disobeyed the order of God. In different status only, but they are all criminals. Because every one of them is subjected to the rules of nature: birth, death, old age, and disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;GardenConversationwithDrGersonanddevoteesJune221975LosAngeles_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;105&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Purīfication means because you are now impure, you are subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease. Therefore you require treatment to cure this disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupäda: Work very hard similarly, but for Kṛṣṇa and not for imitating the hogs. Now, why I should be interested in for God realization? Yes, you should be. You must be. Why? Tapo divyaṁ putrakā yena śuddhyed sattva: ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.1|SB 5.5.1]]) &amp;quot;By becoming Kṛṣṇa consciousness, your existentional constitution will be purified.&amp;quot; What is that purification? Purīfication means because you are now impure, you are subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease. Therefore you require treatment to cure this disease. Yasmād brahma-saukhyaṁ anantam. And if you cure this disease, then—you are after happiness—you will get transcendental bliss and enjoy it eternally. This is human life.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;GardenDiscussiononBhagavadgitaSixteenthChapterJune261976NewVrindaban_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;162&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Because it is impure, therefore they are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban|Garden Discussion on Bhagavad-gita Sixteenth Chapter -- June 26, 1976, New Vrindaban]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: And who is fearless? Everyone is fearful. And fearlessness is good quality, who understands it? Ahara-nidra-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca, this is animal life. To eat, sleep, sex and become fearful, that is animal life. And one has to become fearless. So who cares for it? They are thinking to become fearless means to keep gun. That is also one way. Then, fearlessness and...?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dhṛṣṭadyumna: &amp;quot;Purification of one&#039;s existence.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That they do not know. When they fall sick, then they want to purify, go to the physician, but his whole life is impure, he doesn&#039;t know. Because it is impure, therefore they are subjected to birth, death, old age and disease. That they do not know. But if you scrutinizingly examine all these different items of advancement of life, the modern man has no idea. That is being explained in this chapter. Therefore there is no such education, neither people are interested. Now higher art classes in the colleges, universities, no student will join. They are simply learning technological process.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;EveningDarsanaJuly131976NewYork_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;209&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- July 13, 1976, New York&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- July 13, 1976, New York&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Actually human life is meant for purifying our existential condition so that we may not be subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- July 13, 1976, New York|Evening Darsana -- July 13, 1976, New York]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That they do not know. That point is missing that there is another life which is eternal, blissful, life of knowledge. But they have no idea that we can eternally live without birth, death, old age, and disease. There is no information, neither education, but there is a life very... If you get eternal life, then the tribulations of material life no longer are there: birth, death, old age, and disease. But they have no idea or information because there is no intelligent man to understand that there is another life which is eternal, and life of bliss and knowledge. There is no information. That is the defect of the modern civilization, they are living like animals. No intelligence. So actually human life is meant for purifying our existential condition so that we may not be subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease. That they are missing. They do not know, neither there is any education, nor university. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is trying to educate people on that line. It is not a sentimental religious system, it is an educational system. How one can transfer himself to eternal blissful life.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithAdikesavaSwamiFebruary191977Mayapura_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;96&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Adi-kesava Swami -- February 19, 1977, Mayapura&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Adi-kesava Swami -- February 19, 1977, Mayapura&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why the eternal soul should be subjected to birth, death, old age and disease?&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Adi-kesava Swami -- February 19, 1977, Mayapura|Room Conversation with Adi-kesava Swami -- February 19, 1977, Mayapura]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupäda: To be imprisoned with this material body—the greatest suffering... You are trying to mitigate suffering, temporary, this way and that, but you do not know how.&amp;quot; That you can show from the Bhagavad... Janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi-duḥkha-doṣānu... ([[Vanisource:BG 13.9|BG 13.9]]). &amp;quot;This is real suffering. Why the eternal soul should be subjected to birth, death, old age and disease? We are seeing to this. You are thinking that &#039;If I can place myself in a very high skyscraper building and motorcar,&#039; your business is finished. We are not so fool. We know that &#039;Any moment, I shall be kicked out of the skyscraper building and motorcar by the laws of nature.&#039; &amp;quot; That&#039;s a fact.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationMay81977Hrishikesh_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;163&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now I am subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease, due to the physical body.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh|Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So take the perfect knowledge. Follow it. You become perfect. Perfection means... That is also stated in Bhagavad-gītā. Real misery is that I am eternal... As God is eternal, I am also eternal. So now I am subjected to birth, death, old age, and disease, due to the physical body. Therefore Kṛṣṇa says, janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi-duḥkha-doṣānudarśanam: ([[Vanisource:BG 13.9|BG 13.9]]) &amp;quot;You are trying to mitigate all kinds of sufferings. So why don&#039;t you see the real suffering is here, janma.&amp;quot; How to stop this repetition of birth—that is your real problem. But they have made problems, so-called politics, philanthropy, altruism, humanitarianism, this, that, that, so many. But real problem remains, janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi. This is the defect. They won&#039;t take what is the problem, how to solve it. Everything is in oblivion, ignorance. What can be done? Although there is knowledge, there is light, there is practical example, they won&#039;t take it. What can be done? So we shall request you all, please don&#039;t waste your time in this way, that way, and ultimately come to the conclusion, zero. Take instruction of Bhagavad-gītā in all regards and be happy. It is not difficult. Practical examples are there. Before me, ten years before, whole world, foreigners, there was not a single Kṛṣṇa conscious. Whole history. Now you&#039;ll find thousands. Why? I have not manufactured (indistinct), giving them. I have given them Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_existence&amp;diff=91819</id>
		<title>Real existence</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_existence&amp;diff=91819"/>
		<updated>2009-07-31T11:34:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real existence&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=6|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Existence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The body has no real existence, and when the body is separated from the soul one cannot perceive the existence of the soul.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.27.17|SB 3.27.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although one may understand that spirit soul and matter are different, their actual separation is not possible, either by philosophical speculation or by proper understanding. The spirit soul is the marginal potency of the Supreme Lord, and matter is the external potency of the Lord. The two eternal potencies have somehow or other been combined, and since it is so difficult to separate one from the other, how is it possible for the individual soul to become liberated? By practical experience one can see that when the soul is separated from the body, the body has no real existence, and when the body is separated from the soul one cannot perceive the existence of the soul. As long as the soul and the body are combined, we can understand that there is life. But when they are separated, there is no manifested existence of the body or the soul.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although the universe may temporarily appear to be the truth, it ultimately has no real existence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.12.9|SB 5.12.9, Translation]]: One may say that varieties arise from the planet earth itself. However, although the universe may temporarily appear to be the truth, it ultimately has no real existence. The earth was originally created by a combination of atomic particles, but these particles are impermanent. Actually the atom is not the cause of the universe, although some philosophers think so. It is not a fact that the varieties found in this material world simply result from atomic juxtaposition or combination.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the material condition there are four principal needs, out of which sleep is compared to a python. When asleep, the conditioned soul completely forgets his real existence, and in sleep he does not feel the tribulations of material life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.14 Summary|SB 5.14 Summary]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The path of fruitive activities leads to difficult mountains, and sometimes the conditioned soul wants to cross these mountains, but he is never successful, and consequently he becomes more and more aggrieved and disappointed. Becoming materially and financially embarrassed, the conditioned soul unnecessarily chastises his family. In the material condition there are four principal needs, out of which sleep is compared to a python. When asleep, the conditioned soul completely forgets his real existence, and in sleep he does not feel the tribulations of material life. Sometimes, being in need of money, the conditioned soul steals and cheats, although he may apparently be associated with devotees for spiritual advancement. His only business is getting out of the clutches of māyā, but due to improper guidance he becomes more and more entangled in material dealings.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Due to ignorance of the real existence of the Lord, the conditioned soul imagines many things.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.14.17|SB 5.14.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Due to ignorance of the real existence of the Lord, the conditioned soul imagines many things. Influenced by fruitive activity, he comes together with his relatives, fathers, sons and grandfathers, exactly as straws gather together in a moving stream. In a moment the straws are thrown everywhere, and they lose contact. In conditional life, the living entity is temporarily with many other conditioned souls. They gather together as family members, and the material affection is so strong that even after a father or grandfather passes away, one takes pleasure in thinking that they return to the family in different forms. Sometimes this may happen, but in any case the conditioned soul likes to take pleasure in such concocted thoughts.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;For a devotee, merging into the Brahman existence is hellish, and life in the higher planetary systems of the demigods is a will-o&#039;-the-wisp, a phantasmagoria with no real existence at all.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.5.38|SB 6.5.38, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Karmīs, fruitive workers, think that one should fully enjoy his present life in this material world and also perform some pious activities to be promoted to higher planetary systems for further enjoyment in the next life. A yogī, however, especially a bhakti-yogī, is callous to the opinions of this material world. He is not interested in traveling to the higher planetary systems of the demigods to enjoy a long life in an advanced materialistic civilization. As stated by Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī, kaivalyaṁ narakāyate tridaśa-pūr ākāśa-puṣpāyate: for a devotee, merging into the Brahman existence is hellish, and life in the higher planetary systems of the demigods is a will-o&#039;-the-wisp, a phantasmagoria with no real existence at all. A pure devotee is not interested in yogic perfection, travel to higher planetary systems, or oneness with Brahman. He is interested only in rendering service to the Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When there is cosmic manifestation, the jīvātmā, or the individual soul, appears in the creation in different forms, according to his previous fruitive activities, and due to his long forgetfulness of real existence, he identifies himself with a particular form awarded to him by the laws of material nature. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 87|Krsna Book 87]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The personified Vedas continued by saying that the Supersoul and the individual soul, or Paramātmā and jīvātmā, cannot be equal in any circumstance, although both of them sit within the same body, like two birds sitting in the same tree. As declared in the Vedas, these two birds, although sitting as friends, are not equal. One is simply a witness. This bird is Paramātmā, or the Supersoul. And the other bird is eating the fruit of the tree. That is the jīvātmā. When there is cosmic manifestation, the jīvātmā, or the individual soul, appears in the creation in different forms, according to his previous fruitive activities, and due to his long forgetfulness of real existence, he identifies himself with a particular form awarded to him by the laws of material nature. After assuming a material form, he is subjected to the three material modes of nature and acts accordingly to continue his existence in the material world. While he is enwrapped in such ignorance, his natural opulences become almost extinct. The opulences of the Supersoul, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, are not diminished, although He appears within this material world. He maintains all opulences and perfections in full while keeping Himself apart from all the tribulations of this material world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Where there is no light, that is darkness. Similarly, darkness has no separate existence. It is simply absence of light. That&#039;s all. Real existence is light. Just like real existence is the sun. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.17 -- Los Angeles, January 12, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.17 -- Los Angeles, January 12, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Dvaite means things which is not directly Kṛṣṇa, dvaita. Bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ syāt, dvitīya. This dvitīya, this is called māyā. Dvitīya means second. The one is Kṛṣṇa, and māyā is secondary. Just like light. Light and darkness. Darkness is not first; light is first. And darkness means where there is no light. Where there is no light, that is darkness. Similarly, darkness has no separate existence. It is simply absence of light. That&#039;s all. Real existence is light. The whole creation is... Just like real existence is the sun. Try to understand, very easy. Sun, but when it is covered by the cloud, it is called darkness. Or it is covered by another planet, then we find darkness. Actually, there is always light. If you go through the cloud, you come to the sunshine. Everyone has got the experience. Down, when you start your plane, it may be very dark, and then, when you go beyond the sky, seven miles above, then you see there is sunlight. And again, if you start your plane in sunlight, in the morning, in daylight, so in the morning, and go to the western side, you will find never night. You will find never night, always light, always light. Sometimes we have got experience. We start from a place, say, at ten o&#039;clock, and going western side. Then, after few hours, we see it is still ten o&#039;clock, and the light is there. This is our practical experience.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to find out the real existence, sanātana existence. That is Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.31 -- Mayapur, March 9, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.9.31 -- Mayapur, March 9, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prahlāda Mahārāja says, idaṁ sad-asad-īśa. Sad-asat, kārya kāraṇa, cause and effect. Just like you have got a cloth. Cloth is made of cotton. So from cotton we prepare thread, and from thread we prepare cloth. So when the cloth is there, the thread has disappeared. When the thread is there, the cotton has disappeared. They are called sad-asat. Sat means which is existing, and asad means which is no longer existing. So this material world is asat. It is simply for the time being an exhibition. So we have to find out the real existence, sanātana existence. That is Kṛṣṇa. We should not be bewildered by seeing this temporary manifestation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Don&#039;t live in this asat, in this material condition. Go to real existence.&amp;quot; That real existence means spiritual life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lord Nityananda Prabhu&#039;s Avirbhava Appearance Day Lecture -- Bhuvanesvara, February 2, 1977|Lord Nityananda Prabhu&#039;s Avirbhava Appearance Day Lecture -- Bhuvanesvara, February 2, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everything, whatever you have got... Our, this body will not exist. And this is the main platform of our existence. In the material world, so long the body is there, you exist. So Prahlāda Mahārāja said that &amp;quot;Real solution of problems of life is to get out of this material condition. That is best thing in my opinion.&amp;quot; Sada samadvigna-dhiyām asad... That is Vedic injunction also. Asato mā sad gamaya: &amp;quot;Don&#039;t live in this asat, in this material condition.&amp;quot; Sad gamaya: &amp;quot;Go to real existence.&amp;quot; That real existence means spiritual life. Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. So if we actually want life, blissful life, then we must get out of this material existence. That is Prahlāda Mahārāja&#039;s instruction. Samudvigna-dhiyām. And if you remain in the material existence, you must suffer some anxiety. There is no excuse.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I am eternal. That is the real existence, that I am Brahman. Brahman means eternal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Jakarta, February 26, 1973|Lecture -- Jakarta, February 26, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We should consider what is the problem now: I was present in the past, I am now present in the present, and I shall exist in the future. Then what is my problem? The problem is why I am changing this position of eternity? I am sanātana. I am eternal. Ahaṁ brahmāsmi. That is the real existence, that I am Brahman. Brahman means eternal. But Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman. Param means the supreme, the chief. Therefore there are two terms in the Vedic language: ātmā, paramātmā; brahman, parabrahman; īśvara, parameśvara. There are two terms. We are not parameśvara, not paramātmā, not parabrahman. We are ātmā, īśvara... We can say, &amp;quot;I am īśvara.&amp;quot; What does it mean, īśvara? Īśvara means controller. So, although we are servant, at the same time we are controller. That we can experience.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Māyā means which has no real existence, but it appears.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Henri Bergson|Philosophy Discussion on Henri Bergson]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, and it has no actual value, but when it is happening and I am under dream, I am thinking it is all actual. Actually it has no value. Therefore it is called māyā. Māyā means which has no real existence, but it appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Last night you said that what is the meaning of the word &amp;quot;nothing.&amp;quot; That māyā means &amp;quot;nothing&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You can say like that. Nothing is appearing like something. But we don&#039;t say nothing. The Māyāvādī philosophers, they say nothing. We say temporary, just like cloud, you cannot say it is nothing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When I dream of a woman or a tiger, there is objective reality. In dream it may be. There may be no existence of woman or tiger, but there is real existence of tiger, my dreaming. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on The Evolutionists Thomas Huxley, Henri Bergson, and Samuel Alexander|Philosophy Discussion on The Evolutionists Thomas Huxley, Henri Bergson, and Samuel Alexander]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Objective reality. When I dream of a woman or a tiger, there is objective reality. In dream it may be. There may be no existence of woman or tiger, but there is real existence of tiger, my dreaming. The impression of a tiger in my mind, the impression of a woman in my mind is created as hallucination, and that reacts on my physical life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: He says that even these mental objects have a real existence in my consciousness. As long as I&#039;m thinking there&#039;s a tiger about to pounce on me...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Poke_their_nose&amp;diff=89989</id>
		<title>Poke their nose</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Poke_their_nose&amp;diff=89989"/>
		<updated>2009-07-06T05:32:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;poke their nose&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;poke their noses&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;poking your nose&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;poke your nose&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Poking nose&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;poke my nose&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;poked my nose&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|06Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=6|Con=7|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Poke]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nose]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Persons who are less intelligent, without being conversant with the science, mistake this great attempt to be idol worship and poke their nose into that to which they have no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.11.24|SB 1.11.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord being kaivalya (one alone), there is no matter in Him. He is one without a second, and therefore the Almighty Lord can appear in any form without being contaminated by the material conception. Therefore, festivities in the temple of the Lord, as held generally, are like festivals performed during the manifestive days of the Lord of Dvārakā, about five thousand years ago. The authorized ācāryas, who know the science perfectly, install such temples of the Lord under regulative principles just to offer facilities to the common man, but persons who are less intelligent, without being conversant with the science, mistake this great attempt to be idol worship and poke their nose into that to which they have no access. Therefore, the ladies or men who observe festivals in the temples of the Lord just to have a look at the transcendental form are a thousand times more glorious than those who are nonbelievers in the transcendental form of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The impersonalists unnecessarily poke their noses into the scripture and interpret it in a deceptive way in order to mislead the innocent public. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.25.34|SB 3.25.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The impersonalists take the activities mentioned in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and other Vedic literatures as fictitious stories, and therefore they interpret them most mischievously. The have no idea of the Personality of Godhead. They unnecessarily poke their noses into the scripture and interpret it in a deceptive way in order to mislead the innocent public. The activities of Māyāvāda philosophy are very dangerous to the public, and therefore Lord Caitanya warned us never to hear from any Māyāvādī about any scripture. They will spoil the entire process, and the person hearing them will never be able to come to the path of devotional service to attain the highest perfection, or will be able to do so only after a very long time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Māyāvādī philosophers unnecessarily poke their noses into the Vedanta-sūtra, but they have no ability to understand it because, as the author of the Vedānta-sūtra writes in his commentary, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, it is meant for those who are pure in heart.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.144|CC Adi 7.144, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the explanation of the Vedānta-sūtra, is meant for paramo nirmatsarāṇām, those who are completely aloof from jealousy. Māyāvādī philosophers are jealous of the existence of the Personality of Godhead. Therefore the Vedānta-sūtra is not actually meant for them. They unnecessarily poke their noses into the Vedanta-sūtra, but they have no ability to understand it because, as the author of the Vedānta-sūtra writes in his commentary, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, it is meant for those who are pure in heart (paramo nirmatsarāṇām [SB 1.1.2]). If one is envious of Kṛṣṇa, how can he understand the Vedānta-sūtra or Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam? The Māyāvādīs’ primary occupation is to offend the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is simply poking your nose in other&#039;s business. Nonsense. Just challenge these persons, &amp;quot;What right you have got?&amp;quot; He has no right. These, these, these rascals, they say that everyone is God. And how they can be devotee?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture Introduction to Bhagavad-gita As It Is -- Los Angeles, November 23, 1968 (New-2003)|Lecture Introduction to Bhagavad-gita As It Is -- Los Angeles, November 23, 1968)]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So bring all the books which is, which are published in your country and find out a single man who is a Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotee. Nobody of them. Then what authority he has got to write on Bhagavad-gītā? He has no right. It is simply poking your nose in other&#039;s business. Nonsense. Just challenge these persons, &amp;quot;What right you have got?&amp;quot; He has no right. These, these, these rascals, they say that everyone is God. And how they can be devotee? Does a devotee say that everyone is God? They say &amp;quot;God is one.&amp;quot; So you are realizing by meditation, &amp;quot;I am God, you are God, my brother is God, my father is God, my these are God, everyone is God.&amp;quot; This, this is the, going on. You want to stop all this rascaldom. That is our challenge. We may not have many followers. We don&#039;t care for that. We don&#039;t want these nonsense followers, many thousands. What they will do? But if we can turn one man into Kṛṣṇa consciousness perfectly, he can do tremendous work in the world. That is our principle. We don&#039;t want nonsense. So this is the princile of understanding Bhagavad-gītā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are so many, the politicians, the scholars, they are commenting Bhagavad-gītā in so many ways, but they are misled. Because they are not devotee of Kṛṣṇa. They cannot poke their nose in the Bhagavad-gītā. It is not possible. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Hyderabad, April 15, 1975|Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Hyderabad, April 15, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Without being devotee, you cannot understand. Therefore there are so many, the politicians, the scholars, they are commenting Bhagavad-gītā in so many ways, but they are misled. Because they are not devotee of Kṛṣṇa. They cannot poke their nose in the Bhagavad-gītā. It is not possible. So Arjuna was bhakta, therefore Bhagavad-gītā was spoken to him. Not to a yogi, not to a karmī, not to a jñānī. This is the answer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why they touch Bhagavad-gītā and give different interpretation? They have no right. I have written a book; I have got my purpose. Why you should poke your nose and make it a different purpose? This is very mischievous rascaldom. So we want to stop this.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.21 -- Honolulu, May 21, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.21 -- Honolulu, May 21, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The author knows what he wants to speak. So Vedānta is the compilation by Vyāsadeva. So he knows what he wants to speak. What others have got the right? Just like Bhagavad-gītā. The purpose of Bhagavad-gītā is known by Kṛṣṇa. Why the rascals comment in different way? They may write their rascal philosophy other... Why they touch Bhagavad-gītā and give different interpretation? They have no right. I have written a book; I have got my purpose. Why you should poke your nose and make it a different purpose? This is very mischievous rascaldom. So we want to stop this. We present Bhagavad-gītā as it is, as Kṛṣṇa says. We don&#039;t allow any rascal to comment upon Bhagavad-gītā in a different way. That is our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. This is very natural. If you have got a different type of philosophy, you can write. Why you should touch Bhagavad-gītā and misrepresent it? So because they are śūdras—their business is to cheat—they do that. But a brāhmaṇa will not do that.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you are not bhakta, if you are philosopher, that&#039;s all right, remain philosopher, why you try to touch Kṛṣṇa? That is not your subject matter. Don&#039;t poke your nose in that subject matter. Don&#039;t mislead others, nonsense. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, January 9, 1973|The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, January 9, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says, bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ [Bg. 18.55]. Actually what I am, tattvataḥ, in truth, that can be understood through devotion. Through love of Kṛṣṇa, bhakto &#039;si priyo &#039;si me [Bg. 4.3]. Everything is there, clear. If you are not bhakta, if you are philosopher, that&#039;s all right, remain philosopher, why you try to touch Kṛṣṇa? That is not your subject matter. Don&#039;t poke your nose in that subject matter. Don&#039;t mislead others, nonsense. You go to hell. That is another thing. But why you are pushing others to the hell? That is our protest.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So do not try to poke your nose which is inconceivable. If you want knowledge, then you have to consult this Vedic knowledge. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.113 -- London, July 23, 1976|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.113 -- London, July 23, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We know that in the moon planet, in the Mars planet and all other planets, Jupiter and others, there are living entities, there is a predominating deity in each and every planet. Just like Kṛṣṇa says, imaṁ vivasvate yogaṁ proktavān aham avyayam [Bg. 4.1]. So if there is no living entity in the sun planet, how there is Vivasvān, the sun-god or the predominating deity in the sun planet? So we cannot believe this version that there is no living entity in the sun, moon, or... There are living entity... Full of, janakīrṇa, this word is used. Congested. Just like here in this planet we are congested: so many living entities, different varieties. Similarly, the same congestion is there in all other planets. So do not try to poke your nose which is inconceivable. And that also not assertion. You say, &amp;quot;Perhaps,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Maybe,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Millions of years,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;It might have been.&amp;quot; All suggestion. So if you want knowledge, then you have to consult this Vedic knowledge. Veda means knowledge, the source of knowledge. That is called Veda. And the ultimate knowledge is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The student is Arjuna. He is accepting that &amp;quot;You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; And the speaker, Kṛṣṇa, He is also establishing Himself that &amp;quot;I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; Now, wherefrom these fools take impersonal idea, I do not know. How they can? There is no chance. But still, they will poke their nose in that way. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.146-151 -- New York, December 3, 1966|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.146-151 -- New York, December 3, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the Bhagavad-gītā, the speaker of the Bhagavad-gītā, establishing Himself that &amp;quot;I am person,&amp;quot; and the student of the Bhagavad-gītā, I mean to say, Arjuna, he is accepting, &amp;quot;Yes. You are person. I accept it.&amp;quot; I do not know why these fools explain, from Bhagavad-gītā, impersonalism. Where is the chance of explaining impersonal about conception of God from Bhagavad-gītā? Now, how they can surpass the speaker and the student? The student is Arjuna. He is accepting that &amp;quot;You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; And the speaker, Kṛṣṇa, He is also establishing Himself that &amp;quot;I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; Now, wherefrom these fools take impersonal idea, I do not know. How they can? There is no chance. But still, they will poke their nose in that way. It is very sorry plight. You see? They are simply misleading persons.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Poking nose in the affairs of God. They&#039;ll simply try to prove that there is no God. This is their attempt.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 18, 1975, Perth|Morning Walk -- May 18, 1975, Perth]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Motor buses were floating. Is that law of gravity? Air, different adjustment of air. If Kṛṣṇa desires, simply by air this whole city will be devastated. The other day we saw so many trees fell from (New?) Kurukṣetra. All trees and houses will be smashed within half an hour if some hurricane is sent. Poking nose in the affairs of God. They&#039;ll simply try to prove that there is no God. This is their attempt. And they say &amp;quot;nature.&amp;quot; What is this nature? Nature is an instrument, machine. The authority is God, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why should I interpret, why shall I poke my nose in your business?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Dr. Copeland, Professor of Modern Indian History -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Dr. Copeland, Professor of Modern Indian History -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: First of all, you think that Kṛṣṇa is speaking as person. What right you have got to say that He is imperson?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Copeland: I don&#039;t say.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, anyone, anyone. What Kṛṣṇa is saying, He is saying as a person. Aham. You know the Sanskrit word? Aham, &amp;quot;I,&amp;quot; first person. So why these foolish interpreters, they interpret &amp;quot;imperson&amp;quot;? What right they have got? They have no right. Suppose you are teaching something from your own point of view. What right I have got to say that &amp;quot;This is not Mr. Such and such opinion. What I say, that is opinion&amp;quot;? Is that very good judgment? You are saying something from your point of view, and I poke my nose that &amp;quot;This should be spoken like this.&amp;quot; Is this honesty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Copeland: It&#039;s a difference of opinion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, why should you... I showed opinion on your book? If I have got opinion, I publish another book. Why should I interpret, why shall I poke my nose in your business?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Copeland: Yeah, but the dialogue is how you learn. Oh, yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, that is most dishonest. Oh, yes. You cannot interpret my book in your own way. That is not allowed. No gentleman will do that. You, if you have got a different view, you put your view in your own book. Don&#039;t drag my book. That is honesty. And because my book is popular, you take advantage of my book, and you interpret in your own way... This is most dishonest. You cannot do that.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Impersonal Vedantists, they cannot poke their nose there. Then it will be cut off. (laughter) But still they are attempting to cheat by reading Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- July 9, 1976, Washington D.C.|Morning Walk -- July 9, 1976, Washington D.C.]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They&#039;re atheist. More than atheist. They have been described by Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as more dangerous than the atheist. Vede nāmāniyā bauddha hoila nāstika, vedāśraya nāstikavāda bauddha ke ādi. They take the shelter of Vedas and preach atheism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: They say they do not accept what it is all said in the Vedas. They accept something, and they reject something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is nonsense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: Sometimes they say that whatever they say must be supplemented from the Vedas. It&#039;s contradiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: They support the proposition that in different Vedas different things are stressed, therefore...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore, you should accept Bhagavad-gītā, the summarized Veda. Or Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Or Vedānta-sūtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: It&#039;s a mystery, why they don&#039;t accept Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because they cannot poke their nose there. Then it will be cut off. (laughter) But still they are attempting to cheat by reading Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. (indistinct) [break]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Although, Śrīla Prabhupāda, it&#039;s somewhat easy for us to convince that Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the summary study of all the Vedic literatures, how can we take that Bhagavad-gītā is the summary study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It is preliminary study of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Bhagavad-gītā ends, from there Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam begins. [break] Publish your book gradually in the magazine Sa-vijñānam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;What business you have got to poke your nose and give interpretation? Are you bigger than Kṛṣṇa? Kṛṣṇa left it for you? This nonsense going on. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- August 14, 1976, Bombay|Room Conversation -- August 14, 1976, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indian doctor: Each man understands according to his own level of understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. Suppose, just like you are medical man, you are giving somebody medicine, you are giving the direction. If he wants to be cured, he must take your direction. Not that somebody comes, &amp;quot;No, no, you can take it this way, you can do this.&amp;quot; That is nonsense. That is nonsense. This nonsense we want to stop. Kṛṣṇa is giving the instruction, paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān [Bg. 10.12], the Supreme Personality of Godhead. What business you have got to poke your nose and give interpretation? Are you bigger than Kṛṣṇa? Kṛṣṇa left it for you? This nonsense going on. Big, big swamis, big, big yogis, big, big politicians, simply misinterpreting, he&#039;s spoiling his own life and he&#039;s spoiling others. Bas. This is going on. Very serious condition.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why you are poking your nose? We shall cut your nose. (laughter)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation on Train to Allahabad -- January 11, 1977, India|Conversation on Train to Allahabad -- January 11, 1977, India]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rāmeśvara: Their argument is that this girl who was kidnapped, she still likes her family, but now we have told her, &amp;quot;You must sue them.&amp;quot; So therefore she is doing it. So therefore she is not free. She is... We are controlling her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Now you want to control her. We are controlling, but you want to control her. So if you can control, why shall I not control? Why you are poking your nose? We shall cut your nose. (laughter)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jagadīśa: That&#039;s what we&#039;re going to do too. (Hari-śauri returns with candy)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They&#039;re all rascals, all rascals, cent percent. They do not know what is arrangement in the hospital and they go, poke their nose in which is not their business. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- January 31, 1977, Bhuvanesvara|Room Conversation -- January 31, 1977, Bhuvanesvara]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Callous means we... Callous means we can take treatment, but we cannot protest against the doctor, that &amp;quot;Why you are not giving me food?&amp;quot; We take treatment. That is saner. If the doctors ask me that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t eat,&amp;quot; I take the treatment. I don&#039;t protest that &amp;quot;Why you are keeping me in starvation?&amp;quot; You are doing that, rascal, that &amp;quot;Why you are keeping me in starvation?&amp;quot; But one who knows things, he doesn&#039;t protest. That is Vaiṣṇava way. Tat te &#039;nukampāṁ su-samīkṣamāṇaḥ [SB 10.14.8]. &amp;quot;Oh, my Lord, You are keeping me in this tribulation. It is Your great mercy.&amp;quot; When Kṛṣṇa keeps me in starvation I take it as mercy. I don&#039;t protest. That is Vaiṣṇava. The saner person, when he is, the hospital, he is put into starvation, he takes, &amp;quot;Oh, doctor, you are so merciful you are curing me.&amp;quot; And the rascal will protest, &amp;quot;Oh! You are keeping me in starvation?&amp;quot; And other friend comes, &amp;quot;Why you are keeping him...?&amp;quot; They&#039;re all rascals, all rascals, cent percent. They do not know what is arrangement in the hospital and they go, poke their nose in which is not their business. They are rascal. One who says like that, &amp;quot;We have done this...,&amp;quot; Oh, you are rascal. You cannot do it. You are simply poking your nose where there is no business for you. A Vaiṣṇava will never protest.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In every minute details I have poked my nose. Anyone, whatever you have got, sit down and select trustees, and the format is there. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation Pieces -- May 27, 1977, Vrndavana|Conversation Pieces -- May 27, 1977, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: No, for Bombay and Māyāpura and Vṛndāvana, I mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gopāla Kṛṣṇa: Hyderabad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: No, these three places are most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Everywhere. (pause) Among yourselves, there is no strong man. That is the defect. All like child. That is the defect. And it requires a very strong man. That is lacking. In every minute details I have poked my nose. Anyone, whatever you have got, sit down and select trustees, and the format is there. Make a trustee. So...? [break] ...should be so many copies. Every one of you GBC and important men must have that copies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: I&#039;ll distribute copies today.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Scrupulously&amp;diff=89985</id>
		<title>Scrupulously</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Scrupulously&amp;diff=89985"/>
		<updated>2009-07-06T05:19:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* CC Adi-lila */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;scrupulous&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;scruples&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;scrupulous&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;scrupulously&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|07Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=5|OB=3|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|14}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Scrupulously]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;All of the four original sampradāyas are still scrupulously engaged in the transcendental service of the Lord up to date, and they all declare that Lord Kṛṣṇa, Mukunda, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and no other personality is equal to Him or greater than Him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.18.21|SB 1.18.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are four sects of worshipful devotees of the Lord, and the chief amongst them are the Brahma-sampradāya, Rudra-sampradāya and Śrī-sampradāya, descending directly from Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, respectively. Besides the above-mentioned three sampradāyas, there is the Kumāra-sampradāya, descending from Sanat-kumāra. All of the four original sampradāyas are still scrupulously engaged in the transcendental service of the Lord up to date, and they all declare that Lord Kṛṣṇa, Mukunda, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and no other personality is equal to Him or greater than Him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The monarchs who ruled the earth in previous days scrupulously followed the authoritative decisions of the saints and sages in terms of Vedic injunction. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.19.12|SB 1.19.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although the King had already decided to fast until death on the bank of the Ganges, he humbly expressed his decision to elicit the opinions of the great authorities present there. Any decision, however important, should be confirmed by some authority. That makes the matter perfect. This means that the monarchs who ruled the earth in those days were not irresponsible dictators. They scrupulously followed the authoritative decisions of the saints and sages in terms of Vedic injunction. Mahārāja Parīkṣit, as a perfect king, followed the principles by consulting the authorities, even up to the last days of his life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The three Deities of Vṛndāvana named Śrī Rādhā-Madana-mohana, Śrī Rādhā-Govindadeva and Śrī Rādhā-Gopīnāthajī are worshiped in three different stages of one’s development. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu scrupulously follow these principles of approach.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 1.19|CC Adi 1.19, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The author of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta offers his respectful obeisances unto the three Deities of Vṛndāvana named Śrī Rādhā-Madana-mohana, Śrī Rādhā-Govindadeva and Śrī Rādhā-Gopīnāthajī. These three Deities are the life and soul of the Bengali Vaiṣṇavas, or Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇavas, who have a natural aptitude for residing in Vṛndāvana. The Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇavas who follow strictly in the line of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu worship the Divinity by chanting transcendental sounds meant to develop a sense of one’s transcendental relationship with the Supreme Lord, a reciprocation of mellows (rasas) of mutual affection, and, ultimately, the achievement of the desired success in loving service. These three Deities are worshiped in three different stages of one’s development. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu scrupulously follow these principles of approach.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Intelligent persons seeking transcendental realization should very scrupulously avoid the company of gross materialists who constantly engage in sense gratification and unbelievers who do not serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead but serve their senses and their mental whims in terms of their speculative habits.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 1.59|CC Adi 1.59, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is indicated that to learn the transcendental science, it is imperative that one avoid the company of undesirable persons and always seek the company of saints and sages who are able to impart lessons of transcendental knowledge. The potent words of such realized souls penetrate the heart, thereby eradicating all misgivings accumulated through years of undesirable association. For a neophyte devotee there are two kinds of persons whose association is undesirable: (1) gross materialists who constantly engage in sense gratification and (2) unbelievers who do not serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead but serve their senses and their mental whims in terms of their speculative habits. Intelligent persons seeking transcendental realization should very scrupulously avoid their company.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are many so-called followers of the Vaiṣṇava cult in the line of Caitanya Mahāprabhu who do not scrupulously follow the conclusions of the śāstras, and therefore they are considered to be apa-sampradāya, which means “outside of the sampradāya.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.48|CC Adi 7.48, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the paramparā system, the instructions taken from the bona fide spiritual master must also be based on revealed Vedic scriptures. One who is in the line of disciplic succession cannot manufacture his own way of behavior. There are many so-called followers of the Vaiṣṇava cult in the line of Caitanya Mahāprabhu who do not scrupulously follow the conclusions of the śāstras, and therefore they are considered to be apa-sampradāya, which means “outside of the sampradāya.” Some of these groups are known as āula, bāula, kartābhajā, neḍā, daraveśa, sāṅi, sahajiyā, sakhībhekī, smārta, jāta-gosāñi, ativāḍī, cūḍādhārī and gaurāṅga-nāgarī. In order to follow strictly the disciplic succession of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one should not associate with these apasampradāya communities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To defeat this kevalādvaita-vāda of the Māyāvādīs, Śrī Rāmānujācārya presented his philosophy as viśiṣṭādvaita-vāda, and Śrī Madhvācārya presented his philosophy of tattva-vāda, both of which are stumbling blocks to the Māyāvādīs because they defeat their philosophy in scrupulous detail.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.110|CC Adi 7.110, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Śrī Viṣṇu Svāmī, one of the four ācāryas of the Vaiṣṇava cult, presented his thesis on the subject matter of śuddhādvaita-vāda, immediately the Māyāvādīs took advantage of this philosophy and tried to establish their advaita-vāda or kevalādvaita-vāda. To defeat this kevalādvaita-vāda, Śrī Rāmānujācārya presented his philosophy as viśiṣṭādvaita-vāda, and Śrī Madhvācārya presented his philosophy of tattva-vāda, both of which are stumbling blocks to the Māyāvādīs because they defeat their philosophy in scrupulous detail.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who wants to make advancement in spiritual life must scrupulously avoid their (the fools&#039;) literature.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 9.4|CC Adi 9.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A sentimentalist who has no Vaiṣṇava qualifications cannot produce transcendental writings. There are many fools who consider kṛṣṇa-līlā to be a subject of art and who write or paint pictures about the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa with the gopīs, sometimes depicting them in a manner practically obscene. These fools take pleasure in material sense gratification, but one who wants to make advancement in spiritual life must scrupulously avoid their literature. Unless one is a servant of Kṛṣṇa and the Vaiṣṇavas, as Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī presents himself to be in offering respects to Lord Caitanya, His associates and His disciples, one should not attempt to write transcendental literature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Caitanya recommends that one should scrupulously renounce the association of unwanted persons and completely take shelter of the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 12|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 12]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One is advised to associate with the holy devotees of the Lord and carefully avoid the association of unholy nondevotees. Those who are pure devotees of Kṛṣṇa are very careful to keep aloof from the two types of nondevotees. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.31.33-35) it is said that one should give up all association with a person who is a playmate for women, for by associating with such an unholy person one becomes bereft of all good qualities, such as truthfulness, cleanliness, mercy, gravity, intelligence, shyness, beauty, fame, forgiveness, control of the mind and senses and all the opulences that are automatically obtained by a devotee. A man is never so degraded as when he associates with persons who are too much attached to women.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this regard, Lord Caitanya also quotes a verse from Kātyāyana-saṁhitā: &amp;quot;One should rather tolerate the miseries of being locked in a cage filled with fire than associate with those who are not devotees of the Lord.&amp;quot;One is also advised not to even look at the faces of persons who are irreligious or who are devoid of devotion to the Supreme Lord. Lord Caitanya recommends that one should scrupulously renounce the association of unwanted persons and completely take shelter of the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Kṛṣṇa declared that a brāhmaṇa will never be disturbed by any adverse conditions if he scrupulously sticks to his religious principles.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 52|Krsna Book 52, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised in the authorized scriptures that a brāhmaṇa may, under awkward circumstances, accept the profession of a kṣatriya or even a vaiśya, but never is he to accept the profession of a śūdra. Lord Kṛṣṇa declared that a brāhmaṇa will never be disturbed by any adverse conditions if he scrupulously sticks to his religious principles. In conclusion, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa said, “I offer My respectful obeisances to the brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas, for the brāhmaṇas are always self-satisfied and the Vaiṣṇavas are always engaged in actual welfare activities for human society. They are the best friends of the people in general; they are free from false egoism and are always in a peaceful condition of mind.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Light of the Bhagavata ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To have an equal distribution of state-raised taxes, the citizens need to be scrupulously honest and virtuous. They should be honest in the payment of taxes to the state and should have honest representatives to look over the administration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:LOB 2|Light of the Bhagavata 2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The common man supposes the unequal distribution of rain to represent nature&#039;s wrath for our sinful acts. There is truth in this. Thus to have an equal distribution of state-raised taxes, the citizens need to be scrupulously honest and virtuous. They should be honest in the payment of taxes to the state and should have honest representatives to look over the administration. In the modern setup of democratic states the citizens can have no cause for grievances, because the whole administration is conducted by the people themselves. If the people themselves are dishonest, the administrative machinery must be corrupt. Although a damned government of the people may be given a good or fancy name, if the people are not good they cannot have good government, regardless of which party governs the administration. Therefore good character in the consciousness of the mass of people is the first principle necessary for a good government and equal distribution of wealth.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Please keep steady, follow all my instructions scrupulously, chant Hare Krishna and Krishna will give you all strength. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- London 24 July, 1967|Letter to Brahmananda -- London 24 July, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Convey my ardent affection and blessings for all the boys and girls. I am very much hopeful of my movement. Please keep steady, follow all my instructions scrupulously, chant Hare Krishna and Krishna will give you all strength.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you continue to write articles on the basis of BG and SB certainly they will appeal to the core of the hearts of all human beings and surely they will respond. So, continue the policy scrupulously and you will be successful. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Rayarama -- Delhi 23 September, 1967|Letter to Rayarama -- Delhi 23 September, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I&#039;ve received news from other centers that BTG is now in demand and your idea for publishing 5000 copies is very encouraging. The news which we are publishing in Back to Godhead has certainly a novel presentation to the people in the western world who are hankering after spiritual enlightenment. So if you continue to write articles on the basis of BG and SB certainly they will appeal to the core of the hearts of all human beings and surely they will respond. So, continue the policy scrupulously and you will be successful. Since I&#039;m here I have not seen a single copy, although I&#039;ve heard from many sources of its improvement. I&#039;m also anxious to know whether the advertisement of Scindia delegation is published.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;First you have to agree to understand the process and follow it scrupulously.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Bhagavatananda -- New York 8 July, 1972|Letter to Bhagavatananda -- New York 8 July, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One thing is, our process of Krishna Consciousness, if it is followed with determination and enthusiasm, automatically it has the effect of fixing us, body, mind and soul, to the Lotus Feet of Lord Krishna, so that all sorts of fluctuations of the material nature, all sorts of difficulties and discrepancies of life are easily withstood. But first you have to agree to understand the process and follow it scrupulously. That is wanting. If I only think I know something, that is mental platform of accept/reject, and any knowledge gathered from the mental platform is like that, tottering and precarious, and it can be immediately rejected at any time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Cooperate amongst yourselves and try to raise the funds very scrupulously and if you remain serious and sincere in your efforts to get this wonderful building for Krsna, He will give you all help and guidance how to do it, without any doubt.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Atreya Rsi -- Los Angeles 13 September, 1972|Letter to Atreya Rsi -- Los Angeles 13 September, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now we have got a very big task before us to purchase the skyscraper building on 40th Street. So I am entrusting that you and Bali Mardan and the other big leaders there in New York will be able to do it. Cooperate amongst yourselves and try to raise the funds very scrupulously and if you remain serious and sincere in your efforts to get this wonderful building for Krsna, He will give you all help and guidance how to do it, without any doubt.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_and_His_representative_(Letters)&amp;diff=89651</id>
		<title>Krsna and His representative (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_and_His_representative_(Letters)&amp;diff=89651"/>
		<updated>2009-07-01T14:30:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* 1974 Correspondence */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;His representative&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;His representatives&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Representative|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We should never tolerate any insult or blasphemy to Krishna or His Representative. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 15 November, 1967|Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 15 November, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Caitanya composed the verse that one should be humbler than the straw and more tolerant than the tree for chanting the Holy Name of Krishna, but the same Author learning the insult committee. upon the person of Lord Nityananda became furious and the Lord wanted to immediately kill the insulter. The idea is that personally, one should be very meek and humble even in the presence of greatest provocation, but a slight insult to Krishna and His Representative should at once be taken seriously and appropriate measures should be taken. We should never tolerate any insult or blasphemy to Krishna or His Representative. So your action was quite all right, but because we are in the public eyes we have to act cautiously so that people may not misunderstand. Anyway, forget the chapter, there is nothing to be lamented.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So called humanitarians are our target of Krishna Consciousness. Their statement about Krishna that He is an Individual chosen by God as His representative means that they have no knowledge of God. They require to learn what is God, then they will understand Krishna.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 21 January, 1968|Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 21 January, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Humanitarian movements is certainly very attractive for the people in general, just like if you start a movement to stop war, it will be very attractive to the people in general. But as a matter of fact, war cannot be stopped. We aren&#039;t after stopping the war, but we are after utilizing war actions for satisfying of Krishna, as Arjuna practically performed. War cannot be stopped from the material world, but it can be purified. Therefore, so called humanitarians are our target of Krishna Consciousness. Their statement about Krishna that He is an Individual chosen by God as His representative means that they have no knowledge of God. They require to learn what is God, then they will understand Krishna.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the absolute world there is no distinction as me, or he, and I. Krishna and His representative is the same. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Malati -- Allston, Mass 28 May, 1968|Letter to Malati -- Allston, Mass 28 May, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the absolute world there is no distinction as me, or he, and I. Krishna and His representative is the same. Just like Krishna can be present simultaneously in millions of places. Similarly, the Spiritual Master also can be present wherever the disciple wants. A Spiritual Master is the principle, not the body. Just like a television can be seen in thousands of places by the principle of relay monitoring.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who is in pure love with Krishna and His Representative, Spiritual Master, he thinks always of Them.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsna dasa -- Seattle 21 October, 1968|Letter to Krsna dasa -- Seattle 21 October, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; To feel separation from the Spiritual Master or Krishna is very good position. That means one who is in pure love with Krishna and His Representative, Spiritual Master, he thinks always of Them. And this thinking process is Krishna consciousness. If we can think always of Krishna even in separation, that is Krishna Consciousness. And in the absolute platform, there is no difference of separation and meeting. The separation is also meeting, rather in separation one relishes the loving relationship more tasty. So don&#039;t be disappointed that you are separated from me, I am also always thinking of you how you are making progress there. And I am always expecting your letters that you have already opened a center there, and you are working very nicely.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is not slavish when one agrees to become slave of Krishna and His representative, then this is liberated position, liberated from being slave to the senses. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sivananda -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1968|Letter to Sivananda -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everyone wants to assert his personal views and opinions, without following any authority. That is the general tendency. But although such persons claim not to be slaves, actually they are slaves to the senses. So instead of being a slave of the senses, if one voluntarily becomes the slave of Krishna, or His representative, that is good for him. This is maya, thinking that we are independent. We are slaves—every moment we are serving our senses. We are slaves to so many abominable things, to drugs, intoxication, sex, doing the most abominable things in the service of the senses. So it is not slavish when one agrees to become slave of Krishna and His representative, then this is liberated position, liberated from being slave to the senses. Yes, Srila Bhaktivinode Thakura said, My Dear Vaisnava Thakura, Spiritual Master, let me become your dog, and I shall remain at your door, and I shall guard against any nonsense persons trying to enter, and whatever food you will give me, I shall eat, and I shall remain as your dog.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unfortunately, these so-called scientific men can usually pin their faith on Sir Isaac Newton but not to the statements of Krishna or his representatives. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969|Letter to Govinda -- Los Angeles 10 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We know what is spirit, how does it work, how does it transmigrate from one body to another or from one planet to another. We know these very scientifically, and we are firmly convinced about it. We can refute any dogmatic arguments against this conviction, and how do we do that? Simply because we start our understanding from the data of authoritative sources like Krishna or His representative. In the Bhagavad-gita, Lord Krishna speaks about spirit soul from the very beginning. Unless one understands what is this spirit soul, his further advancement of the Supreme Spirit God has no value. So this gentleman is puzzled in his understanding about wherefrom we have come, what we are, and where we are going. But we are certain about it. So if he wants to know all these things, there is bona fide source for understanding these problems, providing he agrees to give a submissive aural reception to the respective authorities as much as he believes in the authoritative statements of Sir Isaac Newton. So either to accept the statements of Sir Isaac Newton or the statements of Lord Krishna, the beginning is a kind of faith. Unfortunately, these so-called scientific men can usually pin their faith on Sir Isaac Newton but not to the statements of Krishna or his representatives.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Every religion as a matter of principle accepts authority, God being the supreme authority, and His representative also as authority.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Swami Bhaktivedanta -- Hawaii 14 March, 1969|Letter to Swami Bhaktivedanta -- Hawaii 14 March, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are various types of religious faiths in the world but they are imparted according to the students, or followers, time, place, circumstances, etc. The principle religions of the world are Hinduism, Christianity, Mohammedanism, and Buddhism. Every religion as a matter of principle accepts authority, God being the supreme authority, and His representative also as authority. So we have no quarrel with any type of religion but we simply teach that awaken your dormant love of God which is technically called God consciousness or Krishna Consciousness. We think the whole world or the entire human society is dwindling their faith in God so much so that some of them are declaring God is dead, and some of them are in frustration, manufacturing different kinds of isms, under different names. This state of affairs in the world is not very satisfactory at least for the advanced and civilized human society. It is essential therefore that scientific God consciousness which we are preaching under the name of Krishna Consciousness, should be broadcast very widely.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In rendering service to Lord Krsna and His representative the Spiritual Master, we should always maintain this fearful attitude which means careful attention.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970|Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to learn that you are doing spiritual activities very nicely and you are always alert to see whether you are committing some offense. This is a very nice attitude. In rendering service to Lord Krsna and His representative the Spiritual Master, we should always maintain this fearful attitude which means careful attention. This attitude will advance you progressively in Krishna Consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krsna is always merciful and He comes Himself, He leaves behind Him instruction like the Bhagavad-gita, etc. and He sends His representative, the Spiritual Master.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970|Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Is there any particular reason why some spirit souls become directed toward Krsna Consciousness in the first place? How does one get on the progressive path of elevation to Krsna Consciousness? The answer is that it is by the mercy of the Lord that one comes in contact with a Spiritual Master Who can revive the dormant Krsna consciousness of the conditioned soul. Krsna is always merciful and He comes Himself, He leaves behind Him instruction like the Bhagavad-gita, etc. and He sends His representative, the Spiritual Master. In this way the merciful propaganda is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
Every individual soul has got the discriminating power, so those who are pious they take advantage of this opportunity of the mercy of the Lord. But both pious and impious souls are being convinced by this Krsna consciousness movement. The human being is supposed to be intelligent more than the animals, so the intelligent persons or pious persons are coming in contact with Krsna consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because we are hearing from the Source of all knowledge, Krishna, through His representatives, the saints and acaryas in disciplic succession, we have got solid basis for understanding.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sivananda -- Delhi 12 December, 1971|Letter to Sivananda -- Delhi 12 December, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your idea to take German citizenship and organize the whole of Germany is the first class plan. If you can recruit many members there and get German language books published, that is the very best idea. When Mayapur place is organized you can come and see it, but your place is Germany. The German people are very intelligent and advanced in philosophy. Lately we have been discussing some of their philosophers like Kant, Hegel, Marx, and so on, so I can understand that there are many intellectual people in Germany who will appreciate our Krishna philosophy. They have got good respect for India&#039;s philosophy, so now we must take advantage and present it purely. Therefore the printing of so many books in German language is very necessary. I have heard that you may be going to Heidelberg, Germany, where there is a very large and important university. That is our best field. Become yourself very convinced and learned in our Krishna philosophy and take it into such university and contaminate everything with it. We are not afraid to challenge every mundane philosopher and defeat them, because they are simply operating on the mental platform which is constantly changing, so they cannot have any real authority. But because we are hearing from the Source of all knowledge, Krishna, through His representatives, the saints and acaryas in disciplic succession, we have got solid basis for understanding. If we are very much convinced to preach in this way, the intelligent class of men will respect and join us, and this will be your success in Germany.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Accepting the Lord or His representative as one&#039;s savior means to render loving devotional service to Him, and in return he will give you all protection. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dasarha -- Bombay 4 March, 1972|Letter to Dasarha -- Bombay 4 March, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your questions on Christianity, we are not very much keen to engage them in argument because for the most part they are sentimentalists and have no philosophy, therefore they become fanatics or dogmatists, and this type of person we cannot change.  But if you find some Christian person who is intelligent to understand philosophy then you may argue that if God is unlimited, how He can be confined to having only one son?  The son is the representative of the father, and in that sense he is the same as the father, but also he is different than the father.  So Christ is speaking in this sense, that only through the representative of God can one come to God.  Just like Krishna says in Bhagavad-gita that one should surrender to a bona fide spiritual master, and then He also says that one should &amp;quot;Surrender unto Me.&amp;quot;  So there is no difference between surrendering to God or surrendering to God&#039;s representative, therefore Christ is also saying just surrender to me, the son or representative or spiritual master, and that is the same as surrendering to my father.  Accepting the Lord or His representative as one&#039;s savior means to render loving devotional service to Him, and in return he will give you all protection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krishna, the Supreme Father, does not like to see his parts and parcels suffering in the material world. To deliver the fallen souls, He gives His instruction, He sends His representatives, and sometimes He even comes Himself just for the benefit of all the living entities. So it is our duty, as His representative, to canvass. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sucandra -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972|Letter to Sucandra -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to know that you are working sincerely to distribute this great science to the people of Germany. Not only the people in Germany, but all over the world, people are suffering due to lack of this knowledge. When the son is suffering, the father is also afflicted. So Krishna, the Supreme Father, does not like to see his parts and parcels suffering in the material world. To deliver the fallen souls, He gives His instruction, He sends His representatives, and sometimes He even comes Himself just for the benefit of all the living entities. So it is our duty, as His representative, to canvass. &amp;quot;Please take this knowledge and make your life successful.&amp;quot; So all of you continue to push on this movement with ever-increasing enthusiasm, and Krishna will help you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We simply surrender to Krishna and His representative, and serve Him with the consciousness that &amp;quot;My Lord, I am Yours.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Niranjan -- Honolulu May 5, 1972|Letter to Niranjan -- Honolulu May 5, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We don&#039;t perform any ritualistic ceremonies for some material gain or economic development, nor do we waste our time in mental speculation to try to find out the Lord with our tiny brain, nor do we perform so many difficult penances and austerities or gymnastic exercises for becoming one with God.  We simply surrender to Krishna and His representative, and serve Him with the consciousness that &amp;quot;My Lord, I am Yours.  Please always keep me engaged in Your service and protect me from maya.&amp;quot; This is real religion, and is the natural position of the living being.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Surrender to Krsna or to His representative is absolutely necessary.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Purusottama -- Bombay 23 October, 1973|Letter to Purusottama -- Bombay 23 October, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You should know it that without surrender bhakti does not begin. Surrender to Krsna or to His representative is absolutely necessary. I do not know why your understanding of Krsna consciousness is different from that of Madhudvisa Swami&#039;s.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Of course everyone is encouraged to chant Hare Krishna, but until one gives up sinful activities and becomes determined to serve Krishna through His representative then the firm fixing up of devotional service will not take hold, and there is every chance that one will fall prey to all sorts of material desires and have to come back again in the next life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ravendra Gupta -- Vrindaban 12 February, 1974|Letter to Ravendra Gupta -- Vrindaban 12 February, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to hear you are following my instructions by chanting 16 rounds daily. In order to chant offenselessly, so that the chanting will have the greatest effect, one must avoid the four sinful activities. You have asked &amp;quot;How serious would it be for me if I should miss the golden opportunity to become your initiated disciple?&amp;quot; You should know that the value of accepting a bona fide spiritual master is more than we can calculate. It is not a mere formality. Of course everyone is encouraged to chant Hare Krishna, but until one gives up sinful activities and becomes determined to serve Krishna through His representative then the firm fixing up of devotional service will not take hold, and there is every chance that one will fall prey to all sorts of material desires and have to come back again in the next life—and one cannot guarantee that he will be born in the form of life he may desire.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This state of consciousness can only be achieved by following the instructions that Krsna gives and that his representatives teach us.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Miss P. Boodhena -- Bombay 23 November, 1975|Letter to Miss P. Boodhena -- Bombay 23 November, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You should chant Hare Krsna every day and read our books and in this way you will make advancement in Krsna consciousness. We have to understand that we are not animals like cows and asses. We should not live like the hogs, but we should realize the higher goal of Krsna consciousness to understand that I am not this body, but part and parcel of the Supreme Lord Sri Krsna. This state of consciousness can only be achieved by following the instructions that Krsna gives and that his representatives teach us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So to surrender to Krishna is not difficult all we have to do is follow the instructions given by Krishna in Bhagavad-gita under the guidance of his representative, the spiritual master.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to W.J. Carpenter -- New Delhi 30 November, 1975|Letter to W.J. Carpenter -- New Delhi 30 November, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everyone works very hard to earn money, but no one knows that his real work is to serve Krishna, the supreme Personality of Godhead. Instead of spending money to advance the cause of Krishna consciousness, one spends his hard earned money on clubs, brothels, liquor, drugs cigarettes, slaughterhouses and so forth. All these activities are sinful, and because we are engaged in such sinful activities constantly we are constantly reaping the result of our sinful work, which is suffering in one way or another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But even if one is pious he cannot escape from the sufferings of material existence in the shape of Birth, death, old age and disease. Therefore the only solution to all problems of life social economic, or political is to surrender to Krishna. Krishna says &amp;quot;the material nature is very difficult to overcome, but one who has surrendered unto me can very easily cross beyond it.&amp;quot; So to surrender to Krishna is not difficult all we have to do is follow the instructions given by Krishna in Bhagavad-gita under the guidance of his representative, the spiritual master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Religious system means the law given by God. In every system of religion the order is to follow the instruction given by God or His representative. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. Dhawan -- Vrindaban 2 April, 1976|Letter to Mr. Dhawan -- Vrindaban 2 April, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Question #4: why all the present religions and spiritual systems came into existence, contradicting each other when humanity is meant to follow only one religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Religious system means the law given by God. In every system of religion the order is to follow the instruction given by God or His representative. Unfortunately, the so-called followers deviate from the orders of the master and sometimes create their own concocted religious system. Otherwise, there can&#039;t be different religions. We therefore accept only one religion which teaches one how to love God. Any religious system which doesn&#039;t teach this, how to love God is not religion, but is cheating system. The conditioned souls who have come to this world on account of forgetfulness of his eternal relationship with God is prone to be cheated, but a person who is sincere is not cheated, but he takes up the path which leads one to the perfection of life, how to love God. The present religious and spiritual systems in varieties come into existence on account of imperfect leaders who defied the authority of God. My suggestion is therefore that the leaders who actually agree as eternal servant of God may sit together and find out the ways and means of one religious system in this world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The newly initiated devotees are disciples of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupad, the above eleven senior devotees acting as His representative. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to All G.B.C., All Temple Presidents -- Vrindaban 9 July, 1977|Letter to All G.B.C., All Temple Presidents -- Vrindaban 9 July, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the past Temple Presidents have written to Srila Prabhupada recommending a particular devotee&#039;s initiation. Now that Srila Prabhupada has named these representatives, Temple Presidents may henceforward send recommendation for first and second initiation to whichever of these eleven representatives are nearest their temple. After considering the recommendation, these representatives may accept the devotee as an initiated disciple of Srila Prabhupada by giving a spiritual name, or in the case of second initiation, by chanting on the Gayatri thread, just as Srila Prabhupada has done. The newly initiated devotees are disciples of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupad, the above eleven senior devotees acting as His representative. After the Temple President receives a letter from these representatives giving the spiritual name or the thread, he can perform the fire yajna in the temple as was being done before. The name of a newly initiated disciple should be sent by the representative who has accepted him or her to Srila Prabhupada, to be included in His Divine Grace&#039;s &amp;quot;Initiated Disciples&amp;quot; book.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_son&amp;diff=89648</id>
		<title>Real son</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_son&amp;diff=89648"/>
		<updated>2009-07-01T14:25:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real son&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;real sons&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=1|OB=3|Lec=6|Con=2|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Son]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bharata Mahārāja, after having obtained the body of a deer, lamented: Now I have fallen far from my devotional practices.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.8.29|SB 5.8.29, Translation]]: In the body of a deer, Bharata Mahārāja began to lament: What misfortune! I have fallen from the path of the self-realized. I gave up my real sons, wife and home to advance in spiritual life, and I took shelter in a solitary holy place in the forest. I became self-controlled and self-realized, and I engaged constantly in devotional service, hearing, thinking, chanting, worshiping and remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva. I was successful in my attempt, so much so that my mind was always absorbed in devotional service. However, due to my personal foolishness, my mind again became attached—this time to a deer. Now I have obtained the body of a deer and have fallen far from my devotional practices.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Both a son and urine come from the same genitals. If a son is an obedient devotee of the Lord he is called putra, or a real son; otherwise, if he is not learned and is not a devotee, a son is nothing better than urine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 9.18.44|SB 9.18.44, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Pūru, Yayāti&#039;s last son, immediately accepted his father&#039;s proposal, for although he was the youngest, he was very qualified. Pūru thought, &amp;quot;I should have accepted my father&#039;s proposal before he asked, but I did not. Therefore I am not a first-class son. I am second class. But I do not wish to become the lowest type of son, who is compared to his father&#039;s stool.&amp;quot; One Indian poet has spoken of putra and mūtra. putra means &amp;quot;son,&amp;quot; and mūtra means &amp;quot;urine.&amp;quot; Both a son and urine come from the same genitals. If a son is an obedient devotee of the Lord he is called putra, or a real son; otherwise, if he is not learned and is not a devotee, a son is nothing better than urine.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura notes that since these three disciples of Vīrabhadra Gosāñi belonged to different gotras, or dynasties, and also had different surnames and lived in different places, it is not possible to accept them as real sons of Vīrabhadra Gosāñi.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 11.8|CC Adi 11.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Vīrabhadra Gosāñi had three disciples who are celebrated as his sons—Gopījana-vallabha, Rāmakṛṣṇa and Rāmacandra. The youngest, Rāmacandra, belonged to the Śāṇḍilya dynasty and had the surname Vaṭavyāla. He established his family at Khaḍadaha, and its members are known as the gosvāmīs of Khaḍadaha. The eldest disciple, Gopījana-vallabha, was a resident of a village known as Latā, near the Mānakara railway station in the district of Burdwan. The second, Rāmakṛṣṇa, lived near Māladaha, in a village named Gayeśapura.” Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura notes that since these three disciples belonged to different gotras, or dynasties, and also had different surnames and lived in different places, it is not possible to accept them as real sons of Vīrabhadra Gosāñi.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Jaṭilā, the mother of Abhimanyu, once believed that Kṛṣṇa in the dress of Abhimanyu was her own son and thus became very angry at her real son who was coming home. She began to drive away her real son, who was crying, &amp;quot;Mother! Mother! What are you doing?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 45|Nectar of Devotion 45]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Smiling in which the teeth are slightly visible is called hasita smiling. One day Abhimanyu, the so-called husband of Rādhārāṇī, was returning home, and at that time he could not see that Kṛṣṇa was there in his house. Kṛṣṇa immediately changed His dress to look exactly like Abhimanyu and approached Abhimanyu&#039;s mother, Jaṭilā, addressing her thus: &amp;quot;My dear mother, I am your real son Abhimanyu, but just see—Kṛṣṇa, dressed up like me, is coming before you!&amp;quot; Jaṭilā, the mother of Abhimanyu, immediately believed that Kṛṣṇa was her own son and thus became very angry at her real son who was coming home. She began to drive away her real son, who was crying, &amp;quot;Mother! Mother! What are you doing?&amp;quot; Seeing this incident, all the girl friends of Rādhārāṇī, who were present there, began to smile, and a portion of their teeth was visible. This is an instance of hasita smiling.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although Kṛṣṇa was the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī, because of Kaṁsa’s atrocious activities Vasudeva could not enjoy the birth ceremony of his son.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 5|Krsna Book 5]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although Kṛṣṇa was the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī, because of Kaṁsa’s atrocious activities Vasudeva could not enjoy the birth ceremony of his son. But Nanda Mahārāja, the foster father, celebrated the birth ceremony of Kṛṣṇa very joyfully. The next day, it was declared that a male child had been born to Yaśodā. According to Vedic custom, Nanda Mahārāja called for learned astrologers and brāhmaṇas to perform the birth ceremony.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is surprising that Vasudeva and Devakī did not enjoy the transcendental bliss of Kṛṣṇa’s childhood pastimes, although Kṛṣṇa was their real son. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 8|Krsna Book 8]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Certainly mother Yaśodā had executed many, many pious activities, as a result of which she got the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as her son who sucked milk from her breast. Similarly, Nanda Mahārāja also must have performed many great sacrifices and pious activities for Lord Kṛṣṇa to become his son and address him as “father.” But it is surprising that Vasudeva and Devakī did not enjoy the transcendental bliss of Kṛṣṇa’s childhood pastimes, although Kṛṣṇa was their real son. The childhood pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are glorified even today by many sages and saintly persons, but Vasudeva and Devakī could not enjoy such childhood pastimes personally. The reason for this was explained by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit as follows.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Original knowledge is that God is the Supreme Father, I am His eternal son, or eternal servant, as you... Son is always servant because son, real son is obedient and servant is also obedient.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; What is that original knowledge? Original knowledge is that God is the Supreme Father, I am His eternal son, or eternal servant, as you... Son is always servant because son, real son is obedient and servant is also obedient. And as we have got distinction here, servant and son, in the absolute world there is no such distinction. A son is as good as the servant and servant is as good as the son. That is absolute world. Don&#039;t think &amp;quot;Why shall I become a servant?&amp;quot; No, whatever you like, you can become, but in relationship with God, everything is one. There is no such distinction. So janayaty āś..., this is jñāna, this is knowledge. That God is great, I am very insignificant small, my business is to serve. This is jñāna, this is knowledge. This is knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone is son of God, but one who is acting as real son of God, he is praised, &amp;quot;He is my only son.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.9.7 -- Tokyo, April 24, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.9.7 -- Tokyo, April 24, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everyone is son of God, but one who is acting as real son of God, he is praised, &amp;quot;He is my only son.&amp;quot; This idea, not that God is limited to produce only one son. Why? God has unlimited sons. He is unlimited. If an ordinary man can beget hundreds of sons, just like Dhṛtarāṣṭra... There are many instances..., Ṛṣabhadeva. So why God should be restricted to beget only one son?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should have real friendship, real fatherhood, real lover, real beloved, real son.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Tamasi means ignorance. In ignorance, if you accept somebody as son or wife or friend, that is darkness. It is not actual fact. It is ignorance. Tamasi mā jyotir gama: &amp;quot;Go to the light.&amp;quot; Have real friendship, real fatherhood, real lover, real beloved, real son. So if... And another point is that a devotee, real devotee, he doesn&#039;t want to be the son of God. He wants to be the father of God. Why? The father means he will simply give to the son. And son means he will simply take. So just like in the Christian philosophy it is said, &amp;quot;O God, give us our daily bread.&amp;quot; This is one philosophy. That&#039;s a fact. God is giving. Eko yo bahūnāṁ vidadhāti kāmān. God is feeding everyone. That&#039;s a fact. But a devotee does not want to take anything from God. He does not worship God for his daily bread. One who asks daily bread from God, they are pious, but they are not devotees.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He is the only one son means one who can sacrifice his life for God, he is real son. And one who is simply taking from father, &amp;quot;Oh, God, give us our daily bread,&amp;quot; and He is supplying and eating and enjoying sense enjoyement, he is not real son. The real son is he who sacrifices his life for glorifying his father. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1970|Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Bible, Lord Jesus Christ is described as the son of God. Now, so far I have heard, that it is claimed that he is the only one son of God. Now according to Bhagavad-gītā, every living entity is son of God. Now how to adjust? If the Bible says that Lord Jesus Christ is the only one son, then how these so many innumerable sons can be adjusted? There is adjustment. There is very nice adjustment. One should know it. He is the only one son means one who can sacrifice his life for God, he is real son. And one who is simply taking from father, &amp;quot;Oh, God, give us our daily bread,&amp;quot; and He is supplying and eating and enjoying sense enjoyement, he is not real son. The real son is he who sacrifices his life for glorifying his father. Similarly, anyone who will sacrifice his life... Of course, it is not required that everyone shall be crucified like Lord Jesus Christ, but he should sacrifice his energy for the Supreme Lord. And that person who has devoted his energy for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, he is called Kṛṣṇa conscious person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Have you seen the real father who is within the body of the father? Have you seen the real son which is in the body of the son? No. Then your whole conception of education, your whole conception of living condition and problems—in the false world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture Engagement -- Montreal, June 15, 1968|Lecture Engagement -- Montreal, June 15, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You have seen your father, you have seen your mother or you have seen your son. But have you seen the real father who is within the body of the father? Have you seen the real son which is in the body of the son? No. Then your whole conception of education, your whole conception of living condition and problems—in the false world. Therefore this movement is required at the present moment in the world. Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanam [Cc. Antya 20.12]. This will cleanse the status of your mental condition. Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanaṁ bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam. And as soon as you understand yourself, then the whole problem—social, political, economical—everything will be solved.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we do not see the real father within the body, or we do not see the real son within the body. If we see the outward dress only. Then this is ignorance.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974|La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Asmin means this, this body. You have got your body; I have got my body. So within this body, there is the proprietor of the body. Asmin dehe. Dehinaḥ asmin. Dehe means the proprietor of the body. I do not see you; I see your body, you see my body. But within the body the proprietor is lying, or he is situated. That we do not see. But we can understand. Suppose my beloved father is dead or somebody is dead. I cry, &amp;quot;My father is gone.&amp;quot; So where is your father gone? He is lying there, unconscious. He may come to consciousness. But we say, &amp;quot;No, he is gone.&amp;quot; Dead means gone. So factually I never saw my father who has gone. I saw the body of my father, and that is lying on the bed. Why I am crying, &amp;quot;My father is gone&amp;quot;? Therefore this is called ignorance. We do not see the real father within the body, or we do not see the real son within the body. We see the outward dress only. This is ignorance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So therefore these sons&#039; body and Jesus&#039;s body cannot be equal. So adopted son has got material body, not the real son. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with devotees about Twelfth Canto Kali-yuga, and Conversation with Guest -- June 15, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation with devotees about Twelfth Canto Kali-yuga, and Conversation with Guest -- June 15, 1974, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Now, then, then, another thing is: you accept Jesus Christ the only son of God, is it not? So when you pray in the church, you address God, &amp;quot;Oh Father.&amp;quot; Then why &amp;quot;only son&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
French Woman: We say that the son is...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then everyone is son.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
French Woman: Yes, we say that this is the same God, yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: If I address God, &amp;quot;My father,&amp;quot; then I am his son. So why there should be &amp;quot;only son&amp;quot;? (French)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
French Woman: Yes, we say that we are adopted sons. (laughter) (French)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jyotirmayī: They say that they are sons, that all living beings are sons, but by adoption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: Adopted son. Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So therefore these sons&#039; body and Jesus&#039;s body cannot be equal. So adopted son has got material body, not the real son.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Cyavana Muni&#039;s wife said, &amp;quot;My dear father, don&#039;t be angry. He&#039;s your real son-in-law. He has become now young by treatment.&amp;quot; Then he was very pleased and embraced his daughter, that &amp;quot;You are so nice.&amp;quot; This is Vedic civilization. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- September 9, 1976, Vrndavana|Room Conversation -- September 9, 1976, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, Cyavana became young and the aśvinī-kumāras also became...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: Oh, they all went in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They dipped down in a certain lake. In this way, he became a very beautiful young man. Then for soma-yajña, his father-in-law, the daughter&#039;s father came. He came. So he was surprised, &amp;quot;How is that? My daughter is with another young man?&amp;quot; He became angry. &amp;quot;My dear daughter, what is this? You are defaming your husband&#039;s family and my family.&amp;quot; He began to chastise like that. And just see. Because he sees that &amp;quot;I got my daughter married with old Cyavana. How is that, with a young man?&amp;quot; Just see. Condemned like anything. And she was laughing. She knew that &amp;quot;I have not changed my husband. A change of body.&amp;quot; Then she said, &amp;quot;My dear father, don&#039;t be angry. He&#039;s your real son-in-law. He has become now young by treatment.&amp;quot; Then he was very pleased and embraced his daughter, that &amp;quot;You are so nice.&amp;quot; This is Vedic civilization. Even one has got old, going to die husband, she cannot change. This is the chastity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You have accepted me as father, so I have also accepted you as my dear and real son. Relationship of father &amp;amp; son on spiritual platform is real and eternal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 22 January, 1968|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 22 January, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You have accepted me as father, so I have also accepted you as my dear and real son. Relationship of father &amp;amp; son on spiritual platform is real and eternal, on the material platform such relationship is ephemeral and temporary. Although I cannot give you anything as father, still I can pray to Krishna for your more &amp;amp; more advancement in K.C. Your sincerity &amp;amp; service mood will always help you in advancing your genuine cause.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Various_scriptures&amp;diff=89456</id>
		<title>Various scriptures</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Various_scriptures&amp;diff=89456"/>
		<updated>2009-06-29T08:20:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* Renunciation Through Wisdom */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;various scriptures&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=4|CC=5|OB=4|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Various]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Scripture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are different methods and prescribed duties recommended in these various scriptures. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.1.11|SB 1.1.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ātmā, or self, is distinguished from matter and material elements. It is spiritual in constitution, and thus it is never satisfied by any amount of material planning. All scriptures and spiritual instructions are meant for the satisfaction of this self, or ātmā. There are many varieties of approaches which are recommended for different types of living beings in different times and at different places. Consequently, the numbers of revealed scriptures are innumerable. There are different methods and prescribed duties recommended in these various scriptures. Taking into consideration the fallen condition of the people in general in this age of Kali, the sages of Naimiṣāraṇya suggested that Śrī Sūta Gosvāmī relate the essence of all such scriptures because in this age it is not possible for the fallen souls to understand and undergo all the lessons of all these various scriptures in a varṇa and āśrama system.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is learned from various scriptures that the demigods approach Lord Viṣṇu in the ocean of milk and submit their grievances whenever there is some difficulty in the administration of universal affairs. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.5.43|SB 3.5.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are different kinds of devotees according to the modes of nature. Persons in the mode of goodness worship Lord Viṣṇu, those in the mode of passion worship Lord Brahmā, and those in the mode of ignorance worship Lord Śiva. All three of these deities are incarnations of the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa because He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demigods directly refer to the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord and not to the different incarnations. The incarnation of Viṣṇu in the material world is, however, directly worshiped by the demigods. It is learned from various scriptures that the demigods approach Lord Viṣṇu in the ocean of milk and submit their grievances whenever there is some difficulty in the administration of universal affairs. Although they are incarnations of the Lord, Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva worship Lord Viṣṇu, and thus they are also counted amongst the demigods and not as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Persons who worship Lord Viṣṇu are called demigods, and persons who do not do so are called asuras, or demons. Viṣṇu always takes the part of the demigods, but Brahmā and Śiva sometimes take the side of the demons; it is not that they become one in interest with them, but sometimes they do something in order to gain control over the demons.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is understood from various scriptures and purāṇas that the King of heaven, Indra, was very expert in stealing and kidnapping. Although Antardhāna could understand that King Indra was stealing the horse from his father Mahārāja Pṛthu, he did not kill Indra, for he knew that if one who is very powerful sometimes commits an abominable act, it should be disregarded. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.5|SB 4.24.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is understood from various scriptures and purāṇas that the King of heaven, Indra, was very expert in stealing and kidnapping. He could steal anything without being visible to the proprietor, and he could kidnap anyone&#039;s wife without being detected. Once he raped the wife of Gautama Muni by using his disappearing art, and similarly by becoming invisible he stole the horse of Mahārāja Pṛthu. Although in human society such activities are considered abominable, the demigod Indra was not considered to be degraded by them. Although Antardhāna could understand that King Indra was stealing the horse from his father, he did not kill Indra, for he knew that if one who is very powerful sometimes commits an abominable act, it should be disregarded.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.7.30|SB 8.7.30, Translation]]: O lord, your shadow is seen in irreligion, which brings about varieties of irreligious creations. The three modes of nature—goodness, passion and ignorance—are your three eyes. All the Vedic literatures, which are full of verses, are emanations from you because their compilers wrote the various scriptures after receiving your glance.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the Age of Kali one can achieve spiritual progress only by chanting the holy name of the Lord. This is confirmed in various scriptures.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.76|CC Adi 7.76, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; For progress in spiritual life, the śāstras recommend meditation in Satya-yuga, sacrifice for the satisfaction of Lord Viṣṇu in Tretā-yuga and gorgeous worship of the Lord in the temple in Dvāpara-yuga, but in the Age of Kali one can achieve spiritual progress only by chanting the holy name of the Lord. This is confirmed in various scriptures. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there are many references to this fact.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 1.33|CC Madhya 1.33, Translation]]: Both Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī brought various scriptures to Vṛndāvana and collected the essence of these by compiling many scriptures on devotional service. In this way they delivered all rascals and fallen souls.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 9.43|CC Madhya 9.43, Translation]]: All of these adherents of various scriptures were ready to present the conclusions of their respective scriptures, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broke all their opinions to pieces and established His own cult of bhakti based on the Vedas, Vedānta, the Brahma-sūtra and the philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 25.19|CC Madhya 25.19, Translation]]: Crowds of people came to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu from that day on, and scholars of various scriptures discussed different subject matters with the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 25.20|CC Madhya 25.20, Translation]]: When people came to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to discuss the principles of various scriptures, the Lord defeated their false conclusions and established the predominance of devotional service to the Lord. With logic and argument He very politely changed their minds.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The so-called brāhmaṇas claim that one who is not born into a brāhmaṇa family cannot receive the sacred thread and cannot become a high-grade Vaiṣṇava. But we do not accept such a theory, because it is not supported by Rūpa Gosvāmī nor by the strength of the various scriptures.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 5|Nectar of Devotion 5]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is on the basis of his position that anyone can now become a Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava, from any part of the world or any part of the universe. Anyone who is a pure Vaiṣṇava is situated transcendentally, and therefore the highest qualification in the material world, namely to be in the mode of goodness, has already been achieved by such a person. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement in the Western world is based on the above-mentioned proposition of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Prabhupāda, our spiritual master. On his authority, we are claiming members from all sections of the Western countries. The so-called brāhmaṇas claim that one who is not born into a brāhmaṇa family cannot receive the sacred thread and cannot become a high-grade Vaiṣṇava. But we do not accept such a theory, because it is not supported by Rūpa Gosvāmī nor by the strength of the various scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī specifically mentions herein that every man has the birthright to accept devotional service and to become Kṛṣṇa conscious. He has given many evidences from many scriptures, and he has especially quoted one passage from Padma Purāṇa, wherein the sage Vasiṣṭha tells King Dilīpa, &amp;quot;My dear King, everyone has the right to execute devotional service, just as he has the right to take early bath in the month of Māgha [December-January].&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, after consulting various scriptures, has enumerated the transcendental qualities of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 21|Nectar of Devotion 21]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, after consulting various scriptures, has enumerated the transcendental qualities of the Lord as follows: (1) beautiful features of the entire body; (2) marked with all auspicious characteristics; (3) extremely pleasing; (4) effulgent; (5) strong; (6) ever youthful; (7) wonderful linguist; (8) truthful; (9) talks pleasingly; (10) fluent; (11) highly learned; (12) highly intelligent; (13) a genius; (14) artistic; (15) extremely clever; (16) expert; (17) grateful; (18) firmly determined; (19) an expert judge of time and circumstances; (20) sees and speaks on the authority of Vedas, or scriptures; (21) pure; (22) self-controlled; (23) steadfast; (24) forbearing; (25) forgiving; (26) grave; (27) self-satisfied; (28) possessing equilibrium; (29) magnanimous; (30) religious; (31) heroic; (32) compassionate; (33) respectful; (34) gentle; (35) liberal; (36) shy; (37) the protector of surrendered souls; (38) happy; (39) the well-wisher of devotees; (40) controlled by love; (41) all-auspicious; (42) most powerful; (43) all-famous; (44) popular; (45) partial to devotees; (46) very attractive to all women; (47) all-worshipable; (48) all-opulent; (49) all-honorable; (50) the supreme controller. The Supreme Personality of Godhead has all these fifty transcendental qualities in fullness as deep as the ocean. In other words, the extent of His qualities is inconceivable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides all of the above-mentioned fifty qualities, Lord Kṛṣṇa possesses five more, which are sometimes partially manifested in the persons of Lord Brahmā or Lord Śiva. These transcendental qualities are as follows: (51) changeless; (52) all-cognizant; (53) ever fresh; (54) sac-cid-ānanda (possessing an eternal blissful body); (55) possessing all mystic perfections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa also possesses five other qualities, which are manifest in the body of Nārāyaṇa, and they are listed as follows. (56) He has inconceivable potency. (57) Uncountable universes generate from His body. (58) He is the original source of all incarnations. (59) He is the giver of salvation to the enemies whom He kills. (60) He is the attractor of liberated souls. All these transcendental qualities are manifest wonderfully in the personal feature of Lord Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides these sixty transcendental qualities, Kṛṣṇa has four more, which are not manifest even in the Nārāyaṇa form of Godhead, what to speak of the demigods or living entities. They are as follows. (61) He is the performer of wonderful varieties of pastimes (especially His childhood pastimes). (62) He is surrounded by devotees endowed with wonderful love of Godhead. (63) He can attract all living entities all over the universes by playing on His flute. (64) He has a wonderful excellence of beauty which cannot be rivaled anywhere in the creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding to the list these four exceptional qualities of Kṛṣṇa, it is to be understood that the aggregate number of qualities of Kṛṣṇa is sixty-four. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has attempted to give evidences from various scriptures about all sixty-four qualities present in the person of the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Among the groups of different friends of Kṛṣṇa, some are well known from various scriptures, and some are well known by popular tradition.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 41|Nectar of Devotion 41]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Among the groups of different friends of Kṛṣṇa, some are well known from various scriptures, and some are well known by popular tradition. There are three divisions among Kṛṣṇa&#039;s friends: some are eternally in friendship with Kṛṣṇa, some are elevated demigods, and some are perfected devotees. In all of these groups there are some who by nature are fixed in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service and are always engaged in giving counsel; some of them are very fond of joking and naturally cause Kṛṣṇa to smile by their words; some of them are by nature very simple, and by their simplicity they please Lord Kṛṣṇa; some of them create wonderful situations by their activities, apparently against Kṛṣṇa; some of them are very talkative, always arguing with Kṛṣṇa and creating a debating atmosphere; and some of them are very gentle and give pleasure to Kṛṣṇa by their sweet words. All of these friends are very intimate with Kṛṣṇa, and they show expertise in their different activities, their aim always being to please Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The rare soul who perfects this process of bhakti-yoga can see the Supreme Lord in everything and everything in relation to the Supreme Lord. Quotes from various scriptures substantiate this point.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The modern sage Śrī Aurobindo has explained that in the third stage of yoga practice, the yogī sees God everywhere. In the process of jñāna-yoga, or the cultivation of empirical knowledge, when  the yogī attains impersonal Brahman realization he sees Brahman as all-pervasive and inactive. This realization is bereft of any understanding of the Lord&#039;s name, form, qualities, pastimes, or paraphernalia. But if these transcendental topics arrest our attention, one very soon begins following the path of bhakti-yoga—the path enunciated in the Vedas, Upaniṣads, and Bhagavad-gītā. A transformation of vision takes place as one advances on this path. The rare soul who perfects this process can see the Supreme Lord in everything and everything in relation to the Supreme Lord. Quotes from various scriptures substantiate this point: In the Bhagavad-gītā the Lord says, vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ: [Bg. 7.19] &amp;quot;[The surrendered devotee knows] Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is very rare.&amp;quot; And the Upaniṣads state, sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma: &amp;quot;Everything is permeated by Brahman.&amp;quot; A person attains the highest stage of this realization when he sees this cosmic creation as a transformation and manifestation of the Supreme Lord&#039;s divine energies.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Many sacrifices are recommended in various scriptures. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.20-24 -- New York, August 9, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.20-24 -- New York, August 9, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Supposing that it is your proprietorship, you are the proprietor of everything, but you sacrifice, yajñārthe. Yajñārthe means &amp;quot;for the Supreme Lord.&amp;quot; So so many sacrifices are recommended in various scriptures. So we shall try to discuss some of the sacrifices. Yajñāyācarataḥ karma samagraṁ pravilīyate. If we perform our duties, yajña, for the matter of satisfaction of Viṣṇu, the Supreme Lord, then we shall not be bound up by the reaction of any work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, the first thing is in the sacrifice according to the Vedic rites, there are five principle factors. What are those? There is sacrificial fire, altar, and the person who is offering the... Generally, in the sacrifice grains and butter, clarified butter, is offered. So the sacrificial altar, fire, and the offering ingredients, grains and clarified butter, and the person who is offering sacrifice, three, and the result and the performer. These five things are there in the matter of sacrifice.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So if we want to be conversant, well-equipped with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then we have to regulate our life. That regulation, that regulation is given in various scriptures, and here also Lord Kṛṣṇa says. He is describing Himself, how you can remember Him in every circumstances of your life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.11-16 -- New York, October 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 7.11-16 -- New York, October 7, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The necessities of this body are four: we must eat something; we must have rest, sleep for some time; we must defend ourself from the attack of enemies; and we must have the facility for sex life also. These things are necessary for keeping up this body. But one who is going to liberate himself from this material entanglement, he cannot use this excessively. There must be regulated. Just like a diseased person, he is put under regulation. He is also given to eat something. Although eating is not very good for a diseased person, still, he is allowed to eat something, some barley water, some fruit juice, some light food, so that... Starvation is also not good, so he is allowed, but he cannot be allowed foodstuff according to the patient&#039;s desire. The foodstuff is allowed to him according to the direction of the physician.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So if we want to be conversant, well-equipped with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then we have to regulate our life. That regulation, that regulation is given in various scriptures, and here also Lord Kṛṣṇa says. He is describing Himself, how you can remember Him in every circumstances of your life. So similarly, sex life is also a necessity, a necessity for our life. Therefore Kṛṣṇa says, &amp;quot;Yes, I am also in sex life, provided it is,&amp;quot; I mean to say, &amp;quot;carried according to the scriptural injunction.&amp;quot; What is that scriptural injunction? That one must get himself married; otherwise, sex life is not allowed. It is considered sinful. Married life sex life is allowed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_success&amp;diff=89388</id>
		<title>Real success</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_success&amp;diff=89388"/>
		<updated>2009-06-27T08:30:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* SB Canto 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real success&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=4|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=6|Con=2|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Success]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who wants to have self-realization must approach and take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master to achieve real success.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.16.3|SB 1.16.3, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Even for a king like Mahārāja Parīkṣit there was need of a spiritual master for guidance. Without such guidance one cannot make progress in spiritual life. The spiritual master must be bona fide, and one who wants to have self-realization must approach and take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master to achieve real success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One has to surrender unto the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, Hari, or Kṛṣṇa, in order to achieve real success.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.21.7|SB 3.21.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Personality of Godhead, Hari, also fulfills the desires of His surrendered devotee. One has to surrender unto the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, Hari, or Kṛṣṇa, in order to achieve real success. Devotional service, or engagement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, is the direct method, and all other methods, although recommended, are indirect. In this age of Kali the direct method is especially more feasible than the indirect because people are short-living, their intelligence is poor, and they are poverty-stricken and embarrassed by so many miserable disturbances. Lord Caitanya, therefore, has given the greatest boon: in this age one simply has to chant the holy name of God to attain perfection in spiritual life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real success in life is to remember the holy name, attributes, activities and form of the Lord at the time of death. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.3.12|SB 5.3.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The real success in life is ante nārāyaṇa-smṛti—remembering the holy name, attributes, activities and form of the Lord at the time of death. Although we may be engaged in the Lord&#039;s devotional service in the temple, material conditions are so tough and inevitable that we may forget the Lord at the time of death due to a diseased condition or mental derangement. Therefore we should pray to the Lord to be able to remember His lotus feet without fail at the time of death, when we are in such a precarious condition.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real success or fulfillment of the mission of human life can be achieved in India.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.19.10|SB 5.19.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The real success or fulfillment of the mission of human life can be achieved in India, Bhārata-varṣa, because in Bhārata-varṣa the purpose of life and the method for achieving success are evident. People should take advantage of the opportunity afforded by Bhārata-varṣa, and this is especially so for those who are following the principles of varṇāśrama-dharma. If we do not take to the principles of varṇāśrama-dharma by accepting the four social orders (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra) and the four orders of spiritual life (brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa), there can be no question of success in life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real success of life is that when you learned how to love God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.9 -- London, August 15, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.9 -- London, August 15, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You may follow any religion. It doesn&#039;t matter, either Hindu religion or Christian religion or Mohammedan religion, anything you like. But we have to test. Just like a student who has passed M.A. examination. Nobody inquires, &amp;quot;From which college you have passed your examination? You have passed M.A. examination? That&#039;s all right.&amp;quot; And we are concerned, whether you are graduate, postgraduate. That&#039;s all. Nobody inquires, &amp;quot;From which college, from which country, from which religion, you have passed your M.A. examination?&amp;quot; No. Similarly, nobody should inquire, &amp;quot;To which religion you belong?&amp;quot; One must see whether he has learned this art, how to love God. That&#039;s all. That is religion. Because here is the religion: sarva-dharmān parityajya māṁ ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66]. This is religion. Bhāgavata says. Dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavaḥ atra: &amp;quot;All cheating type of religion is kicked out from this Bhāgavatam.&amp;quot; Only nirmatsarāṇām, those who are not envious of God... &amp;quot;Why shall I love God? Why shall I worship God? Why shall I accept God?&amp;quot; They are all demons. For them only, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, for them only those who are actually serious to love. Ahaitukī apratihatā yenātmā samprasīdati.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So real success of life is that when you learned how to love God. Then your heart will be satisfied. Yaṁ labdhvā cāparaṁ lābhaṁ manyate nādhikaṁ tataḥ. If you get Kṛṣṇa or God... Kṛṣṇa means God. If you have got another name of God, that is also accepted. But God, the Supreme Lord, the Supreme Person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nobody can become successful unless he satisfies Kṛṣṇa. That is real success. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.36-37 -- Vrndavana, September 29, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.36-37 -- Vrndavana, September 29, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Nothing is bad provided it is meant for Kṛṣṇa&#039;s satisfaction. Ataḥ pumbhir dvija-śreṣṭhā varṇāśrama-vibhāgaśaḥ. The varṇāśrama-vibhāga must be there. But what is the aim of varṇāśrama? Simply by becoming a brāhmaṇa he&#039;s successful? No. Nobody can become successful unless he satisfies Kṛṣṇa. That is real success. Just like Arjuna did. By the military art, he satisfied Kṛṣṇa. Similarly, by your vaiśya-vṛtti, kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyam [Bg. 18.44], you can satisfy Kṛṣṇa. By your brāhmaṇa-vṛtti you can satisfy Kṛṣṇa. Even by your śūdra-vṛtti you can satisfy Kṛṣṇa. That possibility is here, that Kṛṣṇa says sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya. The aim should be how to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. Doesn&#039;t matter whether you are a brāhmaṇa or a kṣatriya.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real success is how one is faithful to his guru. That is real success.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.44 -- Vrndavana, October 4, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.44 -- Vrndavana, October 4, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very strict on this point. As soon Vallabhācārya spoke that &amp;quot;I have written a better comment than Śrīdhara Svāmī,&amp;quot; immediately Caitanya Mahāprabhu become offended. He said, &amp;quot;Oh, you have become more than Śrīdhara Svāmī? You don&#039;t care for Svāmī?&amp;quot; So he remarked immediately, svāmī yei jana na māne veśyara bhitare. That is the system. You cannot overrule ācārya. Ācārya... Ācāryopāsanam. Ācārya should be always worshiped. Even if you, by ABCD, you have become more learned than the ācārya... That is not possible, but if you foolishly think like that, still, you should not exhibit your foolishness, that you know more than the ācārya. That is Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s... By His life example, He has taught us that the more we remain ignorant, foolish before the ācārya, or before the guru, that is more we advance. Real success is how one is faithful to his guru. That is real success. Yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau. It is not by education or grammatical knowledge you can learn anything. No. It is by the grace of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. And that grace comes down through the grace of guru. That grace also does not come directly. We should not be neglecting this point.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who die before Kṛṣṇa, they attain their original position, svarūpa. So that is real success. Otherwise, there is no death.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.24 -- Hawaii, January 20, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.24 -- Hawaii, January 20, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bali-mardana: Prabhupāda, you stated that on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra all the warriors who were dying in the presence of Kṛṣṇa, they all gained liberation. So I&#039;m wondering... Each one of us has within our heart also the representative of Kṛṣṇa. So when we die, why is not everyone liberated?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But you have no sense of Kṛṣṇa. You have no sense of Kṛṣṇa. Or actually you do not die. That is another thing. This death means in the... That is described in the Bhāgavatam. Those who die before Kṛṣṇa, they attain their original position, svarūpa. So that is real success. Otherwise, there is no death. Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. It is not death; when our body is destroyed, that does not mean we are dead. You are spirit soul, I am spirit soul, every one of us, but we have no death. That is another illusion. Tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati [Bg. 2.13]. This so-called death, it is not death. Dhīra, one who knows, one who is sober, he knows that &amp;quot;This man or this boy or this father is dying... He&#039;s not dying. Dehāntara-prāptiḥ: he is just changing another body. He&#039;s changing an...&amp;quot; So actually we have no death. The change of body. So we are accepting this change of body as death. That is another illusion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arrival Addresses and Talks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real success is to get out of the clutches of māyā, means this material conditional life which comprehends birth, death, old age and disease.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Arrival Lecture -- Miami, February 25, 1975|Arrival Lecture -- Miami, February 25, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Out of many thousands, millions people, one is anxious to make his life successful. Nobody is interested. Practically they do not know what is actually success of life. The modern civilization, everyone is thinking, &amp;quot;If I get a good wife and nice motorcar and a nice apartment, that is success.&amp;quot; That is not success. That is temporary. Real success is to get out of the clutches of māyā, means this material conditional life which comprehends birth, death, old age and disease. We are passing through many varieties of life, and this human form of life is a good chance to get out of this chain of changing body one after another. The soul is eternal and blissful because part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, God, sac-cid-ānanda, eternal, full of bliss, full of knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are many thoughts and theories, but real success of life is to become a mahātmā, broader, broad-minded.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969|Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So to become mahātmā and liberated... There are so many theories how to become liberated, how to become mahātmā, how to become religionist, how to become philosopher. There are many thoughts and theories, but real success of life is to become a mahātmā, broader, broad-minded. Mahātmā means broader-minded. They are not, I mean to say, short-minded, that &amp;quot;I am this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;I am Hindu,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Muslim,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Christian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am German,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Englishman&amp;quot;—no. Mahātmā is sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. He is freed from all designation. These are all our designations. When I think, &amp;quot;I am Englishman&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am Indian,&amp;quot; this is my designation. Because as soon as I change this body, I accept another body. Then all my philanthropy as Englishman or Indian—immediately finished.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Whenever there is Kṛṣṇa, there is the real success. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walks -- October 1-3, 1972, Los Angeles|Morning Walks -- October 1-3, 1972, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: You have said that whenever there is Kṛṣṇa there will be success everywhere, all the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Eh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: When there is Kṛṣṇa, there will be success everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is the real success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our real business is how we shall be successful to become an obedient servant of Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. That is real success.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 5, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 5, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So they are trying to get that siddha, the perfection, by so much yogic process, but another living entity, without understanding any yogic process, can do that. So these things are not very great gains. There are... In different planets there are different living entities. Just like we cannot touch fire, but in the sun globe there are also life, human beings, but their body is made of fire. Just like in the water. I cannot go into the water, but there are so many small fishes, they are living very nicely. So this we do not know. We are trying to gain success in these material activities, but by God&#039;s will, there are different living entities. They have already all the successes. So therefore our real business is not to waste our time to get any material success. Our real business is how we shall be successful to become an obedient servant of Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. That is real success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Try and get all our books accepted in the college libraries and classroom courses. That will be our real success. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 12 November, 1970|Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 12 November, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am glad to see that you are working in the universities. They are a good field for spreading our Krishna Consciousness activities. Try and get all our books accepted in the college libraries and classroom courses. That will be our real success. Dr. Cenkner is correct in saying that Sankaracarya&#039;s belief is personal. Actually he is a covered personalist. He became impersonalist just to drive away Buddhism. All of India was Buddhist voidism. So, although a personalist, he had to keep pace with voidism by expounding impersonalism. There is very little difference between impersonalism and voidism, but because he had to bring Buddhists back to the Vedic cultural form, he adopted impersonalism. From the Padma Purāṇa, it is learned that Sankaracarya is Lord Siva, and who can be a greater devotee than Lord Siva? Lord Siva is considered to be the foremost Vaisnava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Very_authorized&amp;diff=89281</id>
		<title>Very authorized</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Very_authorized&amp;diff=89281"/>
		<updated>2009-06-26T08:07:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;very authorized&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|24Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=8|Con=4|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Very]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authorized]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.14.4|SB 8.14.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The entire Kali-yuga is full of faults. It is like an unlimited ocean of faults. But the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is very authorized. Therefore, following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who five hundred years ago inaugurated the movement of saṅkīrtana, kṛṣṇa-kīrtana, we are trying to introduce this movement, according to superior orders, all over the world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The siddha-praṇālī process is followed by a class of men who are not very authorized and who have manufactured their own way of devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 16|Nectar of Devotion 16]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this connection, we should be careful about the so-called siddha-praṇālī. The siddha-praṇālī process is followed by a class of men who are not very authorized and who have manufactured their own way of devotional service. They imagine that they have become associates of the Lord simply by thinking of themselves like that. This external behavior is not at all according to the regulative principles. The so-called siddha-praṇālī process is followed by the prākṛta-sahajiyā, a pseudosect of so-called Vaiṣṇavas. In the opinion of Rūpa Gosvāmī, such activities are simply disturbances to the standard way of devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The book Brahma-saṁhitā is a very authorized book.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Durban, October 9, 1975|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Durban, October 9, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa is the Absolute Supreme Person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:anādir ādir govindaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bs. 5.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the definition of Kṛṣṇa given by Lord Brahmā in his book known as Brahma-saṁhitā, very authorized book. This book was collected by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu from southern India, and He presented it to His devotees when He came back from southern India tour. Therefore we accept this book, Brahma-saṁhitā, as very authoritative.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Brahma-samhita Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The verses of the Brahma-saṁhitā were written by Brahmā, and Lord Caitanya delivered it to His devotees. So, it is very authorized book. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Brahma-samhita, Verse 34 -- San Francisco, September 13, 1968 (New-2003)|Lecture on Brahma-samhita, Verse 34 -- San Francisco, September 13, 1968 (New-2003)]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This prayer for Govinda is from Brahma-saṁhitā. It is very old literature, and nobody can say when it was spoken, but it is understood that these verses were written by Brahmā, and when Lord Caitanya was traveling in South India He picked up this book from a temple, hand-written, and He delivered to His devotees. So, it is very authorized book. In this book the description of Kṛṣṇa is very vivid, vividly given. There His place, His activities, His form, everything is there nicely given.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaidika-vidhī is very authorized, but this Vaidika-vidhī is specially meant for those who are highly elevated brāhmaṇas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sri Sri Rukmini Dvarakanatha Deity Installation -- Los Angeles, July 16, 1969|Sri Sri Rukmini Dvarakanatha Deity Installation -- Los Angeles, July 16, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The pāñcarātrikī-vidhī means it is a special concession for this age. Vaidika-vidhī and pāñcarātrikī-vidhī. Vaidika-vidhī is very authorized, but this Vaidika-vidhī is specially meant for those who are highly elevated brāhmaṇas. In this age it is accepted as a fact by the śāstras, kalau śūdra-sambhavaḥ. In this age nobody is actually bona fide brāhmaṇas by birth. Formerly they used to be.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiation Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa consciousness is very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sannyasa Initiation -- Mayapur, March 16, 1976|Sannyasa Initiation -- Mayapur, March 16, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the dictionary, English dictionary, God means Supreme Being. So Supreme Being, He&#039;s also living being. He&#039;s not a dead stone. The difference is that He is the maintainer, and we are maintained. He is the ruler; we are ruled. This difference we have to understand. And He is the proprietor; we are servants. Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s philosophy is this. That is a fact. Jīvera svarūpa haya nitya kṛṣṇa dāsa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109]. So this consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, is being spread all over the world for the peace of the world, for the peace of the mind, for the peace of the society. So take it very seriously. It is very authorized. It is not a concocted speculation, it is fact.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cornerstone Ceremonies ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The mission is very, very authorized, to make this institution very successful in Bombay. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Cornerstone Laying -- Bombay, January 23, 1975|Cornerstone Laying -- Bombay, January 23, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The foundation and cornerstone establishment was done two years before, but there were many, many impediments from the asuric janā. Now, some way or other, we have got little relief from such impediments. So we are putting this cornerstone this auspicious day, and I am very glad that you have joined us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the mission is very, very authorized, and it comprehends a very large jurisdiction of activities. Therefore my request is that the inhabitants of Bombay, especially those who are our members, they will kindly take active part, how to make this institution very successful in Bombay.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This Kṛṣṇa consciousness is very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture at Engagement -- Columbus, may 19, 1969|Lecture at Engagement -- Columbus, May 19, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So our proposal is that in this life you have got this opportunity, the informations are there, the scientific methods are there—take advantage. Fully utilize your, this valuable life by changing simply your ordinary consciousness to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the greatest boon offered to the human society by Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. If you take advantage of it, then sarve sukhino bhavantu—then you&#039;ll become happy. It is not a mental concoction; it is very authorized. It is accepted by great stalwart scholars and ācāryas like Śaṅkarācārya, Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī, those who practically guided the whole destiny of Indian civilization&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This saṅkīrtana movement is very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969|Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I thank you very much for coming to this meeting, saṅkīrtana movement. This saṅkīrtana movement is very authorized, according to Vedic literature. Most of you are well acquainted with the studies of Bhagavad-gītā. And in the Bhagavad-gītā also you&#039;ll find,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:namasyantaś ca māṁ bhaktyā&lt;br /&gt;
:tuṣyanti ca ramanti ca&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 9.14]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Satataṁ kīrtayanto mām. Those who are mahātmās... Mahātmā means great soul. Mahātmā is not created. Mahātmā means... That is also explained in the Bhagavad-gītā, who is mahātmā. Kṛṣṇa says, bahūnāṁ janmanām ante: [Bg. 7.19] &amp;quot;After many, many births.&amp;quot; Of course, at the present moment they do not believe whether there is birth after birth. But it is not the question of whether you believe or not believe. The truth is truth. So there is birth after death. Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. You do not die after finishing this body. You accept another body. That you can experience daily.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is a very authorized, scientific movement. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture at Indo-American Society &amp;quot;East and West&amp;quot; -- Calcutta, January 31, 1973|Lecture at Indo-American Society &amp;quot;East and West&amp;quot; -- Calcutta, January 31, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So I request all you ladies and gentlemen to take this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. It is not a sentimental movement. It is a very authorized, scientific movement. You are all educated, advanced ladies and gentlemen. I&#039;ll request you to understand this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. The American boys, it is already we are combining East and West socially, politically, religiously, philosophically, economically, everything. There is solution. But if you take it seriously. If you think this is a movement, sentimental move... It is not sentimental movement. It is a most scientific movement. Any scientist come to me. I can convince him that it is a scientific movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nectar of Devotion - that is a very authorized book. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 11, 1969, Columbus, Ohio|Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 11, 1969, Columbus, Ohio]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Rūpa Gosvāmī. He was finance minister in the government of Nawab Hussain Shah in Bengal. But when Lord Caitanya started His movement, he was captivated and he resigned his service, government service and joined Him. And he wrote immense literature, Gosvāmīs. And that Desai was talking that Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura, he says, rūpa-raghunātha-pade haibe ākuti kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala-pīriti: conjugal love of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, one can understand when they go through the literatures presented by these Gosvāmīs. So his first book is Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu. Devotion of, Nectar of Devotion. That is very authorized book. Quotation from various Vedic literature about Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa and the different stages of relationship with Kṛṣṇa, śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, admiration.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We want to create this position of Back to Godhead as very authorized representation of the science of God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Discussion with BTG Staff -- December 24, 1969, Boston|Discussion with BTG Staff -- December 24, 1969, Boston]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. It is better to make everything sound but slow. We want to create this position of Back to Godhead as very authorized representation of the science of God. In future people may refer to it, so we should very cautiously and very nicely do it. It is very important thing, Back to Godhead. If our movement is going to be recognized as scientific, God consciousness movement, then this Back to Godhead will be referred as authorized scripture. So therefore we have to prepare in such a way, nothing non-conclusive can be introduced in this. That should be our policy. And actually it is the position of Back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If the expert is teaching, it is very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Television Interview -- July 29, 1971, Gainesville|Television Interview -- July 29, 1971, Gainesville]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Lord Caitanya is Kṛṣṇa Himself, and He is teaching how to love Kṛṣṇa. Therfore His process is most authorized. Just like you are the expert in this establishment. If somebody is doing something, if you personally teach him, &amp;quot;Do like this,&amp;quot; that is very authorized. So God consciousness, God Himself is teaching. Just like in Bhagavad-gītā, Kṛṣṇa is God. He is speaking about Himself. And at last He says, &amp;quot;Just surrender unto Me. I take charge of you.&amp;quot; But people misunderstand. So Lord Caitanya—Kṛṣṇa again came as Lord Caitanya to teach people how to surrender. And because we are following the footsteps of Lord Caitanya, the method is so sublime that even foreigners who never knew Kṛṣṇa, they are surrendering. The method is so potent. So that was my purpose. We don&#039;t say that &amp;quot;This religion is better than this religion,&amp;quot; or, &amp;quot;My process is better.&amp;quot; We want to see by the result. In the Sanskrit there is a word, phalena paricīyate. A thing is judged by the result.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Professor Judah has written one book very authorized, Hare Kṛṣṇa and Counterculture. So we are being accepted by learned circle.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Press Conference -- April 27, 1976, Auckland, New Zealand|Press Conference -- April 27, 1976, Auckland, New Zealand]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. This is real knowledge. We have got, I have already told you, only on this Hare Kṛṣṇa movement, there is one book by Professor Judah. Have you got that book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He has written one book very authorized, Hare Kṛṣṇa and Counterculture. So we are being accepted by learned circle, and who cares for these rascals? Nobody cares. Only some sentiment. There is no science; there is no knowledge. Here it is authoritative knowledge based on Vedic culture.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So far those books are concerned, they are not very authorized pictures.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- San Francisco 21 March, 1968|Letter to Brahmananda -- San Francisco 21 March, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far those books are concerned, I shall see to cutting out the illustrations you mentioned when I come there. I do not remember, but so far I know, they are not very authorized pictures. Please tell Jadurani of this. They were presented to me by the authors in exchange for my presenting them with some of my books. But they are not authorized.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sri Ramacharitamanasa by Goswami Tulasi das is not very authorized.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Raktaka -- Hamburg 6 September, 1969|Letter to Raktaka -- Hamburg 6 September, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the two books you have mentioned, Sri Ramacharitamanasa by Goswami Tulasi das is not very authorized, and Ramayana is authorized. One thing is though, you have got enough other books to study. Did you appear in the examination held on Janmastami Day? Why should you go to Ramayana when you have got Bhagavad-gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam and Teachings of Lord Caitanya? Don&#039;t divert your attention in that way. The author of Ramacharitamanasa, Goswami Tulasi das, has a tint of Mayavadi philosophy. He belongs to the Ramananda Sampradaya. They are mixed up combination of personalist and impersonalist. Therefore, the author is not considered as pure Vaisnava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_enjoyer&amp;diff=89240</id>
		<title>Real enjoyer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_enjoyer&amp;diff=89240"/>
		<updated>2009-06-25T11:10:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real enjoyer&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=10|Con=4|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enjoyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Śiva desires that all luxurious articles, such as nice garments, garlands, ornaments and cosmetics, be given to Lord Kṛṣṇa only, because Kṛṣṇa is the real enjoyer.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.14.28|SB 3.14.28, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The real purpose of Lord Śiva is to serve the Soul of the soul, Lord Kṛṣṇa. He desires that all luxurious articles, such as nice garments, garlands, ornaments and cosmetics, be given to Lord Kṛṣṇa only, because Kṛṣṇa is the real enjoyer. He refuses to accept such luxurious items himself because they are only meant for Kṛṣṇa. However, since they do not know this purpose of Lord Śiva, foolish persons either laugh at him or profitlessly try to imitate him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should not think that he is the proprietor, benefactor, friend or enjoyer. He should always be cognizant that the real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; that is the basic principle of bhakti-yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.27.5|SB 3.27.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The so-called national leader or humanist does not serve everyone; he serves his senses only. That is a fact. But the conditioned soul cannot understand this because he is bewildered by the spell of material nature. It is therefore recommended in this verse that one engage very seriously in the devotional service of the Lord. This means that one should not think that he is the proprietor, benefactor, friend or enjoyer. He should always be cognizant that the real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; that is the basic principle of bhakti-yoga.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one wants peace of mind and tranquillity in society, he must accept the fact that the real enjoyer is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.66|SB 4.24.66, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attains peace from the pangs of material miseries.&amp;quot; (BG 5.29)&lt;br /&gt;
If one wants peace of mind and tranquillity in society, he must accept the fact that the real enjoyer is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is the proprietor of everything all over the universe, and He is the supreme friend of all living entities as well. By understanding this, people can become happy and peaceful individually and collectively.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.20.17|SB 5.20.17, Translation]]: [This is the mantra by which the inhabitants of Kuśadvīpa worship the fire-god.] O fire-god, you are a part of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, and you carry to Him all the offerings of sacrifices. Therefore we request you to offer to the Supreme Personality of Godhead the yajñic ingredients we are offering the demigods, for the Lord is the real enjoyer.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one wants to enjoy real peace and prosperity, he should give everything to Kṛṣṇa, who is the real enjoyer, real friend and real proprietor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.14.34|SB 7.14.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is the root of everything, and therefore He is the best pātra, or person, to whom everything must be given. In Bhagavad-gītā (5.29) it is said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:sarva-loka-maheśvaram&lt;br /&gt;
:suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one wants to enjoy real peace and prosperity, he should give everything to Kṛṣṇa, who is the real enjoyer, real friend and real proprietor. It is therefore said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:yathā taror mūla-niṣecanena&lt;br /&gt;
:tṛpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopaśākhāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:prāṇopahārāc ca yathendriyāṇāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:tathaiva sarvārhaṇam acyutejyā&lt;br /&gt;
:(SB 4.31.14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By worshiping or satisfying Acyuta, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, one can satisfy everyone, just as one can water the branches, leaves and flowers of a tree simply by watering its root or as one satisfies all the senses of the body by giving food to the stomach. Therefore, a devotee simply offers everything to the Supreme Personality of Godhead to receive the best results of charity, religious performances, sense gratification and even liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyer is the Supreme Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG Lecture Excerpts 2.44-45, 2.58 -- New York, March 25, 1966|Lecture on BG Lecture Excerpts 2.44-45, 2.58 -- New York, March 25, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Any feature of realization will lead the person to spiritual life. But comparatively, the first realization is Brahman and the higher realization is Paramātmā, and the ultimate realization is Bhagavān.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the Bhagavān, He is the real enjoyer. He is the real enjoyer. You will find in the Bhagavad-gītā that bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram [Bg. 5.29]. The Lord says that &amp;quot;I am the enjoyer. Whatever is being done here, I am the enjoyer.&amp;quot; And bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram. &amp;quot;I am the proprietor.&amp;quot; So therefore bhoga, bhoga means enjoyment. The real enjoyer is the Supreme Lord. We are enjoyed, we are not enjoyer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I am thinking that &amp;quot;I am enjoying with my sense organs,&amp;quot; but you are not enjoying. The real enjoyer is that small spiritual spark within you. That spiritual spark has got the potency of enjoyment, but that is not being manifested on account of being covered by this material tabernacle, and therefore this enjoyment is not perfect.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.21-27 -- New York, September 9, 1966|Lecture on BG 6.21-27 -- New York, September 9, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like the animals, they are not intelligent enough. Therefore they cannot enjoy life as a human being can, standard. So here, in the Bhagavad-gītā also, it is said that buddhi-grāhyam atīndriyam.&lt;br /&gt;
Atīndriyam. Now, just take the example of a dead man. The senses, the hands, the nose, the sense organs, and everything is there, but now he cannot enjoy. The dead body, it cannot enjoy. Why? This requires intelligence. Why the dead body cannot enjoy? What is the difference? The body is lying there. The hands and the nose and the legs and the eyes and all other sense organs are there. But why the dead body cannot enjoy? That requires intelligence. That means that the enjoying energy, the spiritual spark, that has gone away. Therefore it has no power to enjoy. Then, if you make advance further with intelligence, then you will understand that actually the body was not enjoying, but that little spark, spiritual spark, that was enjoying, not this body. This requires little intelligence. I am thinking that &amp;quot;I am enjoying with my sense organs,&amp;quot; but you are not enjoying. The real enjoyer is that small spiritual spark within you. That spiritual spark has got the potency of enjoyment, but that is not being manifested on account of being covered by this material tabernacle, and therefore this enjoyment is not perfect.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The fingers can help the real enjoyer, namely the stomach. It can pick up some nice foodstuff and put into the mouth, and when it goes to the stomach, the real enjoyer, then all the prakṛtis, all the parts of the body, all the limbs of the body, they feel satisfaction.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Paris, August 10, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Paris, August 10, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The example, as we have given several times, that this finger captures some nice foodstuff, but actually the fingers are not enjoyer. The fingers can help the real enjoyer, namely the stomach. It can pick up some nice foodstuff and put into the mouth, and when it goes to the stomach, the real enjoyer, then all the prakṛtis, all the parts of the body, all the limbs of the body, they feel satisfaction. So the enjoyer is the stomach, not any part of the body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Paris, August 10, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Paris, August 10, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is story of udarendriyānām. The senses, all the senses met together in a meeting. They said that: &amp;quot;We are king, senses...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We are working.&amp;quot; The leg said: &amp;quot;Yes, I am, whole day, I am walking.&amp;quot; The hand says: &amp;quot;Yes, I am working whole day, wherever the body says: &amp;quot;You come here and pick up the food&amp;quot; bringing things cooking. I cooking also.&amp;quot; Then the eyes, they said that: &amp;quot;I am seeing.&amp;quot; So every limb, length of the body, they made a strike that, &amp;quot;No more we are going to work only for the stomach who is eating only. We are all working, and this man, or is stomach is eating only.&amp;quot; Then the, the strike... Just like the capitalist and the worker. The worker under goes strike, no more working. So all these limbs, parts of the body, they observed striking, and after two, three days, when again they met, they talked amongst themselves that: &amp;quot;Why we are becoming weak? We cannot work now.&amp;quot; You see. The legs also said: &amp;quot;Yes, I am feeling weak.&amp;quot; Hands also feeling weak, everyone. So what is the cause? The cause... Then the stomach says: &amp;quot;Because I am not eating. So if you want to remain strong, then you must give me to eat. Otherwise... So I am the enjoyer. You are not enjoyer. You are to supply things for my enjoyment. That is your position.&amp;quot; So they understood: &amp;quot;Yes, we cannot directly enjoy. It is not possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enjoyment must be through the stomach. You take one rasagullā, you, the fingers, you cannot enjoy. You give it to the mouth, and when it goes to the stomach, there is immediately energy. Not only the fingers enjoy, the eyes, all other parts, they feel satisfaction and strength also. Similarly the real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa because He is controlling the prakṛti and controlling you.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Miami, February 25, 1975|Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Miami, February 25, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In France there was Napoleon Bonaparte, in Germany there was Kaiser, and in our country there was Gandhi or somebody else. So they come here. They falsely declare as enjoyer. But actually they are not enjoyer. They&#039;re kicked out. They come to enjoy the nature, but the nature kicks them out. This is the fact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So then who is the enjoyer? The real enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa because He is controlling the prakṛti and controlling you. We can very easily understand, two things are there, matter and living entities, but none of them are independent. There is a controller. That controller, supreme con..., is God, Kṛṣṇa. Therefore He is enjoyer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyer or proprietor is Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.8-12 -- Bombay, September 30, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.8-12 -- Bombay, September 30, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many scriptures and many philosophers, ṛṣis, as I explained yesterday, nāsau ṛṣir yasya mataṁ na bhinnā: &amp;quot;He&#039;s not a philosopher who hasn&#039;t got a different opinion.&amp;quot; Because this material world is practically a challenge to the supreme authority. The supreme authority Kṛṣṇa, He&#039;s the bhokta actually, He&#039;s the enjoyer.&lt;br /&gt;
bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
sarva-loka-maheśvaram&lt;br /&gt;
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 5.29]&lt;br /&gt;
That point is missing. Real enjoyer or proprietor is Kṛṣṇa. Bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram. He&#039;s the proprietor. Sarva loka, not only of this loka, earthly planet, but there are innumerable planets within this universe and there are innumerable universes also, not one universe.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is a Bengali poetry. It says, &amp;quot;As soon as we forget the real enjoyer and we want to enjoy, immediately that is called māyā.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.20 -- Bombay, October 14, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.20 -- Bombay, October 14, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want śānti, you must learn these three things, that bhoktā, enjoyer, is Kṛṣṇa... We are not enjoyer, but every one of us, we are thinking we are enjoyer, individually, collectively, nationally, socially, communical..., any way, everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:kṛṣṇa-bahirmukha hañā bhoga vāñchā kare&lt;br /&gt;
:nikaṭa-stha māyā tāre jāpaṭiyā dhare&lt;br /&gt;
:(Prema-vivarta)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a Bengali poetry. It says, &amp;quot;As soon as we forget the real enjoyer and we want to enjoy, immediately that is called māyā.&amp;quot; And as soon as we give up this mentality... That is confirmed by Bhagavad-gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:māṁ ca yo &#039;vyabhicāreṇa&lt;br /&gt;
:bhakti-yogena sevate&lt;br /&gt;
:sa guṇān samatītyaitān&lt;br /&gt;
:brahma-bhūyāya kalpate&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 14.26]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as you give up this mentality, that &amp;quot;I am the enjoyer,&amp;quot; as soon as we change our mentality, that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is enjoyer,&amp;quot; then immediately we become liberated.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyer is the proprietor. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Detroit, August 3, 1975, University Lecture|Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Detroit, August 3, 1975, University Lecture]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are earning money by some occupation. That&#039;s all. Then what is the purpose of this money? Now, if you are dharmic, dharmaikāntasya, if you are actually religious, then your money is not meant for sense gratification. Na arthasya. Dharmaikāntasya. Kāmo lābhāya hi smṛtaḥ. Not for your sense gratification. You should know that this money, excess money you have got, it is God&#039;s money, because in the Bhagavad-gītā we learn, bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ [Bg. 5.29]. He is bhokta. He is bhokta. Bhokta means enjoyer. Just like we were just coming here. This Ford company and this company and so many, there are. So the factory is going on. The bhokta is the managing director or the proprietor, not the worker. Worker can get their salary, that&#039;s all. So bhokta, real enjoyer, is the proprietor.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are also living entities in the spiritual world, but they know perfectly well that real enjoyer, proprietor, is Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.15.1 -- New York, November 29, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.15.1 -- New York, November 29, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We living entities, we are trying to become happy within this material world, &amp;quot;Why you are in the material world, why not in the spiritual world?&amp;quot; The spiritual world, nobody can become the enjoyer, bhokta. That is only Supreme, bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva... [Bg. 5.29]. There is no mistake. There are also living entities, but they know perfectly well that real enjoyer, proprietor, is Kṛṣṇa. That is spiritual kingdom. Similarly, even in this material world, if we understand perfectly well that we are not enjoyer, Kṛṣṇa is enjoyer, then that is spiritual world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa is the real enjoyer.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Bertrand Russell|Philosophy Discussion on Bertrand Russell]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. The Vṛndāvana, they did not know Kṛṣṇa, even Yaśodā-mayī did not know that He is God. Otherwise, how the transaction of pleasure will be done, if they knew that He is God? Then they could not show, I mean to say, freely mix with Kṛṣṇa. They did not know that Kṛṣṇa is God. &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is our friend, boy friend.&amp;quot; They&#039;re all neighborhood children. From childhood they are grown up, and the girls, when they are twelve, thirteen years old, they&#039;re married. So Kṛṣṇa was not married. (indistinct) wait up to twenty years. But the girl friends, so  they are coming to Kṛṣṇa, they could not forget Kṛṣṇa. And they wanted to serve their husbands, but it was not possible. Because in our India, twelve-years-old boy, they got married. But a girl, twelve years, thirteen years, she is (indistinct) young. But the girls had love for Kṛṣṇa, but they are married—some of them had children—but still, they used to come to Kṛṣṇa due to old friendship. That is a fact. But this kind of friendship is not allowed in the society. Therefore it appears like immorality. And Kṛṣṇa also instructed them, when the gopīs came at midnight. He said that &amp;quot;What you have done?&amp;quot; He (indistinct) immediately. That instruction is there. But still they insisted. Their love for Kṛṣṇa is so intense that He must dance with them. They have come and they are not going back. So Kṛṣṇa is always servant to His devotees. And that another point is that Kṛṣṇa is the real enjoyer. Bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram [Bg. 5.29]. So even He danced with others&#039; wives, actually He&#039;s the proprietor. So from that sense, angle of vision, there is no immoral.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That is called illusion, māyā. Actually, he cannot enjoy, but, forgetting Kṛṣṇa, the real enjoyer, he wants to enjoy. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with M. Lallier, noted French Poet -- June 12, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation with M. Lallier, noted French Poet -- June 12, 1974, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: Why does the living entity try to enjoy material nature in such a way?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The, the... When he forgets that he cannot enjoy, the only enjoyer is God, Kṛṣṇa, when he forgets this principle he wants to enjoy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
M. Lallier: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is called illusion, māyā. Actually, he cannot enjoy, but, forgetting Kṛṣṇa, the real enjoyer, he wants to enjoy. That is his... Just like a child imitates the mother for cooking. The other day, in Geneva, the fire ceremony was going on. The mother was offering oblations, and the child also immediately took some and he... You have seen that?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So he&#039;s not fit for that business, but he imitates. That is childish. Sometimes goes to the kitchen, wants to make foodstuff, preparation, and he is given some toys that &amp;quot;You just play with it.&amp;quot; So every living entity is part and parcel of God. So God is enjoyer, God is controller. So he wants to imitate God. That is called māyā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyer is the Supreme Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany|Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Durckheim: There is only one way toward peace, through self-realization of those who are responsible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Self-realization, that is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, that one should understand that &amp;quot;I am not enjoyer. Nobody is enjoyer.&amp;quot; That is false. They are trying, endeavor, for enjoying this world, and that is false. Real enjoyer is the Supreme Lord. We are trying to occupy this land, that land. &amp;quot;This is Germany. This is England. This is France. This is India. This is my land, worshipable. Land is worshipable. It is my land.&amp;quot; But he should know that no land belongs to us. Everything belongs to God. And this is a fact. The land is not created by us. The ocean is not created by us. Then why should we claim, &amp;quot;This is German ocean, and this is English ocean&amp;quot;? This is all false imagination. So when it comes to this understanding, that &amp;quot;Nothing belongs to us...&amp;quot; The United Nations, they are fighting for the last twenty years, but they are fighting on the false ground because everyone is thinking, &amp;quot;This land is mine. I must protect it.&amp;quot; So they have no self-realization, and there is no peace.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyer and sufferer is the soul, not this body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation with Professors -- June 24, 1975, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation with Professors -- June 24, 1975, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There are so many thing enjoyable, but who is enjoying? That is the question. The real enjoyer and sufferer is the soul, not this body. When the soul is out of this body the body is no more enjoyer or sufferer; it is a lump of matter. The sense of enjoyment and suffering is there so long the soul is there. Therefore the soul is important. And if you can study the soul then you can understand what is God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter: How do you know there&#039;s a soul?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because you are speaking. Because you are inquiring, I know the soul. Because you are soul, therefore you are inquiring. As soon as the soul is out of your body, you cannot inquire anymore. Inquiry finished.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So in the dialectic process, try to bring this thesis, that within this body there is the real enjoyer, and try to convince them in that way. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation on Roof -- December 26, 1975, Sanand|Conversation on Roof -- December 26, 1975, Sanand]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Such mind is imperfect. What is this satisfaction? If mind is imperfect, so mental satisfaction is never complete satisfaction. That is also another illusion. It will be changed again. Again revolution. This is going on. So in the dialectic process, try to bring this thesis, that within this body there is the real enjoyer, and try to convince them in that way. That will be great service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harikeśa: You&#039;ve already done it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: I&#039;ve done with a few selected men. Now it has to be spread. We have to face bigger field. Then it will be nice. Hm? Thesis, antithesis and synthesis. This is good. This is scientific method.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Individual_self&amp;diff=89236</id>
		<title>Individual self</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Individual_self&amp;diff=89236"/>
		<updated>2009-06-25T10:04:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;individual self&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=8|CC=0|OB=2|Lec=4|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:individual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Self]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Superself and the individual self are both spirit, and therefore the Superself and the individual self are both qualitatively one and distinct from matter.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.35|SB 2.2.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We can easily attain to the true, spiritual conception by recognizing the Superself (Paramātmā) to be our friend and guide and by dovetailing our intelligence with the superior intelligence of Paramātmā. The Superself and the individual self are both spirit, and therefore the Superself and the individual self are both qualitatively one and distinct from matter. But the Superself and the individual self cannot be on an equal level because the Superself gives direction or supplies intelligence and the individual self follows the direction, and thus actions are performed properly. The individual is completely dependent on the direction of the Superself because in every step the individual self follows the direction of the Superself in the matter of seeing, hearing, thinking, feeling, willing, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as common sense is concerned, we come to the conclusion that there are three identities, namely matter, spirit and Superspirit. Now if we go to the Bhagavad-gītā, or the Vedic intelligence, we can further understand that all three identities, namely matter, individual spirit, and the Superspirit, are all dependent on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Superself is a partial representation or plenary portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Bhagavad-gītā affirms that the Supreme Personality of Godhead dominates all over the material world by His partial representation only. God is great, and He cannot be simply an order supplier of the individual selves; therefore the Superself cannot be a full representation of the Supreme Self, Puruṣottama, the Absolute Personality of Godhead. Realization of the Superself by the individual self is the beginning of self-realization, and by the progress of such self-realization one is able to realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead by intelligence, by the help of authorized scriptures, and, principally, by the grace of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The individual self knows about his limited field of activities, but the Supreme Self, the Lord, knows about the unlimited field of activities. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.6.21|SB 2.6.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One who travels perfectly in every field of activity is called the puruṣa or kṣetrajña. These two terms, kṣetrajña and puruṣa, are equally applicable to both the individual self and the Supreme Self, the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā (13.3) the matter is explained as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:kṣetra-jñaṁ cāpi māṁ viddhi&lt;br /&gt;
:sarva-kṣetreṣu bhārata&lt;br /&gt;
:kṣetra-kṣetrajñayor jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:yat taj jñānaṁ mataṁ mama&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kṣetra means the place, and one who knows the place is called the kṣetrajña. The individual self knows about his limited field of activities, but the Supreme Self, the Lord, knows about the unlimited field of activities. The individual soul knows about his own thinking, feeling and willing activities, but the Supersoul, or the Paramātmā, the supreme controller, being present everywhere, knows everyone&#039;s thinking, feeling and willing activities, and as such the individual living entity is the minute master of his personal affairs whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of everyone&#039;s affairs, past, present and future.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The individual self can never be equal to the Lord in cognizance; otherwise he could not be placed in the state of forgetfulness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.6.21|SB 2.6.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Knowledge of the qualitative oneness of the self and Superself is partial knowledge and ignorance also because there is no knowledge of quantitative difference, as explained above. The individual self can never be equal to the Lord in cognizance; otherwise he could not be placed in the state of forgetfulness. So, because there is a stage of forgetfulness of the individual selves, or the living entities, there is always a gulf of difference between the Lord and the living entity, as between the part and the whole. The part is never equal to the whole. So the conception of one hundred percent equality of the living being with the Lord is also nescience.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Above the intelligence is the individual self, and above the individual self is the Superself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.13.13|SB 3.13.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord is satisfied by the process of devotional service, consisting of the ninefold process of hearing, chanting, etc. It is in one&#039;s own sell-interest to execute prescribed devotional service, and anyone who neglects this process neglects his own self-interest. Everyone wants to satisfy his senses, but above the senses is the mind, above the mind is the intelligence, above the intelligence is the individual self, and above the individual self is the Superself. Above even the Superself is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, viṣṇu-tattva. The primeval Lord and the cause of all causes is Śrī Kṛṣṇa. The complete process of perfectional service is to render service for the satisfaction of the transcendental senses of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is known as Janārdana.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To know the individual self and the reciprocal exchanges of loving service between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity is real self-realization.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.27.28-29|SB 3.27.28-29, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Self-realization ultimately means to understand the Personality of Godhead and the living entities; to know the individual self and the reciprocal exchanges of loving service between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity is real self-realization. This cannot be attained by the impersonalists or other transcendentalists; they cannot understand the science of devotional service. Devotional service is revealed to the pure devotee by the unlimited causeless mercy of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Since the individual self is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the self and the Superself are qualitatively nondifferent. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.20.2|SB 4.20.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this verse the word ātmānam is very significant. It is a custom among yogīs and jñānīs to address one another (or even an ordinary man) as one&#039;s self, for a transcendentalist never accepts a living being to be the body. Since the individual self is part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the self and the Superself are qualitatively nondifferent. As the next verse will explain, the body is only a superficial covering, and consequently an advanced transcendentalist will not make a distinction between one self and another.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Self&amp;quot; refers to the Superself and the individual self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.22.32|SB 4.22.32, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Human life is especially meant for self-realization. &amp;quot;Self&amp;quot; refers to the Superself and the individual self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity. When, however, one becomes more interested in the body and bodily sense gratification, he creates for himself obstructions on the path of self-realization. By the influence of māyā, one becomes more interested in sense gratification, which is prohibited in this world for those interested in self-realization. Instead of becoming interested in sense gratification, one should divert his activities to satisfy the senses of the Supreme Soul. Anything performed contrary to this principle is certainly against one&#039;s self-interest.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Kṛṣṇa Instructs Uddhava:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 11.7.9|SB 11.7.9, Translation]]: Therefore, bringing all your senses under control and thus subduing the mind, you should see the entire world as situated within the self, who is expanded everywhere, and you should also see this individual self within Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who still have contaminated desires for sense gratification are never successful in their attempt, nor can they realize the Supersoul within the individual self.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 87|Krsna Book 87]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The personified Vedas continued: “Mystic yogīs who still have contaminated desires for sense gratification are never successful in their attempt, nor can they realize the Supersoul within the individual self. As such, the so-called yogīs and jñānīs who are simply wasting their time in different types of sense gratification, either by mental speculation or by exhibition of limited mystic powers, will never be liberated from conditioned life and will continue to go through repeated births and deaths. For such persons, both this life and the next life are sources of tribulation. Such sinful persons are already suffering tribulation in this life, and because they are not perfect in self-realization they will be plagued with further tribulation in the next life. Despite all endeavors to attain perfection, such yogīs, contaminated by desires for sense gratification, will continue to suffer in this life and the next.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Supreme Self and the individual self, although one in quality, are different in quantity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 89|Krsna Book 89]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Perfect knowledge means knowledge of one’s own self and the Supreme Self. The Supreme Self and the individual self, although one in quality, are different in quantity. This analytical understanding of knowledge is perfect. Simply to understand “I am not matter; I am spirit” is not perfect knowledge. The real religious principle is devotional service, or bhakti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;God is the Supreme Person who is above all individual self and is free from all defects. And because He&#039;s free from all defects, His statement is defectless. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 2.12 -- New York, March 7, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; God is perfect being. Here yoga system also accept like that. According to the yoga, God is the Supreme Person who is above all individual... Individual, now here you see the individual. The every, every living entity is individual. That, this particular word, that individual self and is free from all defects. And because He&#039;s free from all defects, His statement is defectless.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa is the Superself. and I am individual self. When I am in samādhi with Viṣṇu, Superself, that is my steadiness of the mind. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.16-24 -- Los Angeles, February 17, 1969|Lecture on BG 6.16-24 -- Los Angeles, February 17, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This joyous in the self, that means Kṛṣṇa is the Superself. Yoga practice. That I am individual self. When I am in samādhi with Viṣṇu, Superself, that is my steadiness of the mind. So Superself and self, when they enjoy. Enjoyment cannot be alone. There must be two. Have you got any experience of enjoyment alone? No. So enjoyment alone is not possible. Enjoyment means two—Kṛṣṇa and you. The Supersoul and the individual soul.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The devotees, they work for Super-self-interest. There is self, but it is Super-self-interest. And the karmīs, jñānīs, yogis they work for individual self-interest.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.7 -- Vrndavana, October 29, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.7 -- Vrndavana, October 29, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everyone is working, especially the karmīs, the jñānīs, the yogis, and mixed devotees, they are working for self-interest. The devotees also, so long there is self, there is self-interest also. So there is little difference, that the devotees, they work for Super-self-interest. There is self, but it is Super-self-interest. And the karmīs, jñānīs, yogis they work for individual self-interest. Self-interest there must be. That is the difference between lust and prema, or love.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ātmeśvara means we are individual self and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original Superself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- San Francisco, March 15, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- San Francisco, March 15, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should be Kṛṣṇa conscious or God conscious, why? Because He is the master of your self and the most intimate friend, suhṛt. Yathā ātmeśvara. Ātmeśvara means we are individual self and He is the original Superself. Just like we, for the present we like this body, we love this body...why? Because the body is the production of the soul. Without soul, there is no body. Just like a child born. If the soul is there, the child will grow.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should be interested in his individual self, one should not be interested with others if they hinder his service unduly. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mohanananda -- Mayapur 27 February, 1972|Letter to Mohanananda -- Mayapur 27 February, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You say that your wife is an emotional sentimentalist, and that this is causing you some anxiety. But you have taken her as your wife, and by our Vedic standards you are responsible for her spiritual advancement, so you must make the attempt to assist her in becoming Krishna Conscious very seriously, that is your responsibility. If, however, after much trying and serious attempts you are still unable to help her, then leave her aside. One should be interested in his individual self, one should not be interested with others if they hinder his service unduly. But you have married her, and there is no question of separation. You may live from time to time separately, but at least you must try very hard to help her perfect her spiritual life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Humble_self&amp;diff=89134</id>
		<title>Humble self</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Humble_self&amp;diff=89134"/>
		<updated>2009-06-23T14:38:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;humble self&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=3|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Humble]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Self]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Both our spiritual master, Oṁ Viṣṇupāda Śrī Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja, and our humble self had the opportunity to take birth in such families that foster transcendentalists generation after generation. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 6.42|BG 6.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By the grace of the Lord, there are still families that foster transcendentalists generation after generation. It is certainly very fortunate to take birth in such families. Fortunately, both our spiritual master, Oṁ Viṣṇupāda Śrī Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja, and our humble self had the opportunity to take birth in such families, by the grace of the Lord, and both of us were trained in the devotional service of the Lord from the very beginning of our lives. Later on we met by the order of the transcendental system.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Mahārāja on first sight he requested this humble self to preach his message in the Western countries. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.5|SB 3.22.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once we had the opportunity to meet Viṣṇupāda Śrī Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja, and on first sight he requested this humble self to preach his message in the Western countries. There was no preparation for this, but somehow or other he desired it, and by his grace we are now engaged in executing his order, which has given us a transcendental occupation and has saved and liberated us from the occupation of material activities. Thus it is actually a fact that if one meets a saintly person completely engaged in transcendental duties and achieves his favor, then one&#039;s life mission becomes complete.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.8|SB 3.22.8, Translation]]: O great sage, graciously be pleased to listen to the prayer of my humble self, for my mind is troubled by affection for my daughter.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The great sages and my humble self [Nārada] are all stalwart brāhmaṇas who can speak authoritatively on Vedic literature. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.29.42-44|SB 4.29.42-44, Translation]]: The most powerful Lord Brahmā, the father of all progenitors; Lord Śiva; Manu, Dakṣa and the other rulers of humankind; the four saintly first-class brahmacārīs headed by Sanaka and Sanātana; the great sages Marīci, Atri, Aṅgirā, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Bhṛgu and Vasiṣṭha; and my humble self [Nārada] are all stalwart brāhmaṇas who can speak authoritatively on Vedic literature. We are very powerful because of austerities, meditation and education. Nonetheless, even after inquiring about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom we always see, we do not know perfectly about Him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Mahārāja is the divine master of our humble self [Śrīla Prabhupāda]. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 1|CC Adi 1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The direct disciple of Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī was Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura, who accepted Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī as his servitor. Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura accepted Śrīla Jagannātha dāsa Bābājī, the spiritual master of Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, who in turn accepted Śrīla Gaurakiśora dāsa Bābājī, the spiritual master of Oṁ Viṣṇupāda Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja, the divine master of our humble self.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhaktivedanta - this particular title was given after due consideration that my humble self should be awarded this title. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Radhastami, Srimati Radharani&#039;s Appearance Day -- Montreal, August 30, 1968|Radhastami, Srimati Radharani&#039;s Appearance Day -- Montreal, August 30, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In India the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs are known as Vedāntī. Therefore my society, Vaiṣṇava society, has particularly given me this title, Bhaktivedanta. Vedānta means bhakti. It is a challenge to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs. This particular title was given after due consideration that my humble self should be awarded this title. It is new title amongst the Vaiṣṇava society. So the Māyāvādī philosophers they are sometimes surprised that &amp;quot;How Swamijī is Vedanti, at the same time bhakti?&amp;quot; But actually they do not know Vedānta means bhakti. Real Vedānta commentary is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;My humble self had the privilege of taking this training under the lotus feet of my spiritual master and I am confident to organize this work in a scientific way.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sardar Patel -- Calcutta 28 February, 1949|Letter to Sardar Patel -- Calcutta 28 February, 1949]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The State is giving help for so many man-made purposes and I pray that a sum of Rs 2000/- per month may be allowed for starting these Gandhian movements in organized form and that on authentic basis I think if your honour as a renowned practical man accepts my humble suggestion, it may be by the will of God, that the whole atmosphere of the present world calamities may be mitigated altogether. My humble self had the privilege of taking this training under the lotus feet of my spiritual master and I am confident to organize this work in a scientific way if I am helped by the state.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I may introduce hereby my humble self as the editor of a fortnightly Theistic periodical.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Chief-Justice Sri M.C. Chagla -- Bombay 20 February, 1957|Letter to Chief-Justice Sri M.C. Chagla -- Bombay 20 February, 1957]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I beg to inform your Lordship that on the 16th instant I was present in the meeting of Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan in which your Lordship spoke something at length on the matter of equal distribution of wealth as the ultimate solution of economic problem. The subject matter dealt with in the meeting was &amp;quot;What is the matter with the world?&amp;quot;, and you all respectable gentlemen tried to solve it in different angles of vision. Sri Munshiji tried very faintly to solve it by going back to Godhead and I do not know whether your Lordship agrees with him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I may introduce hereby my humble self as the editor of a fortnightly Theistic periodical and copies of the same are sent to your Lordship for your kind perusal. I came to Bombay from Vrndavana to see Sri Munshi on the same mission of going back to Godhead, because without this there is no solution of any problem, the world is now facing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1966 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I think Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Prabhupada wants that in this great attempt by my humble self your valued service may also be dovetailed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tirtha Maharaja -- New York 4 February, 1966|Letter to Tirtha Maharaja -- New York 4 February, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now here is a chance for me to carry put His transcendental Order and because you are Srila Prabhupada&#039;s foremost and favorite disciple and actually engaged in His service, I am just seeking your favor and mercy in making this attempt successful. Everything is ready namely the house is ready, the donor is ready and my humble service on the spot is also ready. Now you are to give the finishing touch because you are most affectionate disciple of His Divine Grace. I think Srila Prabhupada wants that in this great attempt by my humble self your valued service may also be dovetailed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our Guru Maharaja injected his Spiritual Vision in some of us, and the work is continuing in different branches, as fast as possible by Bon Maharaja Tirtha Maharaja, my humble self and others. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Vrindaban 29 August, 1967|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Vrindaban 29 August, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to learn that you have finished editing the TLC and if you send me copies by post, I will immediately begin printing here. I am so encouraged that one branch in N.M. and one in Boston are opened, even in my absence. This is wanted. Physically I may be present or not; but the work must continue. Our Guru Maharaja injected his Spiritual Vision in some of us, and the work is continuing in different branches, as fast as possible by Bon Maharaja Tirtha Maharaja, my humble self and others. Similarly in the Western world, Krishna has sent me some good souls like you, and I hope, even in my absence, that the spirit of Krishna Consciousness will be spread.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Henceforward our plan should be to push Sankirtana and sell our publications. For books, Brahmananda, for magazine, Rayarama, for Sankirtana, Hamsaduta and Mukunda, and for suggestion, my humble self.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Montreal 17 July, 1968|Letter to Brahmananda -- Montreal 17 July, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Have you sent the cable to Dwarkin? We want Mrdangas very urgently because very soon we shall be going to London. Six devotees from the West coast and six devotees from the East coast, 12 for Kirtana besides my humble self, and one or two Brahmacaris. Henceforward our plan should be to push Sankirtana and sell our publications. For books, Brahmananda, for magazine, Rayarama, for Sankirtana, Hamsaduta and Mukunda, and for suggestion, my humble self. Please let us concentrate this integration and I am sure our movement will be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The description given in these books, are not mundane speculations, but they are authorized versions of liberated souls, presented by our humble self. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Devananda -- Seattle 28 September, 1968|Letter to Devananda -- Seattle 28 September, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One thing I may inform you, that the three books which I have already prepared, namely, the Bhagavad-gita As It Is, Teachings of Lord Caitanya, and Srimad-Bhagavatam, all these books are the ultimate source of knowledge. If you simply reproduce what I have tried to explain in those books, surely you will come out victorious, even in the midst of so many great mundane scholars. The description given in these books, are not mundane speculations, but they are authorized versions of liberated souls, presented by our humble self. So the strength is not in us, but the strength is in the Supreme Lord. And we have simply to present them without any adulteration, in humble service spirit. That is the secret of success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I have seen what you have written about your protection by my humble self, but that is inevitable when a Spiritual Master accepts somebody as disciple. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sacisuta -- Tittenhurst 19 September, 1969|Letter to Sacisuta -- Tittenhurst 19 September, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I have very much appreciated the interview article with you in the paper Ethos, and I am so pleased to know that you have given right interpretation of our Krishna Consciousness Movement. Now you have got a nice wife, Indumati, and combinedly together you preach the mission of Lord Caitanya as far as possible. I have seen what you have written about your protection by my humble self, but that is inevitable when a Spiritual Master accepts somebody as disciple. Krishna says in Bhagavad-gita that He takes charge of a surrendered soul; so much so that Lord Krishna protects His devotee from all his sinful activities in the past. Similarly, the Spiritual Master, when He accepts a disciple and the disciple surrenders unto Him, He has got the responsibility of absorbing the sinful reaction of His disciples life. This is a great responsibility of the Spiritual Master. We should therefore be very careful not to overburden our Spiritual Master by further repetition of sinful activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I beg to thank you very much for your kind feelings of appreciation of my humble self and service unto you. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mahamsa, Ksudhi, Rsi Kumara, Nandakumara, Tusta Krsna, Krsna Tulasi, Gurukrpa, Madhudvisa, others -- London 15 August, 1971|Letter to Mahamsa, Ksudhi, Rsi Kumara, Nandakumara, Tusta Krsna, Krsna Tulasi, Gurukrpa, Madhudvisa, others -- London 15 August, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I beg to thank you very much for your kind feelings of appreciation of my humble self and service unto you. You are all helping me in pushing forward this mission of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu coming down by disciplic succession to my Guru Maharaja. So whatever you have spoken, it is simply due to them. I am simply the via media to receive them on behalf of my Guru Maharaja His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Goswami Maharaja Prabhupada.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Caitanya wanted this business, so by the parampara system through my Guru Maharaja and my humble self, the matter is handed over to you. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Madhudvisa -- New Vrndavana 7 September, 1972|Letter to Madhudvisa -- New Vrndavana 7 September, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am so glad to learn that your Sankirtana movement is going on nicely. In this part of the world also, we have got several buses which are going all over your country and doing nicely. Yesterday I have seen one Sankirtana bus presented by Rupanuga Maharaja, complete with kitchen, shower, and deity room. It is completely self-sufficient and can keep 8 to 10 men. Their program is to remain on the road going from town to town and village to village. Lord Caitanya wanted this business, so by the parampara system through my Guru Maharaja and my humble self, the matter is handed over to you. Now it is up to you American boys and girls to do the needful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Up till now my humble self could write at least 84 books and print them in English. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to unknown 2 -- 28 September, 1976|Letter to unknown 2 -- 28 September, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There has been various remarks about our income and expenditure, and on this some questions were raised in our Lokeshava and discussions made there to. The Lokeshava members accepted the fact that our various expenses are met up with our income of selling various books, as well as various donations from the public. Up till now my humble self could write at least 84 books and print them in English. Those are Bhagavad-gita As It Is, Srimad-Bhagavatam, Canto I to VII (24 volumes), Teachings of Lord Chaitanya, Shri Chaitanya Charitamrta (17 volumes), the Nectar of Devotion, Krishna Consciousness The Topmost Yoga System, Shri Isopanisad, etc., etc. These books are sold throughout the world, and the amount of their daily average sale is a little over five lacs, and for this Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, a registered body has been formed, with the intention that 50% of the sale proceeds will be utilized for printing books and the balance to be spent towards building temples, maths, and their day to day expenses.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Consciousness_of_the_living_entity&amp;diff=88976</id>
		<title>Consciousness of the living entity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Consciousness_of_the_living_entity&amp;diff=88976"/>
		<updated>2009-06-21T09:23:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;living entity&#039;s consciousness&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;consciousness of the living entity&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;consciousness of the living being&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Matea| Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Jul08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=5|CC=1|OB=2|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Consciousness]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Living Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The consciousness of the living entity, although qualitatively one with the supreme consciousness, is not supreme, because the consciousness of one particular body does not share that of another body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 13.34|BG 13.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are various theories regarding consciousness. Here in Bhagavad-gītā the example of the sun and the sunshine is given. As the sun is situated in one place but is illuminating the whole universe, so a small particle of spirit soul, although situated in the heart of this body, is illuminating the whole body by consciousness. Thus consciousness is the proof of the presence of the soul, as sunshine or light is the proof of the presence of the sun. When the soul is present in the body, there is consciousness all over the body, and as soon as the soul has passed from the body there is no more consciousness. This can be easily understood by any intelligent man. Therefore consciousness is not a product of the combinations of matter. It is the symptom of the living entity. The consciousness of the living entity, although qualitatively one with the supreme consciousness, is not supreme, because the consciousness of one particular body does not share that of another body. But the Supersoul, which is situated in all bodies as the friend of the individual soul, is conscious of all bodies. That is the difference between supreme consciousness and individual consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord is present within the heart of every living entity, and all the living entity&#039;s consciousness and forgetfulness are influenced by the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.9.1|SB 2.9.1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The external energy is controlled by the Lord, and the living entities are controlled by the external energy—by the will of the Lord. Therefore, although the living entity is purely conscious in his pure state, he is subordinate to the will of the Lord in being influenced by the external energy of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15) also the same thing is confirmed; the Lord is present within the heart of every living entity, and all the living entity&#039;s consciousness and forgetfulness are influenced by the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The whole idea of material creation is to revive the dormant God consciousness of the living entity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.10.26|SB 2.10.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The whole idea of material creation is to revive the dormant God consciousness of the living entity. In forms of life other than the human form, sexual pleasure is prominent without any motive of service for the mission of the Lord. But in the human form of life the conditioned soul can render service to the Lord by creating progeny suitable for the attainment of salvation. One can beget hundreds of children and enjoy the celestial pleasure of sexual intercourse, provided he is able to train the children in God consciousness. Otherwise begetting children is on the level of the swine. Rather, the swine is more expert than the human being because the swine can beget a dozen piglets at a time, whereas the human being can give birth to only one at a time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The consciousness of the living being is always present and never changes under any circumstances.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.7.5|SB 3.7.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The consciousness of the living being is always present and never changes under any circumstances, as above mentioned. When a living man moves from one place to another, he is conscious that he has changed his position. He is always present in the past, present and future, like electricity. One can remember incidents from his past and can conjecture about his future also on the basis of past experience. He never forgets his personal identity, even though he is placed in awkward circumstances. How then can the living entity become forgetful of his real identity as pure spirit soul and identify with matter unless influenced by something beyond himself?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.25.15|SB 3.25.15, Translation]]: The stage in which the consciousness of the living entity is attracted by the three modes of material nature is called conditional life. But when that same consciousness is attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is situated in the consciousness of liberation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The limited consciousness of the living entity is pervading the entire material body, and the supreme consciousness of the Lord is pervading the entire universe.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.40|SB 4.24.40, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The consciousness of both the soul and Supersoul is all-pervading; the limited consciousness of the living entity is pervading the entire material body, and the supreme consciousness of the Lord is pervading the entire universe. Because the soul is present within the body, consciousness pervades the entire body; similarly, because the supreme soul, or Kṛṣṇa, is present within this universe, everything is working in order.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Antya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;His Lordship the Supreme Personality of Godhead has an unlimited spiritual identity, never to be broken, whereas the consciousness of the living entity is limited and fragmented. The living entities are fragmental portions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead eternally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 5.121|CC Antya 5.121, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are distinctions between an ordinary human being and the Supreme Lord. Karmīs and jñānīs who ignore these distinctions are offenders against the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&lt;br /&gt;
An ordinary human being is prone to be subjugated by the material energy, whereas His Lordship the Supreme Personality of Godhead—Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Lord Kṛṣṇa or Lord Jagannātha—is always the master of the material energy and is therefore never subject to its influence. His Lordship the Supreme Personality of Godhead has an unlimited spiritual identity, never to be broken, whereas the consciousness of the living entity is limited and fragmented. The living entities are fragmental portions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead eternally (mamaivāṁśo jīva-loke jīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ [Bg. 15.7]). It is not that they are covered by the material energy in conditioned life but become one with the Supreme Personality of Godhead when freed from the influence of material energy. Such an idea is offensive.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The consciousness of the living entity who falsely presents himself as the enjoyer of the material world is called jīva-kośa, which means imprisonment by the false ego. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 82|Krsna Book 82]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The gopīs, having been instructed by Kṛṣṇa in this philosophy of simultaneous oneness and difference, remained always in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and thus became liberated from all material contamination. The consciousness of the living entity who falsely presents himself as the enjoyer of the material world is called jīva-kośa, which means imprisonment by the false ego. Not only the gopīs but anyone who follows these instructions of Kṛṣṇa is immediately freed from the jīva-kośa imprisonment. A person in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness is always liberated from false egoism; he utilizes everything for Kṛṣṇa’s service and is not at any time separated from Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The human form of life is a complete manifestation of the consciousness of the living being.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:ISO Invocation|Sri Isopanisad Invocation]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; All facilities are given to the small complete units (namely the living beings) to enable them to realize the Complete Whole. All forms of incompleteness are experienced due to incomplete knowledge of the Complete Whole. The human form of life is a complete manifestation of the consciousness of the living being, and it is obtained after evolving through 8,400,000 species of life in the cycle of birth and death. If in this human life of full consciousness the living entity does not realize his completeness in relation to the Complete Whole, he loses the chance to realize his completeness and is again put into the evolutionary cycle by the law of material nature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This movement means that to awaken the original consciousness of the living entity. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- London, August 26, 1973|Lecture -- London, August 26, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So you have already some understanding about this movement. Still, as you have kindly come here, I shall try to explain what is this movement. This movement means that to awaken the original consciousness of the living entity. Living being or living entity, there are varieties, 8,400,000 varieties. There are nine hundred thousand varieties in the water, and two million varieties as trees and plants. Jalajā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. And then insects, reptiles, there are eleven hundred thousand varieties. Then there are one million varieties of birds. Pakṣiṇāṁ daśa-lakṣaṇam. Then beasts, three million. Three million varieties of animals, beasts, four-legged beasts, and then there are four hundred thousand forms of the human being, out of which the civilized men, they are taken into consideration. All other varieties, they are in the lower grade of life. They cannot understand Kṛṣṇa consciousness. It is not possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So the human form of life is the developed consciousness of the living entity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Carl Gustav Jung|Philosophy Discussion on Carl Gustav Jung]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That we are teaching. That we have shown. But he remains unconscious state. That is (indistinct). That we are teaching. We are simply, loudly stating, &amp;quot;Please wake up. Please wake up. We are not this body. We are not this body.&amp;quot; So these are the (indistinct) dream. You cannot raise him to the consciousness. He is fully packed up in matter. That is not possible. But he is also conscious. That is proved by (indistinct). He applied machine: in the remote part he is feeling the pain when you cut. But it is not very manifest. Just like children, they are not so conscious, you operate. I have got a (indistinct), my eldest daughter, she (indistinct). So she was about less than one year... No, no. About six months. The doctor was operating, (indistinct). She was not frightened. (indistinct) Minor operation. So the human form of life is the developed consciousness of the living entity. In other forms of life they&#039;re more or less in dreaming state or unconscious state. But as living entity, the consciousness is there, in different stages.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;During the development of a child in the womb one of the first manifestations is the nine holes. Gradually the senses develop and by the time seven months, everything is complete and the living entity&#039;s consciousness come back. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- August 30, 1973, London|Morning Walk -- August 30, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not advanced stage, life begins from the very beginning of sex. The living entity is very small. By nature&#039;s law, according to his karma, he&#039;s sent to the father&#039;s semina and that is injected and immediately the two secretions emulsify, the man&#039;s and the woman&#039;s, and it forms a body just like a pea. That is the formation of body. Now that pea-like form develops gradually. Then first manifestation is the nine holes. Everything is there in the Vedic literature. Nine holes, they have got nine holes. One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine. In this way gradually the senses develop and by the time seven months, everything is complete and the living entity&#039;s consciousness come back. Prior to the formation of the body, the living entity remains unconscious just like in chloroform, anaesthetic. Then he dreams and then gradually consciousness... At that time he becomes very much upset to come out, come out. Then nature gives him &amp;quot;khut!&amp;quot; He comes out. That&#039;s all. This is the process of birth.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The highest benefit that is possible to do to the humanity is this act of preaching for receiving the Divine Consciousness of the living being.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brother -- Unknown Place September 1955|Letter to Brother -- Unknown Place September 1955]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The League of Devotees stand to serve the humanity in this spirit &amp;amp; the preaching member&#039;s cooperation in this noble act of human behavior will reciprocally benefit both the League and its preaching members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highest benefit that is possible to do to the humanity is this act of preaching for receiving the Divine Consciousness of the living being. By doing so, we do not only send a living entity back to home &amp;amp; back to Godhead but at the same time we ourselves also go back to home back to Godhead. Rise up to the occasion of this preaching work &amp;amp; be a real benefactor to the people in general &amp;amp; your family members in particular.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dormant divine consciousness of the living entity is developed in the human being by natural evolution but it is sometimes snubbed down by artificial force on account of too much desire to Lord it over the material nature. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Members -- Bombay THE LEAGUE OF DEVOTEES INC. Under Societies Act No. XXI 1860 Editor &amp;quot;Back to Godhead&amp;quot; Founder Secretary: Goswami Abhay Charan Bhaktivedanta.|Letter to Members -- Bombay THE LEAGUE OF DEVOTEES INC. Under Societies Act No. XXI 1860 Editor &amp;quot;Back to Godhead&amp;quot; Founder Secretary: Goswami Abhay Charan Bhaktivedanta.]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; On the Supreme Order of His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Saraswati Goswami Maharaj, I beg to inform you that it is now high time to revive the divine consciousness of mankind, the people in general, modern leaders, philosophers, and religionists - considering the deteriorated world situation in every respect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dormant divine consciousness of the living entity is developed in the human being by natural evolution but it is sometimes snubbed down by artificial force on account of too much desire to Lord it over the material nature. The result is that such mode of civilization renders people short-lived, slow in understanding matters important in life (spiritual knowledge), accepting the wrong way of perfection, unfortunate even in material prosperity and always disturbed by diseases and distresses. And these are some of the gifts of nature in the mode of Godless civilization.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the material condition of life the consciousness of the living entity is covered over in varying degrees by the material energy in the form of sensuous body and subtle mind. But the consciousness of the pure devotee is not limited by the influence of maya.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 29 November, 1970|Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 29 November, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very much happy that you have added worship of Srimati Tulasi devi to your Temple activities. That is most auspicious. However, you should not try to speculate on the &amp;quot;level of consciousness&amp;quot; of the pure devotee of the Lord. In the material condition of life the consciousness of the living entity is covered over in varying degrees by the material energy in the form of sensuous body and subtle mind. But the consciousness of the pure devotee is not limited by the influence of maya and so it is never to be speculated in that way.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Time_and_tide_wait_for_no_man&amp;diff=88883</id>
		<title>Time and tide wait for no man</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Time_and_tide_wait_for_no_man&amp;diff=88883"/>
		<updated>2009-06-21T08:16:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Time and tide&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=1|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|9}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The celebrated English king wanted to order time and tide, but the time and tide refused to obey his order. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.13.18|SB 1.13.18, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Vidura, as a saint and as the duty-bound affectionate youngest brother of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, wanted to awaken Dhṛtarāṣṭra from his slumber of disease and old age. Vidura therefore sarcastically addressed Dhṛtarāṣṭra as the &amp;quot;King,&amp;quot; which he was actually not. Everyone is the servant of eternal time, and therefore no one can be king in this material world. King means the person who can order. The celebrated English king wanted to order time and tide, but the time and tide refused to obey his order. Therefore one is a false king in the material world, and Dhṛtarāṣṭra was particularly reminded of this false position and of the factual fearful happenings which had already approached him at that time. Vidura asked him to get out immediately, if he wanted to be saved from the fearful situation which was approaching him fast. He did not ask Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira in that way because he knew that a king like Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira is aware of all the fearful situations of this flimsy world and would take care of himself, in due course, even though Vidura might not be present at that time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Time and tide wait for no man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.3.17|SB 2.3.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This verse indirectly confirms the greater importance of utilizing the human form of life to realize our lost relationship with the Supreme Lord by acceleration of devotional service. Time and tide wait for no man. So the time indicated by the sunrise and the sunset will be uselessly wasted if such time is not properly utilized for realizing identification of spiritual values. Even a fraction of the duration of life wasted cannot be compensated by any amount of gold. Human life is simply awarded to a living entity (jīva) so that he can realize his spiritual identity and his permanent source of happiness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one comes to the period of youth from age sixteen to thirty he thinks that life will go on and that he will simply continue enjoying his senses, but, &amp;quot;Time and tide wait for no man.&amp;quot; The span of youth expires very quickly.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.27.5|SB 4.27.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The words navaṁ vayaḥ are also significant in this verse. They indicate the period of youth from age sixteen to thirty. These thirteen or fifteen years of life are years in which one can very strongly enjoy the senses. When one comes to this age he thinks that life will go on and that he will simply continue enjoying his senses, but, &amp;quot;Time and tide wait for no man.&amp;quot; The span of youth expires very quickly. One who wastes his life simply by committing sinful activities in youth immediately becomes disappointed and disillusioned when the brief period of youth is over. The material enjoyments of youth are especially pleasing to a person who has no spiritual training. If one is trained only according to the bodily conception of life, he simply leads a disappointed life because bodily sense enjoyment finishes within forty years or so. After forty years, one simply leads a disillusioned life because he has no spiritual knowledge. For such a person, the expiration of youth occurs in half a moment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Since time and tide wait for no man, time is herein called Caṇḍavega, which means &amp;quot;very swiftly passing away.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.27.13|SB 4.27.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Time is figuratively described here as Caṇḍavega. Since time and tide wait for no man, time is herein called Caṇḍavega, which means &amp;quot;very swiftly passing away.&amp;quot; As time passes, it is calculated in terms of years. One year contains 360 days, and the soldiers of Caṇḍavega herein mentioned represent these days. Time passes swiftly; Caṇḍavega&#039;s powerful soldiers of Gandharvaloka very swiftly carry away all the days of our life. As the sun rises and sets, it snatches away the balance of our life-span. Thus as each day passes, each one of us loses some of life&#039;s duration. It is therefore said that the duration of one&#039;s life cannot be saved. But if one is engaged in devotional service, his time cannot be taken away by the sun.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is said that time and tide wait for no man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.5.19|SB 6.5.19, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This verse explains the words kṣaura-pavyaṁ svayaṁ bhrami, which especially refer to the orbit of eternal time. It is said that time and tide wait for no man. According to the moral instructions of the great politician Cāṇakya Paṇḍita:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:āyuṣaḥ kṣaṇa eko &#039;pi&lt;br /&gt;
:na labhyaḥ svarṇa-koṭibhiḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:na cen nirarthakaṁ nītiḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:kā ca hānis tato &#039;dhikā&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even a moment of one&#039;s lifetime could not be returned in exchange for millions of dollars. Therefore one should consider how much loss one suffers if he wastes even a moment of his life for nothing. Living like an animal, not understanding the goal of life, one foolishly thinks that there is no eternity and that his life span of fifty, sixty, or, at the most, one hundred years, is everything. This is the greatest foolishness. Time is eternal, and in the material world one passes through different phases of his eternal life. Time is compared herein to a sharp razor. A razor is meant to shave the hair from one&#039;s face, but if not carefully handled, the razor will cause disaster. One is advised not to create a disaster by misusing his lifetime. One should be extremely careful to utilize the span of his life for spiritual realization, or Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Not knowing how to cross the ocean of nescience, unlimited conditioned souls are scattered by the waves of time and tide.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 22.43|CC Madhya 22.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are unlimited conditioned souls who are bereft of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s service. Not knowing how to cross the ocean of nescience, they are scattered by the waves of time and tide. However, some are fortunate to contact devotees, and by this contact they are delivered from the ocean of nescience, just as a log floating down a river accidentally washes upon the bank.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Time and tide wait for no man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 51|Krsna Book 51]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kārttikeya addressed King Mucukunda, “My dear King, you have sacrificed everything for the sake of the demigods. You had a very nice kingdom, undisturbed by any kind of enemy. But you left that kingdom, neglected your opulence and possessions, and never cared for fulfillment of your personal ambitions. Due to your long absence from your kingdom while fighting the demons on behalf of the demigods, your queen, your children, your relatives and your ministers have all passed away in due course of time. Time and tide wait for no man. Now even if you return to your home, you will find no one living there. The influence of time is very strong. Time is so powerful because it is a representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; time is therefore stronger than the strongest. The influence of time can effect changes in subtle things without difficulty. No one can check the progess of time. As an animal tamer tames animals according to his will, time also adjusts things according to its own will. No one can supersede the arrangement made by supreme time.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He did not know that time and tide waits for no man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.23 -- Chicago, July 7, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.23 -- Chicago, July 7, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The time factor was waiting, according to one&#039;s duration of life. So when aṣṭāśīti, eighty-eight years reached, his death was imminent. Kāla. Kāla means death. So he did not know that time and tide waits for no man. When time will come, death, then all this my paraphernalia will be taken away. I am very proud of my wealth, prestigious position, family, society. Everything is all right. But what about your death? Do you think that any day death will come and it will take everything, what you possess?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everything is changing. Just like wind(?), time and tide. So that is not a very unique proposal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Karl Marx|Philosophy Discussion on Karl Marx]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Jagat. Jagat means change. Jagat. (indistinct) jagat, everything is changing. Just like wind(?), time and tide. So that is not a very unique proposal. It is the nature&#039;s way, it is going on. And therefore I say this theory, this Marx theory, it is all changeable(?). It will not stay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Does this mean that man&#039;s nature, there is no fundamental nature that a man&#039;s reality is...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, that is spiritual nature. That is spiritual nature. We are teaching people to come to that standard, spiritual nature which will never change. Just like we are trying to serve Kṛṣṇa. This is not (indistinct). We are serving Kṛṣṇa and when we go to Vaikuntha, we serve Kṛṣṇa. That which is called nitya. Nitya means eternal. Nitya-yukta upāsate. Bhagavad-gītā, eternally engaged in the service of the Lord. Not like Māyāvādī. Māyāvādī philosophers, they will say that &amp;quot;Let me serve Kṛṣṇa now. As soon as I become liberated, I become God. I become God.&amp;quot; This is another bluff. Just like I am serving you to take your favor and as soon as I get opportunity I ride upon you. You see?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Pressure_(Letters)&amp;diff=88826</id>
		<title>Pressure (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Pressure_(Letters)&amp;diff=88826"/>
		<updated>2009-06-20T15:09:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;pressurable&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;pressure&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;pressured&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;pressures&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;pressurized&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;pressurizing&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pressure|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gosvami Maharaja -- New Delhi 19 September, 1955|Letter to Gosvami Maharaja -- New Delhi 19 September, 1955]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our posting date has been fixed up on the 26th and 27th inst. I do not know if the press will be able to finish the job by that date. I have already given him the pressure and I shall see that it is duly published by the above date and posted. If not then we will have to make another application for changing the date of posting.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- San Francisco 28 March, 1967|Letter to Brahmananda -- San Francisco 28 March, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The scheme of Mr. Herzog to serve notice to Mr. Taylor will clear up the case. So to serve the notice of action to Mr. Taylor is very good. So far $750 paid to Mr. Payne his firm should be given all pressure even up to the court.&lt;br /&gt;
My point of view is that provided we are getting possession of the house we shall not lag behind in the matter of all stipulated payments.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Rayarama -- Navadvipa 27 October, 1967|Letter to Rayarama -- Navadvipa 27 October, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I was so glad to learn that you are acting exactly like a lion cub &amp;amp; I know that in the future you shall conquer ever many jackals. We have got experience in India that the jackals roar four times at night without any influence but the one roar of a lion drives away many elephants. The pressure Maya is elephant-like, big, but the roaring of Nrsimhadeva can drive away many elephants.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967|Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Any good soul who approaches me once for spiritual enlightenment is supposed to be depending on my responsibility to get him back to Krishna, back to home. The disciple may misunderstand a bona fide spiritual master being obliged to do so under pressure of Maya&#039;s influence. But a bona fide spiritual master never lets go a devotee once accepted.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Muralidhara -- Seattle 21 October, 1968|Letter to Muralidhara -- Seattle 21 October, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter undated, but I know this letter was received a few days ago, and I could not reply earlier on account of heavy pressure of so many letters. Anyway I may inform you it does not matter that you cannot paint one picture daily, but you go on doing it as many pictures as you can finish in a month or in a week. Do it nicely and I don&#039;t press upon you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 19 August, 1969|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 19 August, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the press, I wish this to be in Boston because you are now getting your own house there. In your last letter you also invited many householders to live there. Because all the press managers are householders, and you are also householder, so combinedly if you manage the printing and publication of our books, that will be a great success. If we have got our own press, we can earn some money by outside work when there is on pressure of our own work. So this is very important subject matter and keep me informed about the advancement of the idea.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Vamanadeva -- London 23 November, 1969|Letter to Vamanadeva -- London 23 November, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now both you and your wife are trained how to arrange for maintaining a temple and center. Please do it nicely. The beginning is sounding so hopeful that I am sure very soon your center will be one of the first class preaching places of our society. Of course not immediately, but you will have another responsibility to send me something for my maintenance as the others are sending. There is no pressure, but when you find convenient, you can also help in that way.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ranadhira -- Los Angeles 24 January, 1970|Letter to Ranadhira -- Los Angeles 24 January, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to learn that the small children are also increasing their dispositions and service attitude. Please get it recognized and increase the activities of the school more and more. All the devotees who desire to know may ask their questions to the elderly members but still they are open to write me for all their questions and there should not be any hesitation. I reply each and every letter that I receive, but sometimes it may be a little late due to pressure of work. But they should write; there is no checking. But it is better if simple questions are solved amongst yourselves in the Istagosthi class.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to George Harrison -- Los Angeles 16 February, 1970|Letter to George Harrison -- Los Angeles 16 February, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The example in this connection is given that when a man decorates his face, he does not feel much enjoyment because he cannot see his own face. But he enjoys his beautiful face when it is reflected on the mirror. In other words, when a living entity, by rendering service to the Lord, feels happy, the Lord enjoys the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
Under the pressure of illusory energy, especially in the age of &amp;quot;Kali,&amp;quot; all the people of the world are unhappy; but I am sure if they take to this simple chanting of the Holy Name of the Lord&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hare Krsna Hare Krsna Krsna Krsna Hare Hare&lt;br /&gt;
:Hare Rama Hare Rama Rama Rama Hare Hare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
under the guidance of Lord Caitanya, certainly they will be happy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 26 July, 1970|Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 26 July, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Anyway, I am hoping against hope that very soon we shall have a place either at Calcutta or at Mayapur.&lt;br /&gt;
Kindly keep me informed of your activities at least twice in a week, otherwise I become very much anxious and due to my blood pressure sometimes do not eat, do not sleep. I am just trying to organize a worldwide movement not for any personal ambition but to execute superior orders, and by the grace of Krsna we are getting good encouragement. So I request my students to cooperate fully.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dinesh -- Los Angeles 1 August, 1970|Letter to Dinesh -- Los Angeles 1 August, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Yes, I have received the Tandberg Speakers and they are very nice sounding. We are playing the tapes which I have recorded on this machine in stereo and they are very nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, I am not making tapes because of a little blood-pressure trouble. As soon as I am a little peaceful I shall make tapes and send to you as desired by you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Mayapur 14 October, 1974|Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Mayapur 14 October, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I have come here to Mayapur and my health has improved much but still I am suffering from high blood pressure. After all, it is old age. As far as possible Krishna will keep me to work, and when He desires I will go. So I wish all my disciples to push on this movement for the rehabilitation of suffering humanity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 4 January, 1975|Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 4 January, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the German situation, it is an attempt to suppress our movement there. We have become very popular there and now the Christian church, as well as the police are very much feeling pressure that &amp;quot;now this movement is increasing.&amp;quot; The son of one big police officer has joined us and so his father has a grudge and has tried to cause counter-propaganda to be spread.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 6 January, 1975|Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 6 January, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the German situation, it is an attempt to suppress our movement there. We have become very popular and important in a very short time and now the Christian church, as well as the police are feeling much pressure that &amp;quot;now this movement is increasing&amp;quot;. The son of one big police officer has joined us and therefore his father has a grudge and also one newspaper reporter came to our temple incognito and has some grudge. In this way they and others are trying to spread some counter-propaganda to destroy our reputation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Patita Uddharana -- Bombay 10 January, 1975|Letter to Patita Uddharana -- Bombay 10 January, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the incident with Mr. Mody, it was a mistake by Kausalya. Don&#039;t commit anything which will cause mistrust. This is not at all desirable. Keep peaceful situation with all men. There is no question of taxing someone for a donation. They can give donation and we will accept on friendly terms. Nobody should be pressured for contribution.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. W.H. Wolf-Rottkay -- Honolulu 18 June, 1975|Letter to Dr. W.H. Wolf-Rottkay -- Honolulu 18 June, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the German translation work, if you feel difficulty because there is no good scholar there in Germany in our temple, then do whatever you can. Do not feel pressured. Whatever you can do is very much appreciated by me.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 January, 1976|Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Bombay 9 January, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far devotees being hesitant to distribute books on account of pressure, sometimes pressure is required, especially when one is not so advanced. Of course it has to be applied properly, otherwise there may be some bad taste. But spontaneous service can only be expected from advanced devotees. Just like a child by pressure goes to school and is made to read. Then after some time he wants to read, even without pressure. We have all got experience of this. It is vaidhi bhakti—vaidhi means &amp;quot;must.&amp;quot; Sometimes devotees are promised a plate of maha-prasadam for the biggest distributer. There is no harm. Actually one should try to serve Krishna to his or her full capacity without thought of reward—service is itself the reward. But this takes time to actually realize and until that platform is achieved some pressure or inducement is required.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Giriraja -- Honolulu 11 May, 1976|Letter to Giriraja -- Honolulu 11 May, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Also, I am finding that there is one oil which Pradyumna brought with him from Bombay, it is helping to relieve the pressure on the head a little. You can send me 3 bottles of this oil, Brahmi oil, made by the Sadhana Ausadhala; they have a place in Bombay near the intersection of Kalpadevi Rd. and Princess St. It must be packed very nicely otherwise the bottles will break or leak.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gurudasa -- Hyderabad 14 December, 1976|Letter to Gurudasa -- Hyderabad 14 December, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Jagadisa informs me that Sri Garbha came to him saying that he preferred to go to Mayapur, but that due to pressure from you he had agreed to go to Poland. So, for the time being let him go to Mayapur. We require many men there also. When he has to leave India he can then go to Poland.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Whole_ocean&amp;diff=88712</id>
		<title>Whole ocean</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Whole_ocean&amp;diff=88712"/>
		<updated>2009-06-18T21:29:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* Festival Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;whole ocean&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|15Jun09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=3|Lec=7|Con=6|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Whole]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When Rāmacandra was angry and showed His red-hot eyes, the whole ocean became heated with that energy, so much so that the aquatics within the great ocean felt the heat, and the personified ocean trembled in fear and offered the Lord an easy path for reaching the enemy&#039;s city.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.7.24|SB 2.7.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Rāmacandra was angry and showed His red-hot eyes, the whole ocean became heated with that energy, so much so that the aquatics within the great ocean felt the heat, and the personified ocean trembled in fear and offered the Lord an easy path for reaching the enemy&#039;s city. The impersonalists will see havoc in this red-hot sentiment of the Lord because they want to see negation in perfection. Because the Lord is absolute, the impersonalists imagine that in the Absolute the sentiment of anger, which resembles mundane sentiments, must be conspicuous by absence. Due to a poor fund of knowledge, they do not realize that the sentiment of the Absolute Person is transcendental to all mundane concepts of quality and quantity. Had Lord Rāmacandra&#039;s sentiment been of mundane origin, how could it disturb the whole ocean and its inhabitants? Can any mundane red-hot eye generate heat in the great ocean?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;While Dhruva Mahārāja, doubtful of his mystic enemies, was talking with his charioteer, they heard a tremendous sound, as if the whole ocean were there.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.10.22|SB 4.10.22, Translation]]: In the meantime, while Dhruva Mahārāja, doubtful of his mystic enemies, was talking with his charioteer, they heard a tremendous sound, as if the whole ocean were there, and they found that from the sky a great dust storm was coming over them from all directions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhadrasena inspired Kṛṣṇa with his chivalrous activities: In a playful challenge he agitated his friends as much as the Mandara Hill had agitated the whole ocean. By his roaring sounds he deafened all his friends&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 46|Nectar of Devotion 46]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once Śrīdāmā challenged Bhadrasena and said to him, &amp;quot;My dear friend, you needn&#039;t be afraid of me yet. I shall first of all defeat our brother Balarāma, then I shall beat Kṛṣṇa, and then I shall come to you.&amp;quot; Bhadrasena therefore left the party of Balarāma and joined Kṛṣṇa, and he agitated his friends as much as the Mandara Hill had agitated the whole ocean. By his roaring sounds he deafened all his friends, and he inspired Kṛṣṇa with his chivalrous activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one simply approaches the transcendental boat of the Lord&#039;s lotus feet, the whole ocean of material nescience is reduced to the size of the water in a calf’s hoofprint. Therefore, the devotees do not need to take the boat to the other side: they simply cross the ocean immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 2|Krsna Book 2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If one takes a boat to cross over a river, the boat also goes with one to the other side of the river. And so when one reaches the destination, how can the same boat be available to those who are still on this side? To answer this difficulty, the demigods say in their prayer that the boat of the Lord’s lotus feet is not taken away. The devotees still remaining on this side are able to pass over the ocean of material nature because the pure devotees do not take the boat with them when they cross over. When one simply approaches the boat, the whole ocean of material nescience is reduced to the size of the water in a calf’s hoofprint. Therefore, the devotees do not need to take the boat to the other side: they simply cross the ocean immediately. Because the great saintly persons are compassionate toward all conditioned souls, the boat is still lying on this side. In other words, one can meditate upon the lotus feet of the Lord at any time, and by so doing one can cross over the great ocean of material existence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Jāmbavān&#039;s prayers to Lord Krishna: My Lord Rāmacandra wanted to construct a bridge over the ocean, and I saw personally how the ocean became agitated simply by my Lord’s glancing over it. And when the whole ocean became agitated, the living entities like whales, alligators and timiṅgila fish all became perturbed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 56|Krsna Book 56]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; “My dear Lord, the time factor, which combines all the physical elements, is also Your representative. You are the supreme time factor, in which all creation takes place, is maintained and is finally annihilated. And beyond the physical elements and the time factor, the persons who manipulate the ingredients and advantages of creation are part and parcel of You. The living entity is not, therefore, an independent creator. By studying all factors in the right perspective, one can see that You are the supreme controller and Lord of everything. My dear Lord, I can therefore understand that You are the same Supreme Personality of Godhead whom I worship as Lord Rāmacandra. My Lord Rāmacandra wanted to construct a bridge over the ocean, and I saw personally how the ocean became agitated simply by my Lord’s glancing over it. And when the whole ocean became agitated, the living entities like whales, alligators and timiṅgila fish all became perturbed. [The timiṅgila fish in the ocean can swallow big aquatics like whales in one gulp.] In this way the ocean was forced to give way and allow Rāmacandra to cross to the island known as Laṅkā. [This island is now said to be Ceylon. Lord Rāmacandra’s construction of a bridge over the ocean from Cape Comorin to Ceylon is still well known to everyone.] After the construction of the bridge, a fire was set all over the kingdom of Rāvaṇa. During the fighting with Rāvaṇa, every part of his limbs was slashed to pieces by Your sharp arrows, and his heads fell to the face of the earth. Now I can understand that You are none other than my Lord Rāmacandra. No one else has such immeasurable strength; no one else could defeat me in this way.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Part and parcel: Part is never equal to the whole, but part is equal in quality. Just like a part, a little part of the ocean water. This is also salty, and the whole ocean water is also salty. So qualitatively the little part and parcel of the ocean water is the same quality. It is not different. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.39-42 -- Los Angeles, January 14, 1969|Lecture on BG 4.39-42 -- Los Angeles, January 14, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says, mamaivāṁśo jīva-bhūtaḥ: [Bg. 15.7] &amp;quot;They are all My parts and parcels.&amp;quot; That is nice, very nice. It is very easy to understand. Part and parcel, that means I am part; He is whole. Part is never equal to the whole, but part is equal in quality. Just like a part, a little part of the ocean water. This is also salty, and the whole ocean water is also salty. So qualitatively the little part and parcel of the ocean water is the same quality. It is not different. Chemically, if you analyze that one drop of sea water, the chemical composition of that water and the vast water is the same. The only difference is that the ocean is very big, and the small particle of water is very small. That is the difference.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you taste one drop of Atlantic Ocean water it is salty. And if you analyze the whole ocean you will find it is salty. But the difference is the Atlantic Ocean contains millions and trillions of tons of salt, but the drop of water contains a grain of salt. Similarly, whatever propensities you have, that is result of God.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.1 -- New Vrindaban, September 1, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.1 -- New Vrindaban, September 1, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you taste one drop of Atlantic Ocean water it is salty. Immediately direct perception. And if you analyze the whole ocean you will find it is salty. But the difference is the Atlantic Ocean contains millions and trillions of tons of salt, but the drop of water contains a grain of salt. Similarly, whatever propensities you have, that is result of God. If you can study yourself, that is called meditation, study yourself and you will find that you are sample of God. He is vibhu, God is great, and we are small. That is difference. Therefore our knowledge is imperfect. But God&#039;s knowledge is perfect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are innumerable universes and they are floating in water. That water is called Causal Ocean. Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu is completely in the whole ocean, big gigantic body is lying down there. That is known as Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.3.1-3 -- San Francisco, March 28, 1968|Lecture on SB 1.3.1-3 -- San Francisco, March 28, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; These Viṣṇu, Kāraṇodakaśāyī, Garbhodakaśāyī, and Kṣīrodakaśāyī, these are little technical. Try to understand. Now this universe, which you find just like a big ball, there are innumerable universes like this, and they are floating in water. That water is called Causal Ocean. So that Causal Ocean there is, I mean to say, completely in the whole ocean, big gigantic body is lying down there. That is known as Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. The Viṣṇu in that gigantic form is sleeping within the water of that Causal Ocean, and by His inhaling and exhaling, breathing, there are bubbles. And those bubbles are manifested as universes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Once upon a time they churned the whole ocean. The pot is the ocean, the Pacific Ocean, and the rod is Mandarācala Hill. And one side, the asuras, and the other side, the suras. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.3.16 and Initiation -- Los Angeles, September 21, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.3.16 and Initiation -- Los Angeles, September 21, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is not possible to know perfectly what is the potency and energy of God. The atheists, they do not know at all. But theists, devotees, they know, but that is not complete. Even Kṛṣṇa does not know how much powerful He is. That is called unlimited. So surāsura-gaṇa udadhiṁ mathnatām. Churning. Once upon a time they churned the whole ocean. Now, churning the ocean... You have got experience, churning the milk in a pot or something else in a pot. But the pot is the ocean, the Pacific Ocean, and the rod is Mandarācala Hill. And one side, the asuras, and the other side, the suras. So the churning rod must be placed on something, a pivot. That is kamaṭha-rūpeṇa. Lord accepted the... Because the kamaṭha, the tortoise can live within the water and without the water also. They can live on the land and within the water. So the churning rod, Mandarācala Hill, was placed on the shell, on the back of the... Keśava dhṛta-kūrma-śarīra. Kṣitir iha vipulatare tiṣṭhati tava pṛṣṭhe. This pṛṣṭha, he is carrying.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like by tasting one drop of sea water we can understand the taste of the whole ocean, similarly Caitanya Mahāprabhu described a small portion of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, October 28, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, October 28, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya Mahāprabhu compared bhakti as the, a great ocean. So when He was speaking before Rūpa Gosvāmī, He said that &amp;quot;It is just like a ocean. So I&#039;ll take a drop of it, and you taste it, and you&#039;ll understand what is this ocean.&amp;quot; Just like by tasting one drop of sea water we can understand the taste of the whole ocean, similarly Caitanya Mahāprabhu described a small portion of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu. Bhakti rasa amṛta. Bhakti, devotional service, there is a rasa, taste, and the taste is amṛta, eternal.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to utilize desert to make it a garden or productive field, you have to pour water. The whole ocean water you have to pour there. Now, if somebody says, &amp;quot;All right, you want water. Now take this one drop water,&amp;quot; then what it will do? Similarly, our heart is hankering after so many things.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972|Nrsimha-caturdasi Lord Nrsimhadeva&#039;s Appearance Day -- Srimad-Bhagavatam 7.5.22-34 -- Los Angeles, May 27, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our society means... Society, friendship, and love. There must be woman, must be children, suto-mita-ramanī-samāje. So there is some pleasure, undoubtedly. Otherwise, why people are working so hard to stick to this position? Vidyāpati sings that tātala saikate vāri-bindu sama suto-mita-ramanī-samāj(?). There is undoubtedly some pleasure, but that pleasure is so insignificant that it can be compared: a drop of water on the desert. Desert, if you want to utilize desert to make it a garden or productive field, you have to pour water. The whole ocean water you have to pour there. Now, if somebody says, &amp;quot;All right, you want water. Now take this one drop water,&amp;quot; then what it will do? Similarly, our heart is hankering after so many things.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We should seek protection of Kṛṣṇa. Every step there is danger. But if we take shelter, of the lotus feet of Murāri, then this big ocean of birth and death, we can cross very easily. The whole ocean becomes like a spot.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Janmastami Lord Sri Krsna&#039;s Appearance Day -- Bhagavad-gita 7.5 Lecture -- Vrndavana, August 11, 1974|Janmastami Lord Sri Krsna&#039;s Appearance Day -- Bhagavad-gita 7.5 Lecture -- Vrndavana, August 11, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This world is so dangerous. It is said, padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadām. Every step there is danger. But if we take shelter, samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ, if we take shelter of the lotus feet of Murāri, under whose lotus feet the whole mahat-tattva, cosmic manifestation, is resting, then this big ocean of birth and death, we can cross very easily. Vatsa-padam. Vatsa-padam means the impression by the hoof of a calf and the water contained in it. The whole ocean becomes like a spot, a small spot, created by the impression of the hoof. That is called vatsa-padam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A small sample of God. Just like you take a drop of ocean water and you taste it, then you can understand immediately the whole ocean is salty. Similarly, if you analyze your characteristic, then the same characteristic is there in God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Kenneth Keating, U.S. Ambassador to India -- October 14, 1972, New Delhi|Room Conversation with Kenneth Keating, U.S. Ambassador to India -- October 14, 1972, New Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Or you are a sample of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Keating: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: A small sample of God. Just like you take a drop of ocean water and you taste it, then you can understand immediately the whole ocean is salty. Similarly, if you analyze your characteristic, then the same characteristic is there in God. Just like you want to love someone. Everyone wants to love someone. Therefore it can be concluded that God has got the propensity to love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Keating: Yes. God is love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. But if God is love...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Keating: Spirit?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Kṛṣṇa means love, so when you want to love somebody and somebody wants to love you, the both of us must be a person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They want to remain with this designation-body and want to see God. That is not possible. To enter fire you have to become fire. Otherwise, it will be not possible to enter fire. So without Brahman realization, you cannot understand what is Kṛṣṇa. Quality, it is same. It is salt, salty. And the whole ocean is also salty.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You are seeing. You are trying to see God as American, as Indian, as this and that. With that eyes you cannot see. When you are neither American nor Indian nor brāhmaṇa nor śūdra, you are pure spirit, then you can see. They want to remain with this designation-body and want to see God. That is not possible. To enter fire you have to become fire. Otherwise, it will be not possible to enter fire. So without Brahman realization, you cannot understand what is Kṛṣṇa. Brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā [Bg. 18.54]. [break] ...is the same. Quality, it is same. It is salt, salty. And the whole ocean is also salty. That is tat tvam asi. &amp;quot;You are also salty,&amp;quot; if I say. If the drop of the water, I say that &amp;quot;This is also salty,&amp;quot; that is tat tvam asi. Not that he has become the whole sea. This is rascaldom.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you try to take out the whole ocean, still it will remain the ocean. This is the idea of complete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Kim Cornish -- May 8, 1975, Perth|Room Conversation with Kim Cornish -- May 8, 1975, Perth]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: One minus one equals one, not zero. One plus one equals one, not two. This is complete. This is the idea of God. Just like the ocean. You take many thousands of buckets of water out, still it is complete. And again you put many buckets, thousands, millions of buckets of water, it is the same depth. This is another example. Material example. This is complete. You take millions of buckets of water from the ocean, you&#039;ll find not a drop is lost. And you put millions of buckets of water again, not a drop is increased. Pūrṇasya pūrṇam ādāya pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate. If you try to take out the whole ocean, still it will remain the ocean. This is the idea of complete.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like a drop of ocean water, it contains the same chemical, you find salty, and the whole ocean also salty, but the ocean is big salt and this drop is a small particle.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Jesuit -- May 19, 1975, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Jesuit -- May 19, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But God is infinite, and I am finite. So the finite portion is common. The &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; is more in God, infinite. So similarly I am giving the example, just like a drop of ocean water, it contains the same chemical, you find salty, and the whole ocean also salty, but the ocean is big salt and this drop is a small particle. The salt is there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because salt has to be eaten, it does not mean that you bring the whole ocean to make it salty. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- February 5, 1976, Mayapura|Morning Walk -- February 5, 1976, Mayapura]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no, enjoyments... You do not know what is enjoyment. You suffer. Just like you are voracious eater. You eat and then suffer. Then no eating. That means you are nonsense. You do not know how much to eat. Just like you require little salt with your food, and if you put one ser of salt, then that is your foolishness. Because salt has to be eaten, it does not mean that you bring the whole ocean to make it salty. That is the instruction.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Qualitatively is the same. The drop of ocean water is salty, and the whole ocean is also salty. The salt taste is there, but the drop is never equal to the ocean. This is the difference. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with News Reporters -- March 25, 1976, Delhi|Conversation with News Reporters -- March 25, 1976, Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Bhagavad-gītā means that there is God, and we are part and parcel of God. God is great, and we are very tiny, small, fragmental portion of God. In quality we and God are the same, just like a drop of ocean water is qualitatively the same as the big ocean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reporter (1): Beg your pardon?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Qualitatively is the same. The drop of ocean water is salty, and the whole ocean is also salty. The salt taste is there, but the drop is never equal to the ocean. This is the difference. Nityo nityānāṁ cetanaś... This is the Vedic..., that He is also living entity as we are. So we many, plural number.... &amp;quot;We&amp;quot; means living entities. We are many, and He is one. But He is also living entity. Now what is the difference? The difference is that He maintains the plural number living entities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Through_the_authority&amp;diff=87027</id>
		<title>Through the authority</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Through_the_authority&amp;diff=87027"/>
		<updated>2009-05-28T07:47:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;through the authorities&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;through authorities&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;through the authority&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;through authority&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=3|CC=1|OB=1|Lec=8|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Through]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authority]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who does not develop knowledge through the authorities or scriptural injunctions has knowledge that is limited to the body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 18.22|BG 18.22, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The &amp;quot;knowledge&amp;quot; of the common man is always in the mode of darkness or ignorance because every living entity in conditional life is born into the mode of ignorance. One who does not develop knowledge through the authorities or scriptural injunctions has knowledge that is limited to the body. He is not concerned about acting in terms of the directions of scripture. For him God is money, and knowledge means the satisfaction of bodily demands. Such knowledge has no connection with the Absolute Truth. It is more or less like the knowledge of the ordinary animals: the knowledge of eating, sleeping, defending and mating. Such knowledge is described here as the product of the mode of darkness. In other words, knowledge concerning the spirit soul beyond this body is called knowledge in the mode of goodness, knowledge producing many theories and doctrines by dint of mundane logic and mental speculation is the product of the mode of passion, and knowledge concerned only with keeping the body comfortable is said to be in the mode of ignorance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So let us know through the authority of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam of the nature and constitution of the transcendental world beyond the material sky. In that sky the material qualities, especially the modes of ignorance and passion, are completely absent. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.9.10|SB 2.9.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Even the leaves of a tree cannot be counted by a man, nor can the hairs on his head. However, foolish men are puffed up with the idea of becoming God Himself, though unable to create a hair of their own bodies. Man may discover so many wonderful vehicles of journey, but even if he reaches the moon by his much advertised spacecraft, he cannot remain there. The sane man, therefore, without being puffed up, as if he were the God of the universe, abides by the instructions of the Vedic literature, the easiest way to acquire knowledge in transcendence. So let us know through the authority of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam of the nature and constitution of the transcendental world beyond the material sky. In that sky the material qualities, especially the modes of ignorance and passion, are completely absent. The mode of ignorance influences a living entity to the habit of lust and hankering, and this means that in the Vaikuṇṭhalokas the living entities are free from these two things.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because of the material disease, nondevotees cannot understand the transcendental name, form, attributes and activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although they actually see the Lord&#039;s activities, either through authority or through history.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.2.36|SB 10.2.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura has given the example that persons suffering from jaundice cannot taste the sweetness of sugar candy, although everyone knows that sugar candy is sweet. Similarly, because of the material disease, nondevotees cannot understand the transcendental name, form, attributes and activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although they actually see the Lord&#039;s activities, either through authority or through history. The Purāṇas are old, authentic histories, but nondevotees cannot understand them, especially Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is the essence of Vedic knowledge. Nondevotees cannot understand even the preliminary study of transcendental knowledge, Bhagavad-gītā. They simply speculate and present commentaries with absurd distortions. In conclusion, unless one elevates himself to the transcendental platform by practicing bhakti-yoga, one cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His name, form, attributes or activities. But if by chance, by the association of devotees, one can actually understand the Lord and His features, one immediately becomes a liberated person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In summary, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always beyond the material qualities, and we should not be misled into thinking otherwise simply because of sense perception. One must understand the position of the Lord through the authorities, or mahājanas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.3.20|SB 10.3.20, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; To destroy the demons, the Lord becomes angry, and therefore He assumes the form of Lord Śiva. In summary, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always beyond the material qualities, and we should not be misled into thinking otherwise simply because of sense perception. One must understand the position of the Lord through the authorities, or mahājanas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to Vedic civilization, one has to see through the authority of the revealed scriptures. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 12.184|CC Madhya 12.184, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A materialistic person considers himself free to act as he likes. He does not know that he is rigidly controlled by the stringent laws of nature, nor does he know that he has to transmigrate from one body to another and perpetually rot in material existence. Such rascals and foolish people are lured by the prayers of their foolish leaders for sense gratification, and they cannot understand what is meant by Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The material world exists outside the spiritual sky, and a foolish materialist cannot estimate the extent of this material sky. What, then, can he know of the spiritual sky? Materialists simply believe their imperfect senses and do not take instructions from the revealed scriptures. According to Vedic civilization, one has to see through the authority of the revealed scriptures. Śāstra-cakṣuḥ: one should see everything through the medium of the Vedic literature. In this way, one can distinguish between the spiritual world and material world. Those who ignore such instructions cannot be convinced of the existence of the spiritual world. Because they have forgotten their spiritual identity, such materialists take this material world as the all in all. They are therefore called bahirmukha.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Madhvācārya, one of the greatest ācāryas in Brahmā&#039;s disciplic succession, has stated in his explanation to the Vedānta-sūtra that everything can be seen through the authorities of the scriptures. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 24|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 24]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; According to the evidences afforded by various Vedic scriptures, the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa is accepted as the ultimate goal of Brahman realization. Bhagavad-gītā (Bg. 7.7) also confirms that there is nothing superior to Kṛṣṇa. Madhvācārya, one of the greatest ācāryas in Brahmā&#039;s disciplic succession, has stated in his explanation to the Vedānta-sūtra that everything can be seen through the authorities of the scriptures. He quoted a verse from Skanda Purāṇa in which it is stated that the Ṛg Veda, Sāma Veda, Atharva Veda, Mahābhārata, Pañcarātra and the original Rāmāyaṇa are actually Vedic evidence. The Purāṇas, which are accepted by the Vaiṣṇavas, are also considered to be Vedic evidence. Indeed, whatever is contained in that literature should be taken without argument as the ultimate conclusion, and all these literatures proclaim Kṛṣṇa to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Either you understand Kṛṣṇa directly, or you understand through the authority who was spoken directly by the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 3.17-20 -- New York, May 27, 1966|Lecture on BG 3.17-20 -- New York, May 27, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you want to know Kṛṣṇa, then here is Bhagavad-gītā, spoken by Kṛṣṇa Himself. You just try to understand and you learn Kṛṣṇa. Or you learn confirmation. Suppose if you cannot understand Kṛṣṇa by reading Bhagavad-gītā, or by hearing Bhagavad-gītā, then you know that Bhagavad-gītā was spoken to Arjuna, and Arjuna has admitted about his understanding in the Tenth Chapter. So just try to understand Arjuna. How he understands? Either you understand Kṛṣṇa directly, or you understand through the authority who was spoken directly by the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You&#039;ll see through the authority, scriptures. So these are the statements of authoritative scriptures. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.41 -- Detroit, July 17, 1971|Lecture on BG 6.41 -- Detroit, July 17, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So these children who are born in our Kṛṣṇa consciousness Society, they are those children, those who could not finish Kṛṣṇa consciousness last life. They have been given to take birth in the family of devotee husband and wife; therefore he&#039;s playing karatāla. Otherwise it is not possible. He had practice in his last life; therefore he&#039;s quickly... He had got the chance. Again he&#039;s remembering and playing. This is the fact. So we have to study from the śāstric vision. Śāstra-cakṣuṣāt. How you&#039;ll see? You&#039;ll see through the authority, scriptures. So these are the statements of authoritative scriptures. Śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ gehe. So this child is born of a devotee father and devotee mother. Now he&#039;ll again begin from the point where he lost last life. Suppose Kṛṣṇa consciousness he executed fifty percent. So he&#039;ll begin from this life fifty-one percent. That fifty percent was in his stock. But ordinary karmīs—cent percent lost. He has to begin another chapter of life according to his karma. Either he&#039;ll become a man or dog, there is no guarantee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is not that practically you are experimenting by going to the sun, that it is so great and so long, so broad. That is not possible. You have to receive such knowledge through authority. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 8.5 -- New York, October 26, 1966|Lecture on BG 8.5 -- New York, October 26, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The geometrical calculation is that the sun, the dimension of the sun is many, many hundred, thousands of..., greater than the earth. But we are seeing just like a disk. So our sense is unable to see how great it is. It is a material thing. So how we can see the greatness of God with these material eyes? It is not possible. As you are understanding about the sun by authoritative statement of the geometry, that this sun globe is so great, so many hundred thousands greater than the... But you are seeing just like a disk. So how to get the knowledge of the sun? By receiving through the ear. That&#039;s all. Simply you have to receive the knowledge from the authority. It is not that practically you are experimenting by going to the sun, that it is so great and so long, so broad. That is not possible. You have to receive such knowledge through authority. That&#039;s all.&lt;br /&gt;
So even for material understanding which is beyond our sense perception we have to receive knowledge from authority. Similarly, we cannot understand what is God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa should be understood through the authorities. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.11 -- Vrndavana, October 22, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.11 -- Vrndavana, October 22, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to understand what is Kṛṣṇa, what is Bhagavān. Kasmin tu bhagavo vijñāte sarvam idaṁ vijñātaṁ bhavati. If you simply try to understand Kṛṣṇa through authorities, through Kṛṣṇa, through ācāryas, not mental concoction, manufacturing something... Kṛṣṇa should be understood through the authorities. Kṛṣṇa&#039;s love affair with Rādhārāṇī should be understood through the authorities. Not that because we see Kṛṣṇa is just like a young boy, Rādhārāṇī is young girl, if we see here, it is very nice... Of course, it is very nice, but if we do not try to understand Kṛṣṇa through the authorities, we shall be misled. Therefore in the beginning one should not try to understand the loving affairs of Kṛṣṇa with the gopīs. Then... Because it appears like ordinary dealings. But if we do not go through the authorities, we shall take Kṛṣṇa as ordinary boy or man, as it is warned in the Bhagavad-gītā, avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam [Bg. 9.11]. Because He&#039;s acting just like a young boy, if we do not try to understand tattvataḥ, vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvam [SB 1.2.11], in fact, in truth, through the authorities... Because here it is: vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvam [SB 1.2.11]. Tattva-vit. Yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā sei guru haya [Cc. Madhya 8.128].&lt;br /&gt;
So guru means kṛṣṇa-tattva-vit, one who knows about Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead through authority, not by speculation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.23 -- Vrndavana, September 20, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.23 -- Vrndavana, September 20, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So, we have to know the Supreme Personality of Godhead through authority, not by speculation. Speculation is no use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:athāpi te deva padāmbuja-dvaya-&lt;br /&gt;
:prasāda-leśānugṛhīta eva hi&lt;br /&gt;
:jānāti tattvaṁ bhagavan-mahimno&lt;br /&gt;
:na cānya eko &#039;pi ciraṁ vicinvan&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 10.14.29]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Supreme Personality of Godhead can be known by a person who has got a slight favor of the Lord upon him. This is the Vedic version.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You must have full knowledge of God through the authority of revealed scriptures. That is God consciousness. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.20 -- Hawaii, January 16, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.20 -- Hawaii, January 16, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Full knowledge means &amp;quot;What I am, what is God, what is this material world, what is our relationship.&amp;quot; That is called knowledge. And that knowledge, when practically applied in life, that is called vijñānam. Jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyam, āstikyam, full faith in the śāstras and in God. That is called āstikyam. If you have full faith in the revealed scriptures, then you are āstikya. Because you cannot manufacture your God, so-called incarnation God. No. You must have full knowledge of God through the authority of revealed scriptures. That is God consciousness. If you give up the injunction of the scripture, revealed scriptures, you consider something as God, that is not God. Or you consider something as religion, that is not religion. Yaḥ śāstra-vidhim utsṛjya vartate kāma-kārataḥ, na sa siddhim avāpnoti [Bg. 16.23]. If you become aberrant to the injunction of the śāstras, then na sukhaṁ sāvāpnoti, you&#039;ll never get happiness. Na sukham, yaḥ śāstra-vidhim utsṛjya vartate kāma-kārataḥ, na, na sa siddhim avāpnoti. There is no question of siddhi, perfection, neither there is question of happiness, na sukhaṁ na parāṁ gatim, and what to speak of going back home, back to Godhead. It is useless.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We cannot see Kṛṣṇa with our present eyes, but we can see Him through the scripture. The &amp;quot;through the scripture&amp;quot; is that although we cannot see Him by our present imperfect senses, adhokṣaja, beyond our perception, still, we can see Him. How? Through the authorities.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.12.19 -- Dallas, March 3, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.12.19 -- Dallas, March 3, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; it is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s kindness that He has appeared before you in a manner by which you can see Him. This is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy. Not that the atheistic philosophy, &amp;quot;They are worshiping Deity, some stone, some metal,&amp;quot; not like that. He is adhokṣaja. We cannot see Kṛṣṇa with our present eyes, but we can see Him through the scripture. The &amp;quot;through the scripture&amp;quot; is that although we cannot see Him by our present imperfect senses, adhokṣaja, beyond our perception, still, we can see Him. How? Through the authorities. Through the authorities. The same example, as I have given, that I do not know who is my father, but through the authority of mother, I can see him: &amp;quot;Here is my father.&amp;quot; This is called authority seeing. If mother certifies that &amp;quot;My dear child, here is your father,&amp;quot; that is the only certificate, authority, you can understand who is your father. Otherwise there is no... By experimental knowledge, by mental speculation, &amp;quot;He may be my father, he may be my father, he may be my father...&amp;quot; That you go on speculating for many millions of years. Still, you will not be able to understand who is your father. But if you take the authority of your mother, immediately you understand. That is, means, adhokṣaja. You cannot speculate what is God, but if you take the authority, then you can understand God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; To know through authorities, that is knowing. That is real knowing.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Ludwig Wittgenstein|Philosophy Discussion on Ludwig Wittgenstein]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Wittgenstein, in that respect he answers that these metaphysical or mystical ideas, even though they are not expressed in words, can be felt or appreciated without knowing whether it is true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. That is knowing. To know through authorities, that is knowing. That is real knowing. That is the process of Vedic knowledge: to know through the authorities. The same example: if somebody is asking, &amp;quot;Who is my father?&amp;quot; then he has  to know through the authority of mother; otherwise there is no other way. So therefore to know through authority is perfect knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Things which are unknown, beyond our conception, you have to know it through the authority. Just like you know your father through the authority of your mother.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London|Conversation with Mr. Wadell -- July 10, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wadell: Oh, yes, I agree with what you say. I am just adding another explanation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. And you cannot understand your father by any other process. This is the only process. That means things which are unknown, beyond our conception, you have to know it through the authority. Just like you know your father through the authority of your mother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wadell: Oh, yes, I agree. But...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But you cannot say that things which are beyond our imagination cannot be known. You cannot say that. Can be known, provided you have got the real process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wadell: I&#039;m afraid I must make, so far as I am concerned, a clear division between what I know and what I believe. There are certain things... It is maybe, partly a use of words, but whereas I know that I am here and that I have people in..., I am in the same room with other men...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Do you think that this process, as I have suggested, to know one&#039;s father through the authority of the mother is not perfect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wadell: Oh, well, I think it&#039;s as near perfect as you can get.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why you say, &amp;quot;as near&amp;quot;? Why still doubt?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge gathered by experience and knowledge gathered by, through authority. So both knowledge is helping me about the change of body. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Interview with a German Girl and Assorted Devotees -- March 30, 1975, Mayapur|Interview with a German Girl and Assorted Devotees -- March 30, 1975, Mayapur]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: First of all, we have to understand that we... There are many sources of knowledge, but the summary is that knowledge gathered by experience and knowledge gathered by, through authority. So both knowledge is helping me about the change of body. So how can you deny it? And still, if you remain ignorant, then you are foolish. How you can say there is no life after death? I am giving you evidence by experience and by authority. Then mostly, perhaps you have got experience of the... In the, especially in the Western countries... Here, if you ask ordinary cultivator, he&#039;ll believe: &amp;quot;Yes, there is life.&amp;quot; They they are philosopher. &amp;quot;Yes, in my past life I did something wrong. Therefore I am suffering. And if I do wrong, I&#039;ll suffer in my next life.&amp;quot; You&#039;ll get this knowledge even from the cultivator. This is India.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=They_are_unfortunate&amp;diff=86960</id>
		<title>They are unfortunate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=They_are_unfortunate&amp;diff=86960"/>
		<updated>2009-05-27T09:41:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;they are unfortunate&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=9|Con=1|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Unfortunate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The only answer to this question is that they are unfortunate because of supernatural control due to their offensive activities performed simply for the sake of sense gratification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.9.7|SB 3.9.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The next question is why people are against such auspicious activities as chanting and hearing the glories and pastimes of the Lord, which can bring total freedom from the cares and anxieties of material existence. The only answer to this question is that they are unfortunate because of supernatural control due to their offensive activities performed simply for the sake of sense gratification. The Lord&#039;s pure devotees, however, take compassion upon such unfortunate persons and, in a missionary spirit, try to persuade them into the line of devotional service. Only by the grace of pure devotees can such unfortunate men be elevated to the position of transcendental service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As a consequence of such sinfulness, men are condemned, their intelligence is unclear, they are unfortunate, and therefore they are always disturbed by many problems. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.2.5-6|SB 6.2.5-6, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this age, animals are kept nicely sheltered, completely confident that their masters will protect them, but unfortunately as soon as the animals are fat, they are immediately sent for slaughter. Such cruelty is condemned by Vaiṣṇavas like the Viṣṇudūtas. Indeed, the hellish conditions already described await the sinful men responsible for such suffering. One who betrays the confidence of a living entity who takes shelter of him in good faith, whether that living entity be a human being or an animal, is extremely sinful. Because such betrayals now go unpunished by the government, all of human society is terribly contaminated. The people of this age are therefore described as mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ [SB 1.1.10]. As a consequence of such sinfulness, men are condemned (mandāḥ), their intelligence is unclear (sumanda-matayaḥ), they are unfortunate (manda-bhāgyāḥ), and therefore they are always disturbed by many problems (upadrutāḥ). This is their situation in this life, and after death they are punished in hellish conditions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unfortunately, because people in Kali-yuga are all bad, and, misled by false conceptions of life, they are killing cows in the thousands. Therefore they are unfortunate in spiritual consciousness, and nature disturbs them in so many ways.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.8.11|SB 8.8.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Civilized men who follow the system of varṇāśrama, especially those of the vaiśya class, who engage in agriculture and trade, must give protection to the cows. Unfortunately, because people in Kali-yuga are mandāḥ, all bad, and sumanda-matayaḥ, misled by false conceptions of life, they are killing cows in the thousands. Therefore they are unfortunate in spiritual consciousness, and nature disturbs them in so many ways, especially through incurable diseases like cancer and through frequent wars and among nations. As long as human society continues to allow cows to be regularly killed in slaughterhouses, there cannot be any question of peace and prosperity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They are unfortunate. We are trying, even our Kṛṣṇa consciousness mission, we are trying to awaken. Still they are so unfortunate they cannot give up sense gratification. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.17 -- London, August 23, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.17 -- London, August 23, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The yoga process means to control the senses. Yoga does not mean that you show some magic. The magic, magician also can show magic. We have seen one magician, he created immediately so much coins—tung tung tung tung. Next moment it is all finished. So the life, they&#039;re missing the aim of life. Mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ. Why? Manda-bhāgyāḥ. They are unfortunate. So you take it for granted. We are trying, even our Kṛṣṇa consciousness mission, we are trying to awaken. Still they are so unfortunate they cannot give up sense gratification. So unfortunate. Condemned, unfortunate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People have got short life, they are always disturbed, they are disturbed with material disturbances, diseases, and they are unfortunate also.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.37-40 -- New York, August 21, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.37-40 -- New York, August 21, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; That day I was reading from the Twelfth Chapter, er, Twelfth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam—perhaps some of you who were present—that in this age the life will be reduced from twenty to thirty years. We have to wait for that time. So gradually, things will deteriorate. Therefore in the Kali-yuga, the yoga practice or the sacrifice or, I mean to say, very pompous worship of God, oh, that is not possible. People are, have got short life, they are always disturbed, they are disturbed with material disturbances, diseases, and they are unfortunate also. They are not very fortunate. So mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ [SB 1.1.10]. Mandāḥ. They are very slow, and also unfortunate. This very word is used in the Bhāgavata. So therefore, in the Kali-yuga, if we want to get all this advantage of knowledge, then the only way is to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, to become Kṛṣṇa conscious. That will help us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They do not like to take knowledge from the Vedic, perfect knowledge from the Vedic literature or from Bhagavad-gītā. They manufacture their own way of life. And unfortunate, mostly they are unfortunate. And disturbed by so many things. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Ahmedabad, December 14, 1972|Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Ahmedabad, December 14, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; They do not know that they have a mission of life. Siddhi. Siddhi-lābha. They do not know. Like cats and dogs, dying. Prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ sabhya kalāv asmin yuge, mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ. And if one is interested for spiritual life, they are also captured by so many pseudo spiritual things. Pseudo. Manda. Prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ sabhya kalāv asmin yuge janāḥ, mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ. They have got a different views. They do not like to take knowledge from the Vedic, perfect knowledge from the Vedic literature or from Bhagavad-gītā. They manufacture their own way of life, this mandaḥ sumanda-matayaḥ. And manda-bhāgyāḥ. And unfortunate, mostly they are unfortunate. And hy upadrutāḥ. And distributed by so many things. Sometimes earthquake, sometimes famine, sometimes scarcity of water, sometimes war, or sometimes fight. So many things, problems, simply problems. This is the position of this age.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nobody is good. And they are unfortunate. Everyone does not know what he shall eat next morning or in the evening. Everyone is in need. Scarcity all over the world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Nairobi, October 29, 1975|Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Nairobi, October 29, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Kali-yuga is very difficult yuga. In ignorance they fight, quarrel, only fight, quarrel. Kali means fight. Therefore it is called Kali-yuga. So in this age especially, the inhabitants, they are manda. Manda means all bad. Nobody is good. And sumanda, matayaḥ. Everyone has got his conception of perfection—all bogus. Sumanda-matayaḥ. Why this is? Manda-bhāgyāḥ: because they are unfortunate. Everyone does not know what he shall eat next morning or in the evening. Everyone is in need. Scarcity all over the world. Mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyāḥ. And still, they are disturbed, so many. Especially with the increase of Kali-yuga, people will be disturbed by two things especially. What is that? Scarcity of food and taxation. That is stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although they are unfortunate, but you have to go door to door to make them fortunate. That is your duty.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.6-8 -- New York, July 21, 1971|Lecture on SB 6.1.6-8 -- New York, July 21, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, kono bhāgyavān jīva: &amp;quot;Only one who is fortunate.&amp;quot; So because... Why fortunate? Because if he takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, all the problems of his life become solved. But he&#039;ll not take to it due to his unfortunate condition. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, &amp;quot;Only the fortunate persons...&amp;quot; There are many fortunate persons all over the world, and many unfortunate persons also. So those who are fortunate, they&#039;re taking to this Kṛṣṇa consciousness, this ideal life, hopeful life, pleasant life, blissful life, life of knowledge. They&#039;re taking to it. But it is the duty of Vaiṣṇava to go door to door to make them fortunate. Although they are unfortunate, but you have to go door to door to make them fortunate. That is your duty.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this Kali-yuga, where people are very short-living, duration of life is very short, they are unfortunate, they&#039;re very slow, and they take to unauthorized means of religious principles, they&#039;re prone to so many disturbances of life&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You cannot say, &amp;quot;Sir, why you are selecting medicine? You can give any one bottle.&amp;quot; That is nonsense. Not any one. The particular body, a particular bottle, and a particular medicine which is suitable for you, the experienced physician gives you. He&#039;s ācārya. So you cannot say that &amp;quot;Everything is medicine; whichever bottle I take, that&#039;s all right.&amp;quot; No. That&#039;s not. This is going on. Yata mata tata patha. Why yata mata tata patha? The particular mata which is suitable for you at a particular time, that should be accepted, not any other mata. So similarly, in this age, in this Kali-yuga, where people are very short-living, duration of life is very short, they are unfortunate, they&#039;re very slow, and they take to unauthorized means of religious principles, they&#039;re prone to so many disturbances of life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From spiritual point of view, the people of this age, Kali-yuga, they are unfortunate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.1-10 -- New York, January 3, 1967|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.1-10 -- New York, January 3, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the author of this Caitanya-caritāmṛta is offering his respectful obeisances unto Lord Caitanya. So he says, agaty-eka-gatiṁ natvā. Agaty, persons who have fallen, who have no hope for reaching the supreme destination, for them Lord Caitanya is the only hope. In this age, it is stated in authoritative scriptures, in this age the people are unfortunate. Of course, they are very much proud of advancing. From spiritual point of view, the people of this age, Kali-yuga, they are unfortunate. Their description is given in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Second Chapter, First Canto, that people are short-living, their duration of life is very short, and they are very slow in the matter of spiritual realization. The human form of life is especially meant for spiritual realization, but they have forgotten that aim of life. They are very much serious about maintaining about the necessities of this body, which he&#039;s not. And if somebody&#039;s interested to have some taste of spiritual realization, they are misdirected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ (sabhya)&lt;br /&gt;
:kalāv asmin yuge janāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:mandāḥ sumanda-matayo&lt;br /&gt;
:manda-bhāgyā...&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 1.1.10]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And they are unfortunate; upadrutāḥ, and always disturbed by so many things.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiation Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is their position. Short life, very slow, no understanding, and if they want to understand, they want to be cheated, they are unfortunate, and disturbed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture &amp;amp; Initiation -- Seattle, October 20, 1968|Lecture &amp;amp; Initiation -- Seattle, October 20, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So they want to be cheated. They are called manda-matayo. And cheaters come and cheat them. Mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā [SB 1.1.10]. Manda-bhāgyā means they are unfortunate also. Even God comes and canvasses Himself, &amp;quot;Please come to Me,&amp;quot; oh, they don&#039;t care for it. You see? Therefore unfortunate. If somebody comes and offers you one million dollars, if you say, &amp;quot;I don&#039;t like it,&amp;quot; then are you not unfortunate? So Caitanya Mahāprabhu says that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma harer nāma eva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;For self-realization simply you chant Hare Kṛṣṇa and see the result.&amp;quot; No. They&#039;ll not accept. Therefore unfortunate. If you are canvassing the best thing, the easiest process, but they&#039;ll not accept, they want to be cheated... You see? Mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ [SB 1.1.10]. And harassed by so many things—this Draft Board, this board, that board, this, that, so many things. This is their position. Short life, very slow, no understanding, and if they want to understand, they want to be cheated, they are unfortunate, and disturbed. This is the position of the present days. It doesn&#039;t matter whether you are born in America or in India, this is the whole position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So with the poor fund of knowledge in the Kali-yuga, people being very bad, or slow for self-realization, and they create their own way of life, and they are unfortunate and, and disturbed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Thomas Aquinas|Philosophy Discussion on Thomas Aquinas]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: This is very good. First of all they must know what is the welfare of the human being. Unfortunately, with advancement of so-called material education, the human society is missing the aim of life. The aim of life is declared openly in the Vedānta philosophy, athāto brahma jijñāsā. This is the aim of human life. In the Bhāgavata it is said, jīvasya tattva-jijñāsā. The life is meant for understanding the Absolute Truth. That is the aim of human life. The whole Vedic civilization is based on this principle. But on account of deviating from the original Vedic civilization, they have dedicated the human form of life in so many unnecessary scientific discoveries, that discovery, which will not give him any relief to the human society. The real tribulation of life is birth, death and disease and old age. So the so-called advancement of material civilization has not solved the real problem of life, and the aim of human life is to solve the real problem of human life. The real problem of life, that we are eternal, as eternal as God, but we are subjected to birth and death. So with the poor fund of knowledge in the Kali-yuga, people being very bad, or slow for self-realization, and they create their own way of life, mandāḥ sumanda-matayo [SB 1.1.10], and they are unfortunate and, and disturbed. Disturbance is always there, but they are not mindful about the real disturbances of life. Now, on the whole in this age, practically the human being has become like animal. The animal, although always in disturbed condition, cannot understand the aim of life, what is his position. So this type of civilization is very, very dangerous to the human society, that they have no aim of life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: So he concludes we must obey God rather than men, in terms of laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. We can obey such man who obeys the laws of God. Otherwise they..., it is useless to obey an imperfect person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Caitanya said, some fortunate man can accept it. Because mostly they are unfortunate. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 10, 1975, Perth|Morning Walk -- May 10, 1975, Perth]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jayadharma: Does fortune mean it&#039;s the mercy of Kṛṣṇa?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy is always there. It is your misuse of free will. You are given the opportunity—that is fortune. But you do not accept the fortune. That is your misfortune. That is stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛita. Lord Caitanya said, ei rūpe brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva [Cc. Madhya 19.151]. Kono—some fortunate man can accept it. Because mostly they are unfortunate. Just see, throughout the whole of Europe and America we are making propaganda. How many students have come? A very insignificant number, although they have come. They are fortunate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Western people, they are now opposing this movement, so they are not fortunate. So everywhere there are fortunate and unfortunate. But mostly in this age they are unfortunate. Either in the Western countries or in this country, they are unfortunate mostly. They cannot understand.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura|Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lokanātha: It&#039;s fortune to take birth in the West now. It&#039;s fortunate to take birth in America or England? (laughter)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not all. (laughter) Not all. The fortunate, those who are so fortunate, they are now opposing me. The Western people, they are now opposing this movement, so they are not fortunate. So everywhere there are fortunate and unfortunate. But mostly in this age they are unfortunate. Either in the Western countries or in this country, they are unfortunate mostly. They cannot understand. In India at least those who are not very educated, mass of people, they believe transmigration of the soul. They very easily believe it because culture is based on that, pūrva-janma paro janma. They believe that &amp;quot;If I act sinfully, then I&#039;ll have to suffer next life, and because I did not do properly, therefore I am suffering in this life.&amp;quot; Still they believe. But the so-called educated people, they are trying to set aside this.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The people of this age are of short duration of life, they are very slow in the matter of seriously understanding spiritual importance of life, and some of them are unfortunate and severely disturbed in mind on account of various frustrations and desires.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Christopher -- Montreal 13 July, 1968|Letter to Christopher -- Montreal 13 July, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The people of this age are of short duration of life, they are very slow in the matter of seriously understanding spiritual importance of life, and even some of them are inclined, like yourself, by misfortune they associate with hodge-podge men like those you have mentioned in your letter—namely, Yogananda, Alan Watts, Maharishi, Leary, etc.—because they are unfortunate and severely disturbed in mind on account of various frustrations and desires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am glad to learn that still you have got some glimpses of understanding Krishna Consciousness, and I hope this faint idea may one day develop into reality, and your life become successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So any one of my godbrothers cannot help me in this way of book writing because they are unfortunate in the matter of preaching work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Karunasindhu -- Bombay 9 November, 1975|Letter to Karunasindhu -- Bombay 9 November, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad to receive your letter. I can understand this cunning Purusottama das has taken advantage of your simplicity. So any one of my godbrothers cannot help me in this way of book writing because they are unfortunate in the matter of preaching work. They are simply trying to infiltrate our society to so something harmful by their attempt. So please do not have any correspondence with this Purusottama or any of my godbrothers, so-called. And do not do anything without consulting me. You can inform this instruction to everyone and send back to me the sheets of corrections sent to you by Purusottama.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_situation&amp;diff=86884</id>
		<title>Real situation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_situation&amp;diff=86884"/>
		<updated>2009-05-26T11:04:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real situation&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=7|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=3|Con=1|Let=3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Situation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Whatever form of material existence one is in, one is invariably ignorant of his real situation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 4.31|BG 4.31, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Whatever form of material existence one is in, one is invariably ignorant of his real situation. In other words, existence in the material world is due to the multiple reactions to our sinful lives. Ignorance is the cause of sinful life, and sinful life is the cause of one&#039;s dragging on in material existence. The human form of life is the only loophole by which one may get out of this entanglement. The Vedas, therefore, give us a chance for escape by pointing out the paths of religion, economic comfort, regulated sense gratification and, at last, the means to get out of the miserable condition entirely. The path of religion, or the different kinds of sacrifice recommended above, automatically solves our economic problems. By performance of yajña we can have enough food, enough milk, etc.—even if there is a so-called increase of population.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vidura was not a sādhu to satisfy the ill-gotten sentiment of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. He was correctly pointing out the real situation of life, and how one can save oneself from such catastrophies.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.13.22|SB 1.13.22, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The symptoms of old age, which had already developed in Dhṛtarāṣṭra, were all one after another pointed out to him as warning that death was nearing very quickly, and still he was foolishly carefree about his future. The signs pointed out by Vidura in the body of Dhṛtarāṣṭra were signs of apakṣaya, or dwindling of the material body before the last stroke of death. The body is born, it develops, stays, creates other bodies, dwindles and then vanishes. But foolish men want to make a permanent settlement of the perishable body and think that their estate, children, society, country, etc., will give them protection. With such foolish ideas, they become overtaken by such temporary engagements and forget altogether that they must give up this temporary body and take a new one, again to arrange for another term of society, friendship and love, again to perish ultimately. They forget their permanent identity and become foolishly active for impermanent occupations, forgetting altogether their prime duty. Saints and sages like Vidura approach such foolish men to awaken them to the real situation, but they take such sādhus and saints as parasites of society, and almost all of them refuse to hear the words of such sādhus and saints, although they welcome show-bottle sādhus and so-called saints who can satisfy their senses. Vidura was not a sādhu to satisfy the ill-gotten sentiment of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. He was correctly pointing out the real situation of life, and how one can save oneself from such catastrophies.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are many Māyāvādī philosophers who consider that Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body is the effect of a concentration of the material mode of goodness, and they distinguish Kṛṣṇa&#039;s soul from Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body. The real situation, however, is that Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body is never material; it is transcendental. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.11.25|SB 4.11.25, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has no material body, and because He has no material body, He is not affected by any work He executes. There are many Māyāvādī philosophers who consider that Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body is the effect of a concentration of the material mode of goodness, and they distinguish Kṛṣṇa&#039;s soul from Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body. The real situation, however, is that the body of the conditioned soul, even if he has a large accumulation of material goodness, is material, whereas Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body is never material; it is transcendental. Kṛṣṇa has no false ego, for He does not identify Himself with the false and temporary body. His body is always eternal; He descends to this world in His own original, spiritual body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.17.9|SB 4.17.9, Translation]]: The great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, at the time King Pṛthu was enthroned by the great sages and brāhmaṇas and declared to be the protector of the citizens, there was a scarcity of food grains. The citizens actually became skinny due to starvation. Therefore they came before the King and informed him of their real situation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.3.16|SB 6.3.16, Translation]]: As the different limbs of the body cannot see the eyes, the living entities cannot see the Supreme Lord, who is situated as the Supersoul in everyone&#039;s heart. Not by the senses, by the mind, by the life air, by thoughts within the heart, or by the vibration of words can the living entities ascertain the real situation of the Supreme Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;After hearing from the demigods the real situation, Lord Brahmā was very much concerned because the demons were unnecessarily so powerful. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.5.19-20|SB 8.5.19-20, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; After hearing from the demigods the real situation, Lord Brahmā was very much concerned because the demons were unnecessarily so powerful. When demons become powerful, the entire world is placed in an awkward position because demons are simply interested in their own sense gratification and not in the welfare of the world. Demigods or devotees, however, are concerned with the welfare of all living beings. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, for example, left his ministership and went to Vṛndāvana for the benefit of the entire world (lokānāṁ hita-kāriṇau). This is the nature of a saintly person or demigod. Even impersonalists think of the welfare of all people. Thus Brahmā was very much concerned at seeing the demons in power.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Man is the architect of his own fortune. In this human life one has the facility with which to understand one&#039;s real situation, and one can decide whether to wander around the universe forever or return home, back to Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.1 Summary|SB 10.1 Summary]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should fix one&#039;s mind at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, and then one will become free from agitation. This is the instruction of the Garuḍa Purāṇa, and in the Nāradīya Purāṇa the same process is described. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, yānti deva-vratā devān [Bg. 9.25]. The agitated mind goes to different planetary systems because it is attached to different kinds of demigods, but one does not go to the abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by worshiping the demigods, for this is not supported by any Vedic literature. Man is the architect of his own fortune. In this human life one has the facility with which to understand one&#039;s real situation, and one can decide whether to wander around the universe forever or return home, back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 11.13.22|SB 11.13.22, Translation]]: My dear brāhmaṇas, if, when asking Me who I am, you believe that I am also a jīva soul and that there is no ultimate difference between us—since all souls are ultimately one without individuality—then how is your question possible or appropriate? Ultimately, what is the real situation or resting place both of yourselves and of Me?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Light of the Bhagavata ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Merely seeing the moon from a distance cannot enable one to understand the real situation of the moon. One has to cross Mānasa Lake and then Sumeru Mountain, and only then can one trace out the orbit of the moon.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:LOB 48|Light of the Bhagavata 48]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The moon is too cold for the inhabitants of this earth, and therefore ordinary persons who want to go there with earthly bodies are attempting to do so in vain. Merely seeing the moon from a distance cannot enable one to understand the real situation of the moon. One has to cross Mānasa Lake and then Sumeru Mountain, and only then can one trace out the orbit of the moon. Besides that, no ordinary man is allowed to enter that planet. Even those admitted there after death must have performed the prescribed duties to satisfy the pitās and devas. Yet even they are sent back to earth after a fixed duration of life—on the moon.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa says personally He has come personally to inform us the real situation. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.20 -- Vrndavana, November 8, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.20 -- Vrndavana, November 8, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Ṛṣabhadeva is advising His other sons—He had one hundred sons—that bharataṁ bhajadhvam: &amp;quot;You just be obedient to Bharata. Don&#039;t try to rule independently, because if you follow the principles of Bharata Mahārāja, that will satisfy the citizens, not ruling over independently.&amp;quot; We have practical examples. At the present moment there are three dozen minister, four dozen secretaries, and two dozen governors and so on, so on. But there is no peace. There is no peace because they are missing the central point, the central point, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa says personally He has come personally to inform us the real situation. He says, sarva-loka maheśvaram: [Bg. 5.29] &amp;quot;I am the proprietor of all planets.&amp;quot; So accept this principle, that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is the proprietor, and we are all sons of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That is real situation of our constitutional position. So long we are not engaged in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service, that is our opposite number of life, not real life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.5.23-24 -- Vrndavana, March 31, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.5.23-24 -- Vrndavana, March 31, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So as soon as you engage yourself in pure devotional service without any material desire, without any material designation, immediately you are liberated. Svarūpena avasthiti. That is real situation of our constitutional position. So long we are not engaged in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service, that is our opposite number of life, not real life. Real life is when you are fully engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, always engaged. That is life. Śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam. So to be fixed up in that spiritual life we should always engage ourself, śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam. Śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam of whom? Viṣṇu. Of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu. Even not of any other demigods, what to speak of ordinary beings.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So our real situation is that we are sanātana, Kṛṣṇa is sanātana, and Kṛṣṇa has His abode, sanātana - eternal. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- Madras, January 2, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- Madras, January 2, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This material world, it will not exist forever. It is bhūtvā bhūtvā pralīyate [Bg. 8.19]. It is manifested at a certain date. Just like your body and my body, it is manifested on a certain date. It will stay for some time. It will grow. It will give some by-product. Then we become old, dwindling, and then finished. This is called ṣaḍ-vikāra. of anything which is material. But there is another nature where there is no ṣaḍ-vikāra. That is eternal. So that is called sanātana-dharma. And the jīvas, we living entities, we are also described as eternal. Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. And the Lord is also addressed as sanātana. So our real situation is that we are sanātana, Kṛṣṇa is sanātana, and Kṛṣṇa has His abode, sanātana. When we go back to that sanātana-dhāma and live with the supreme sanātana, Kṛṣṇa... And we are also sanātana. The process by which we can achieve this highest goal of life, that is called sanātana-dharma.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I do not say that don&#039;t love your wife and don&#039;t love your parents. But I am just explaining the real situation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Bajaj and Bhusan -- September 11, 1972, Arlington, Texas, At Their Home|Conversation with Bajaj and Bhusan -- September 11, 1972, Arlington, Texas, At Their Home]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Does that mean you should not love your parents?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, there is no love in the material world. You love somebody with some personal interest. So that is not love. Everyone loves. To be frank enough, a wife loves husband so long he is nicely earning, and the husband loves the wife so long she is beautiful. That&#039;s all. This is the love. It is not love. It is lust. Love is different thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): How about serving the parents?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: First of all you try to understand one point. Don&#039;t jump like that. The same thing is applicable to parents and everything. There is no love in this world. That is illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (2): Is it like service to parents without expecting anything from them because they have raised you, they have...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, that is your duty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (2): Yes, duty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That&#039;s your duty. Just like to... I do not say that don&#039;t love your wife and don&#039;t love your parents. But I am just explaining the real situation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krishna das informed me there is a passenger ship which carries people overnight to London. So I have asked him to inquire what is the real situation. I think we can go to London by that shipping carrier.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Syamasundara -- Hamburg 31 August, 1969|Letter to Syamasundara -- Hamburg 31 August, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I could not clearly understand what is the reason that you have left the temple to live in a country house 40 miles away from London. I understand that by October 1st everything should be settled, and you may invite me to visit at that time. This morning I had been in the Hamburg Port and Krishna das informed me there is a passenger ship which carries people overnight to London. So I have asked him to inquire what is the real situation. I think we can go to London by that shipping carrier. In October I have no program here, so there will be no difficulty to visit your place at that time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;For the land, first of all ascertain the real situation as I inquired in my last letter. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- London 18 November, 1969|Letter to Hamsaduta -- London 18 November, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the building, if it is already acquired by the university, then if you purchase, the university authorities must give you guarantee that they will return the money, whatever we have paid, after deducting the usual rent only. On this we can negotiate. For the land, first of all ascertain the real situation as I inquired in my last letter. Then try to secure it. But the university course should be given more stress than purchasing the house or securing the land. This is a very important thing. If such courses are taken by you, then practically there is no need of my employment there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Now I do not know what is the real situation, they are saying one thing and you are saying another thing.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Rupanuga -- Honolulu 9 May, 1972|Letter to Rupanuga -- Honolulu 9 May, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Karandhara says that New York is an &amp;quot;outstanding exception&amp;quot; to the regular payments of literature bills, and Bali Mardan has told me that you have &amp;quot;no inclination to supervise or check regularly on these financial matters, and thus it is left to a Treasurer who is also not very competent.&amp;quot; He has suggested that you make weekly inventories and pay weekly for the books sold. That is a good idea. You can take his help, how to do it. You must organize these things in such a way that things will go on automatically and increase more and more. Now I do not know what is the real situation, they are saying one thing and you are saying another thing, but I want that this situation be immediately finished, and from now on all literature bills must be paid immediately by you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Don%27t_imitate&amp;diff=86734</id>
		<title>Don&#039;t imitate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Don%27t_imitate&amp;diff=86734"/>
		<updated>2009-05-25T16:24:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;do not imitate&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;don&#039;t imitate&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=11|Con=6|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Imitate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everything is spiritual. Sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma. So don&#039;t imitate, but there is possibility.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.13 -- Los Angeles, August 16, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.13 -- Los Angeles, August 16, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the material vision means forgetfulness of Kṛṣṇa, that&#039;s all. Otherwise there is no material, because everything is coming from Kṛṣṇa, either material energy or spiritual energy. They are coming from the same source, so in the higher spiritual understanding, the spiritual platform, there is nothing material. Everything is spiritual. Sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma. So don&#039;t imitate, but there is possibility. So long we are on the material platform, on the platform of forgetfulness, our business should be how to satisfy the Supreme. How to satisfy,(?) you do whatever you like, not whatever you like, within the institution. Varṇāśrama-vibhāgaśaḥ, it must be organized. If your aim is simply to satisfy Kṛṣṇa, then your life is perfect.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We are traveling all over the world, spending so much money, jet plane, and this plane, just to push Kṛṣṇa consciousness as much as possible. This is renunciation, not that sitting one place doing nothing and become Kṛṣṇa conscious. Then there will be fall down. Don&#039;t imitate Haridāsa Ṭhākura. That is not possible. You must work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.13.11 -- Geneva, June 2, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.13.11 -- Geneva, June 2, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Renunciation does not mean give up this world. That I was explaining. Our philosophy is not the jagat is mithyā. Why jagan mithyā? We don&#039;t say that. Jagat is fact. It may be temporary, but it is a fact. Now, so long we have got this jagat, let us utilize it for Kṛṣṇa. That is renunciation. We cannot say this microphone is mithyā. So long the microphone is in my possession, let it be used for Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service. This is renunciation. Everyone using this microphone, these modern machines, for his personal gain. But we are not using for personal gain. We are traveling all over the world, spending so much money, jet plane, and this plane, just to push Kṛṣṇa consciousness as much as possible. This is renunciation, not that sitting one place doing nothing and become Kṛṣṇa conscious. Then there will be fall down. Don&#039;t imitate Haridāsa Ṭhākura. That is not possible. You must work.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I also sleep, not more then three hours. But I take sometimes little, sleep more. Not like... I don&#039;t imitate the Gosvāmīs. That try to avoid.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.26-30 -- Hawaii, January 23, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.26-30 -- Hawaii, January 23, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Eating, sleeping, mating, defending that is bodily necessities. But I am not this body. Dehino &#039;smin yathā dehe kaumāram... [Bg. 2.13]. So that realization takes time. But when we are actually advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we must know our duty. Sleeping not more than six hours. Utmost eight hours. Utmost, those who cannot control. But not ten hours, twelve hours, fifteen hours, no. Then what is the use of...? Somebody went to see one advanced devotee, and at nine o&#039;clock he was sleeping. And he&#039;s advanced devotee. Eh? Is not that? So what is...? What kind of devotee he is? Devotee must rise early in the morning, by four o&#039;clock. By five o&#039;clock, he must finish his bathing and other things. Then he takes to chanting and so many... Twenty-four hours&#039; business must be there. So sleeping is not good. The Gosvāmīs used to sleep only two hours. I also write at night book, and I also sleep, not more then three hours. But I take sometimes little, sleep more. Not like... I don&#039;t imitate the Gosvāmīs. That try to avoid. And avoid sleeping means if we eat less, then we&#039;ll avoid. Eating, sleeping. After eating, there is sleeping. So if we eat more, then more sleeping. If we eat less, then less sleeping. Eating, sleeping, mating. And mating should be avoided. That is a great stricture. Sex life should be minimized as far as possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The paramahaṁsa stage means  that when you cannot remain even for a single moment without describing Kṛṣṇa. No attachment anything material; simply attachment for Kṛṣṇa. Then you can give up the regulative principles. Not before that. Don&#039;t imitate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974|Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; What is that paramahaṁsa stage? That is nairguṇya-sthā ramante sma guṇānukathane hareḥ. His only business is to glorify Kṛṣṇa. He does not do that... Not that &amp;quot;I have become paramahaṁsa. Let me eat and sleep.&amp;quot; No. The symptom is that he cannot waste a moment without glorifying Kṛṣṇa. That is paramahaṁsa. At that time, you can know, that when you cannot remain even for a single moment without describing Kṛṣṇa, then you can know that you are on the paramahaṁsa stage. No attachment anything material; simply attachment for Kṛṣṇa. Then you can give up the regulative principles. Not before that. Don&#039;t imitate. Unless you come to that stage, positive stage... It is not that simply negative. Negative means you must stand on a positive platform.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That is spiritual platform. No more sleeping, no more eating, no more sex life. That is perfection. There is no requirement of defense because they can meet any situation. That is paramahaṁsa stage. For them, there is no regulation. Don&#039;t imitate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974|Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you simply engage yourself only hearing about Kṛṣṇa, then you are nistraiguṇya. This is the process, simple, no other business.&lt;br /&gt;
So we have given you so many books. Don&#039;t sleep. Don&#039;t waste a single moment. Of course, you have to sleep. Reduce it as much as possible. Eating, sleeping, mating and defending-reduce it. Nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau **. That is the example given by the Gosvāmīs. Nidrā, āhāra and vihāra. Āhāra means eating, and vihāra means sense enjoyment, and nidrā means sleeping. Nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau: &amp;quot;Conquered over.&amp;quot; That is spiritual platform. No more sleeping, no more eating, no more sex life. That is perfection. And one who can conquer over these three things, eating, sleeping and sex life, he&#039;s fearless, automatically. There is no requirement of defense because they can meet any situation. That is paramahaṁsa stage. Nivṛttā. Munayaḥ prāyeṇa munayo rājan nivṛttā vidhi. For them, there is no regulation. Don&#039;t imitate, that &amp;quot;I have become...&amp;quot; Some of our students exhibited that &amp;quot;There is no need of regu... We are all paramahaṁsas.&amp;quot; Paramahaṁsa not; rascal number one. Here is the test. When you&#039;ll not be influenced by the material qualities, rajo-guṇa, sattva-guṇa, tamo-guṇa. And the test is that nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau, that conquering over the sleeping, nidrā. First thing is mentioned here. Sleeping and eating and sense enjoyment. Śrī-caitanya-mahāprabhu-guṇānukathane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We should be careful that don&#039;t imitate that &amp;quot;I am now become paramahaṁsa. I do not require to follow the rules and regulations. Let me do whatever I like.&amp;quot; Don&#039;t do that. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974|Lecture on SB 2.1.7 -- Paris, June 15, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; All these leaders, so-called rascal leaders, they are blind themselves. They do not know what is the aim of life, and they&#039;re becoming leader. And the leader, blind leader, and the blind follower, they&#039;re all going to hell. This is the position of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
So therefore we should be careful that don&#039;t imitate that &amp;quot;I am now become paramahaṁsa. I do not require to follow the rules and regulations. Let me do whatever I like.&amp;quot; Don&#039;t do that. The test is there. Test is there, here. It is said, guṇānukathane hareḥ. When you are paramahaṁsa, then you have no other business than simply to hear about Kṛṣṇa, and chant about Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So it is not possible to imitate Ṛṣabhadeva or Haridāsa Ṭhākura. Don&#039;t imitate but try to follow. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.32 -- Vrndavana, November 19, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.32 -- Vrndavana, November 19, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have to follow the footprints of great saintly persons, devotees, mahājana. Here is Ṛṣabhadeva. But in the Kali-yuga it is not possible to imitate ājagara-vṛtti. It is not possible because we are already so weak. Mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ [SB 1.1.10]. This is our position. We are very unfortunate. Every one of us, we are very bad, mandāḥ, bad habits. So it is not possible to imitate Ṛṣabhadeva or Haridāsa Ṭhākura. Don&#039;t imitate but try to follow. Anusaraṇa. Anukaraṇa is not good. Anukaraṇa means false imitation. That is called anukaraṇa. And anusaraṇa means to follow. Try to follow as far as possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa raised the whole hill as umbrella. &amp;quot;Come on under this.&amp;quot; So that is Kṛṣṇa. So don&#039;t imitate Kṛṣṇa, but hear Kṛṣṇa, what says, then our life is successful. We cannot imitate God.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.45 -- Los Angeles, June 11, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.45 -- Los Angeles, June 11, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When there was incessant rainfall, all the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana became so disturbed, and they had no other friend than Kṛṣṇa. So they appealed, &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa, do something!&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Yes!&amp;quot; Immediately, He raised the whole hill as umbrella. &amp;quot;Come on under this.&amp;quot; So that is Kṛṣṇa. So don&#039;t imitate Kṛṣṇa, but hear Kṛṣṇa, what says, then our life is successful. We cannot imitate God. We have to simply follow His order. That is dharma. And if you imitate Kṛṣṇa, that is adharma. Don&#039;t try to imitate. There are two words in Sanskrit, anukāraṇa, anusaraṇa. Anukāraṇa means imitation, and anusaraṇa means follow. We have to execute anusaraṇa, follow.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mahā-bhāgavata sees that everyone is engaged in service, therefore he has no discrimination. But don&#039;t imitate like that.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.7.28, 32-35 -- Mombassa, September 11, 1971|Lecture on SB 7.7.28, 32-35 -- Mombassa, September 11, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As soon as a humble devotee approaches Rādhārāṇī by glorifying Kṛṣṇa, immediately She accepts, &amp;quot;Oh, how great he is, he is doing greater service than Me.&amp;quot; That is mahā-bhāgavata&#039;s darśana. Mahā-bhāgavata sees that everyone is engaged in service, therefore he has no discrimination. But don&#039;t imitate like that. So bīja-nirharaṇam, the bīja you should always understand. Material bīja means the propensity to rule over this material world better or greater than others. That is materialism. And therefore, Kṛṣṇa&#039;s first condition is that &amp;quot;You give up all this nonsense, please surrender unto Me.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who has become pure devotee, he has become purified. But don&#039;t imitate. Actually see whether you are always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. Then it is all right.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Calcutta, January 30, 1973|The Nectar of Devotion -- Calcutta, January 30, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So we simply, we try, that &amp;quot;Let me become sannyāsī, niṣkiñcana.&amp;quot; That is not possible. You must take to the service of Kṛṣṇa. Then when you are fully satisfied that &amp;quot;I possess Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is within my heart,&amp;quot; then you can give up all this nonsense, kick out: &amp;quot;I don&#039;t want.&amp;quot; Otherwise not possible. So the two things: Niṣkiñcanasya bhagavad-bhajano..., param paro jīveṣa (?). Those who have become ni..., what is this liberation for them? Nothing. The four things, dharma-artha-kāma-mokṣa. So when one takes to this shelter of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s lotus feet, that is the highest dharma, topmost. That is the topmost yoga. So why he should hanker after dharma-artha-kāma-mokṣa [SB 4.8.41, Cc. Ādi 1.90]? It is so nice thing. That is the statement of Uddhava. One who has become pure devotee... One who has possessed... Svāntaḥ-sthita gadābhṛtā. He has become purified. But don&#039;t imitate. Actually see whether you are always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. Then it is all right.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiation Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So in the beginning we have to learn how to love, but when you come to the state, oh, there is no question of... You may follow the regulative principle or not, because love is there. But don&#039;t imitate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Initiations -- San Diego, June 30, 1972|Initiations -- San Diego, June 30, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will see God with these eyes when it is clarified. Premāñjana-cchurita, by the ointment of love of Godhead. So these are the function, how to love. One has to rise early in the morning. He doesn&#039;t like, but, &amp;quot;No. I will have to satisfy Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; This is the beginning. &amp;quot;Oh, I have to chant sixteen rounds.&amp;quot; He is lazy. He doesn&#039;t want to do it. But if he loves Kṛṣṇa, he must do it. He must do it. So in the beginning we have to learn how to love, but when you come to the state, oh, there is no question of... You may follow the regulative principle or not, because love is there. But don&#039;t imitate. Just like in our ordinary love affairs, if I want to love some girl, I bring some flower, I bring some presentation. In this way she thinks, &amp;quot;Oh, it is very nice boy. He has brought me this, that.&amp;quot; In this way there are six principles of love. Dadāti pratigṛhṇāti. You have to give and you have to take. I love somebody. I give him something: &amp;quot;My dear, you take this.&amp;quot; And when he offers also, if he also loves you, he also return you. Not exactly for returning. It is love to give and take.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you think that you are unable to do that work, then whatever work you can do, you take. But do it nicely. That is expert. Don&#039;t imitate. &amp;quot;Oh, I have no capacity to work in that way, but I want to imitate. Oh, he is doing that. I shall do that.&amp;quot; Don&#039;t do that. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- July 16, 1968, Montreal|Room Conversation -- July 16, 1968, Montreal]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Expert means whatever he is doing, he must do it very nicely That&#039;s all. Suppose you are sweeping this room. You can do it very nicely, to your best knowledge. That is expert. The people will say, &amp;quot;Oh, you have very nicely done.&amp;quot; Any work you do, do it very nicely. That is expert. Don&#039;t do it haphazardly. To your best talent, to your best capacity, try to finish it very nicely, whatever it may be. You are entrusted with some work. Do it nicely. That is expert. If you think that you are unable to do that work, then whatever work you can do, you take. But do it nicely. That is expert. Don&#039;t imitate. &amp;quot;Oh, I have no capacity to work in that way, but I want to imitate. Oh, he is doing that. I shall do that.&amp;quot; Don&#039;t do that. That is not expert. You take up what you can do very nicely and do it nicely. We have so many works. Kṛṣṇa is not that He is static. He is dynamic force. Just like Arjuna, he was not a Vedantist, he was not a brāhmaṇa, he was not a sannyāsī. He was householder. He was military man. But he knew his business, how to do it nicely. So you do your business nicely. That is expert. And when it is dovetailed in Kṛṣṇa, there is no gradation that this business is better and that business is lower because everything is for Kṛṣṇa. So that business becomes Kṛṣṇa. Do it nicely and Kṛṣṇa is satisfied. And that is your success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So why they do not imitate this?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 23, 1975, Vrndavana|Morning Walk -- April 23, 1975, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: [break] ...stopped, then your whole business stop. Imagine if these hills were green. How much foodstuff would have been available both for the animal, for the man. All dry, all dry. People should immediately accept this chanting to solve this problem. [break] And the yajña means yajñaiḥ saṅkīrtana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gopal Kṛṣṇa: They think they have better things to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Ātma-sainyeṣu asatsv api. They are depending on so many other things besides Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest: If some definite example is there, then they will immediately copy. See, they are copy-minded. If suppose we open up a temple here and the conditions here improve, automatically everybody&#039;ll take up. So we will see next year. Automatically when things are done by copying, they would like to go by the copy method, not by experimentation. So if our temples are successful in Māyāpur and Hyderabad and everywhere, farms are attained, and if they are able to produce better things, they will understand, &amp;quot;Oh, because of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness, people are becoming more prosperous.&amp;quot; Automatically they will come therefore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Yes, that is also nice. [break] We have no factory; we have no business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest: People are wondering now. They are asking me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So why they do not imitate this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest: No, they will imitate. Because that&#039;s why we are going to Ahmedabad to that we can give the...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, if that is, they want to see practically, so practically we have got 102 branches and maintaining so many men, but we have no business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest: No, ISKCON has done better than any government. In ten years what ISKCON has done, no other government has done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Even in America they are surprised. In our Los Angeles temple our devotees are inquired by the store men that &amp;quot;How you are maintaining? You do not work. You have got so many cars. You are eating nicely. You live in very nice building. How you are provided?&amp;quot; They are surprised.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The frog is thinking, &amp;quot;Eh? Three feet. All right, four feet. All right, five feet.&amp;quot; He cannot think unlimited because he is frog. So don&#039;t imitate the frog.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- January 17, 1976, Mayapur|Morning Walk -- January 17, 1976, Mayapur]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There are many demigods. Advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam [Bs. 5.33]. Everything is ananta. Just like here you cannot count how many. Here, this much space, if I ask you, &amp;quot;Count how many grasses are there,&amp;quot; you cannot do it. Everywhere. You count in this field how many plants are there. You cannot do it. So, similarly other planet, other, other...There are unlimited fields. You cannot count. Why you try to count it, &amp;quot;How many universes? How many devotees?&amp;quot; That is foolishness. It is not possible. Wherever you start, everything is unlimited. Can you count how many atoms are there, atomic? That is your limitation. Therefore I say &amp;quot;frog philosophy.&amp;quot; The limited wants to study the unlimited. That is frog philosophy. The frog is thinking, &amp;quot;Eh? Three feet. All right, four feet. All right, five feet.&amp;quot; He cannot think unlimited because he is frog. So don&#039;t imitate the frog. Take it as it is stated in the śāstra. Then it is all right.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You don&#039;t imitate. You follow the rules and regulations. Don&#039;t try artificially to be anxious. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 26, 1976, Melbourne|Morning Walk -- April 26, 1976, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is devotional side. Kṛṣṇa anxiety itself is the first-class devotional service. If one becomes anxious like that, then he is perfect. Janma-koṭi-sukṛtair na labhyate. After many, many millions of life of pious activities one can get such anxiety. This is not so easy, to become anxious for Kṛṣṇa. You don&#039;t think it is like ordinary activity (anxiety?). Koṭi-sukṛtaiḥ. If one becomes full of anxiety for Kṛṣṇa, that is the highest stage of perfection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (1): So the anxiety that I am always falling down...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Eh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (1): We are in the neophyte stage, and we&#039;re often falling down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You don&#039;t imitate. You follow the rules and regulations. Don&#039;t try artificially to be anxious. When you are purified, then you&#039;ll get that anxiety, not artificially. Then you are sahajiyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (1): I don&#039;t mean to hanker for the anxiety, but to...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, anxiety, that is.... That will come, the perfectional stage. Don&#039;t try to be perfect artificially. Perfect stage, we have to follow strictly the regulative principle, the injunction of the spiritual master, śāstra. Then you come to that stage. Don&#039;t artificially imitate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Imitation is imitation. Sometimes it is perfect imitation.... Perfect cannot be. But as far as possible. But imitation is there. And the material life is imitation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 8, 1976, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation -- June 8, 1976, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Wolfe: Prabhupāda, may I say something, add something to this idea that the so-called rigid flight is insecure? Therefore the rigid planes are insecure because they do not imitate nature, and that is why they have so many accidents with the planes. But these gliders are much safer because they are more like birds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: After all, imitation is imitation. Sometimes it is perfect imitation.... Perfect cannot be. But as far as possible. But imitation is there. And the material life is imitation. Because material life means we want to imitate God. That is material life. God is all-powerful; we want to become all-powerful. That is material life. And the struggle for existence. Because we cannot become God, it is impossible, but artificially, they are trying to become God. And that is struggle for existence. So material life means imitation. Everyone is struggling to become God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Then we can sit down and chant all day and night, Hare Kṛṣṇa. What is the wrong there? Haridāsa Ṭhākura was doing that. But don&#039;t imitate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 14, 1976, Detroit|Garden Conversation -- June 14, 1976, Detroit]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And fell and flew away. How quickly they can take. Everyone knows his business. That intelligence there everywhere. Āhāra nidrā bhayam maithunī, for these things, how to eat, how to sleep, how to enjoy sex and how to defend, everyone knows. You do not require to educate them. Only they cannot take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is only possible by the human beings. Otherwise, other necessities of bodily, everyone knows. Tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta kovidaḥ. Every morning, this place should be washed with water. Then it will be very nice. Then we can sit down and chant all day and night, Hare Kṛṣṇa. What is the wrong there? Kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ [Cc. Ādi 17.31]. Haridāsa Ṭhākura was doing that. But don&#039;t imitate. But I mean to say, if you do that, where is the problem? [break]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Assimilate_(Letters)&amp;diff=86714</id>
		<title>Assimilate (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Assimilate_(Letters)&amp;diff=86714"/>
		<updated>2009-05-25T14:52:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: /* 1974 Correspondence */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;assimilate&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;assimilated&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;assimilating&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;assimilation&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Assimilate|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. Bailey -- Allahabad 2 October, 1951|Letter to Mr. Bailey -- Allahabad 2 October, 1951]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Philosophical ways are practical and it is no use simply by indulging in speculation without any practical result just like to keep a cow without any milk. We must always seek a practical value from philosophy for the benefit of all. The mission with which you have started your service inspired me to help you as far as possible and I thought it fit to inform you that your mission can be well guided by the practical philosophy of the Bhagavad-gita. If you do not wish to have it that is a different question. If you put up a programme acceptable to one and all there is no necessity of patronizing a particular ism. A common formula can be of practical use both for India or others. As such you can have practical solutions of all problems such as social, religious, cultural, political, economic as well as agricultural and industrial—from the Bhagavad-gita. It is possible only simply by assimilating it by direct perception. It is meant for all living being. Indirect perception will mislead far away from the truth and I am afraid many such indirect misinterpretations in a speculative mood by various commentators, have done more harm than good to the humanity in general.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sir -- Delhi 15 April, 1961|Letter to Sir -- Delhi 15 April, 1961]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Without spiritual culture a human society is another polished edition of the animals. There is no value of education in the animal society as the trained up loon in a circus is never to be trusted. The lion is not trusted because it cannot assimilate spiritual knowledge. But a man is able to take up this knowledge and his formation of the brain is meant for it. It is nothing extraordinary for him because he is prepared for this culture and is awaiting proper administration only. The ways and means were envisaged by the liberated souls and especially by the sages of India and I proud to feel that Lord Buddha happened to be an Indian and we worship Him as incarnation of Godhead. His holy name is mentioned in the Vedic literature like Bhagavata. We can take help from the Bhagavata the cream and ripen fruit of the Vedic literature and stop at once the quarrel and turmoil of the present world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Harivilasa -- Montreal 10 June, 1968|Letter to Harivilasa -- Montreal 10 June, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding preaching work: If you simply reproduce verbatim the purports which I have given in the Srimad-Bhagavatam, and chant Hare Krishna with ecstasy, that will be sufficient for your preaching work, and as you do it seriously and sincerely, Krishna gives you more and more strength for this noble missionary work.&lt;br /&gt;
No, there is no need of sending the Kalyana books as you have mentioned, not yet. Just read Srimad-Bhagavatam, our three volumes, regularly and repeatedly. It is no use reading many books, it is better to assimilate one book and that is sufficient.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Christopher -- Montreal 13 July, 1968|Letter to Christopher -- Montreal 13 July, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So, I would advise you not to waste your time in such hodge-podge society, but follow the principles rigidly, and faithfully, and your life will be successful. You say that you do not really know enough about what they are following, because you have not assimilated the philosophy. But if you take the philosophy seriously, certainly you will be able to convince others. I am glad to learn that you are returning to Santa Fe, and I hope you will have good association there and you will be profitted by some sincere workers in Santa Fe. I am glad to learn also that you sometimes fast the whole day, and chant. It is a very good idea and you can follow this principle rigidly two days in a month, namely the Ekadasis. I have got always time to answer the letters of sincere souls because my life is dedicated for their service. So you are always welcome to send your inquiries. And I shall always try to enlighten you to my best capacity. You have kindly asked me what you have to do. That I shall tell you later on, when you are fixed up in our line of thought. So it is Krishna&#039;s Grace that you are going to Santa Fe, and try to assimilate our philosophy there, and then, I shall let you know what to do there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Nayanabhirama -- Los Angeles 23 November, 1968|Letter to Nayanabhirama -- Los Angeles 23 November, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your article in Back To Godhead about Ayurvedic Medicine, I do not think this is very worthwhile endeavor. You have shown nice ability for writing so it will be more appreciated if you continue to study Srimad-Bhagavatam and Bhagavad-gita and express the same by your assimilation. We have enough Krishna Consciousness matters to discuss so there is no need of wasting time with such topics as Ayurvedic Medicine.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Vamanadeva -- Los Angeles 16 February, 1969|Letter to Vamanadeva -- Los Angeles 16 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the meantime you should study Bhagavad-gita very seriously, and try to assimilate the following points of our philosophy. God is one. He is the Father of all living entities. There are innumerable living entities residing in different planets, the majority of which are spiritual planets, and some of them are material planets. Those who are in material planets, they are conditioned by the laws of material nature, and, due to their forgetfulness of relationship with God, there is always struggle for existence. Therefore there is war and other miserable conditions of material life. We are trying to educate people how they can be transferred to the spiritual world, so this is an essential movement, and we require many preachers to present this case all over the world. So our students may not be unnecessarily called for fighting, which is not at all suitable occupation for them. So ultimately, if you are required to fight this case let us see how Krishna will help us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Rayarama -- Los Angeles 22 February, 1969|Letter to Rayarama -- Los Angeles 22 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now our policy should be as follows: 1. the layout should be done by us, 2. there should be no advertisements, 3. under different headings we shall publish articles from Bhagavad-gita As It Is, Srimad-Bhagavatam, Brahma Samhita, Nectar of Devotion, Vedanta Philosophy, Upanisads, etc. as well as comic pictures when possible. Besides that, if some of our students write as they have assimilated the philosophy, that also should be welcome. You say that Rohini Kumar is an artist, so he can do comic work. There are other girls there such as Indira who can also do this. So we shall fill up the pages simply with Vedic ideas. Now the policy should be straight that this Back to Godhead is completely different from all other magazines. As there are different magazines for different subject matters, this magazine will be simply devoted for Vaisnava philosophy, or Krishna Consciousness movement. That should be our policy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Allston, Mass 6 May, 1969|Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Allston, Mass 6 May, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So we have to train preachers, and they will go to the students in public institutions to educate them in Krishna Consciousness. So if our men simply study our books and magazines, and assimilate them nicely and clarify as soon as there is some doubt, then surely we shall drive out all these so-called yogis and propagandists who are simply cheating the innocent people to solve their pecuniary problems. Regarding the Radha-Krishna Murtis, they may be kept for the time being, and when I go there I shall take care of them. Regarding my backache, the 10% balance appears to be out of my body, but after all, the material body can be infected at any time, so we should not bother very much about it. We must simply go on with our activities in Krishna Consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna -- New Vrindaban 10 June, 1969|Letter to Tamala Krsna -- New Vrindaban 10 June, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article was very nice, and I can appreciate how you are assimilating this Krishna philosophy and conveying it nicely to others. Your descriptions of the Dadhibhanda Celebration sounds very thrilling, and here in New Vrindaban there is also nice supply of butter, ghee, milk and cheese due to the cow that they are keeping here. Regarding the draft lawyer, please try to expedite the matter, because there are many of our boys who may take advantage of this facility of being excused from the draft service. So when you are able to arrange for this it will be a very important achievement for our society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 1 July, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 1 July, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The circular you have sent to the presidents and members of ISKCON is very nicely drawn, and please follow the principles. All students should be encouraged to write some article after reading Srimad-Bhagavatam, Bhagavad-gita and Teachings of Lord Caitanya. They should realize the information, and they must present their assimilation in their own words. Otherwise, how they can become preachers? So far as Sankirtana Party is concerned, as many pictures as possible should be published each month. The pictures are very attractive to the customers also. Acyutananda should also be asked to send pictures, as many as possible, of the many Visnu temples in India for publication in BTG. BTG should be full with our own articles, and there is no need for articles by outsiders.  So far as ads are concerned, only our own books should be advertised; nothing else.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Vibhavati -- Los Angeles 15 July, 1969|Letter to Vibhavati -- Los Angeles 15 July, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your proposal of writing a book about child-raising, I do not think this is required with all the other writings that we have to do. And besides that, you are not the master of this subject, so who will read such a book? I have seen in your article on Mr. Lennon that you have a very nice gift for writing, so better you should utilize this God-given talent for writing articles for our Back To Godhead. There is immediate necessity for this, and for this writing you are qualified because you are a sincere devotee of this Krishna Consciousness Movement. So why not write nice articles of this philosophy as you have assimilated it? This will be a very great service because we are now converting BTG to exclusively contain articles by my disciples and myself, along with many pictures of our Sankirtana activities. So if you can write some words about Krishna consciousness and send them to Brahmananda in New York, that will be very nice engagement for you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayasri -- London 13 November, 1969|Letter to Jayasri -- London 13 November, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You are such a sincere devotee that Krishna has helped you to understand the philosophy so quickly. And this sincerity of purpose is the only means to attain perfection in Krishna Consciousness. I am so glad to learn that you are thinking of sleep as a waste of time. This is not an ordinary thing. So I have become very much pleased to hear this statement from you. Be blessed by Krishna. Just as you have already understood the benefits of this Krishna Consciousness Movement, try to realize and assimilate it more and more and distribute it to the suffering humanity. Our movement is the greatest gift to the human race. They may not immediately appreciate it, but time will come and history will give evidence that this movement saved the human society from being fallen into barbarianism.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Steven Hebel -- London 6 December, 1969|Letter to Steven Hebel -- London 6 December, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Krishna gives assurance in the Bhagavad-gita that if one is very serious to perfect his Krishna Consciousness, then automatically, out of His Causeless Mercy, Lord Krishna gives such sincere soul the intelligence by which he can enter again into the Spiritual Sky. Actually, Krishna offers this intelligence freely to everyone, but only the fortunate persons will take to it. Unfortunate persons will speculate upon the words of Krishna and concoct some meaning according to their own sense gratification. But Krishna and His bona fide representatives are giving this knowledge freely to everyone. Now it is our duty to assimilate this knowledge and practice it. Just like the electric current is equal on all points of the electric system, but different light bulbs will take different amounts of energy. This depends upon the capacity of the bulb to accept the electric current. Similarly, the Lord is not partial to anyone, but according to one&#039;s sincere desire to render unalloyed devotional service, so will He respond to enlighten such devotee. So the way for you to increase the capacity of receiving Krishna&#039;s Mercy is to chant Hare Krishna regularly, at least 16 rounds per day, to associate with devotees of Krishna, and to follow the rules and regulations.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- London 13 December, 1969|Letter to Satsvarupa -- London 13 December, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Radha-Krishna Lila belongs to the fourth stage of understanding, and we are publishing BTG for people in general to re-establish their forgotten relationship with Krishna. So we should always remember this and from Srimad-Bhagavatam, Bhagavad-gita, and Isopanisad they should try to write how our relationship is revoked from this stage of forgetfulness. They should write articles like this: 1) Krishna, the Omnipotent, 2) How God can be realized as All-Pervasive, 3) The Original Source of Everything, 4) Transcendental Process of Hearing, 5) How one gets out of the Clutches of Maya, 6) Prayers by Arjuna, 7) Prayers by Kunti Devi, 8) Prayers by Bhismadeva.. They should try to understand Krishna first in so many ways which are described in our Bhagavatam. They should read them carefully and pick up subject matters as above mentioned. What general people will understand about Radha-Krishna Lila? Immediately they will take it as ordinary boys and girls in spite of a thousand warnings, &amp;quot;This is not this, this is not this.&amp;quot; So you shall issue instruction that they should write articles on the subject matters as above mentioned. They should read our Bhagavatam. The purports are there: They should assimilate them in their own words in a literary career.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Pradyumna -- Los Angeles 13 May, 1970|Letter to Pradyumna -- Los Angeles 13 May, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I have seen the synonyms of Brahma Samhita verses. It appears that it is nicely done, but if I have to see it scrutinizingly, it will take some time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the last portion of your letter you write to say, &amp;quot;I need to have this back immediately for publication in the upcoming issue of BTG.&amp;quot; So I can advise you that you can publish it as it is, and if there is any discrepancy we will rectify it in future. The policy of the BTG should be always writing articles which can be understood by people in general. Vedic literatures like Brahma Samhita may be published in separate books, but assimilated ideas may be published in BTG.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mandali Bhadra -- Sydney 2 April, 1972|Letter to Mandali Bhadra -- Sydney 2 April, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far you ideas that some of our students have not realized what they are writing, that they are merely repeating the philosophy mechanically, and that Rayarama is more appreciated by you, then you can do it, and give the example as he has done it. But the difference is, that in spite of his becoming a philosopher he could not assimilate and practice the philosophy, and he went away, so you may write like him, but please do not go away. I think others like Kirtanananda may be repeating, but they stay. But I am always wondering, why others do not write, so many big big preachers we have got, but none of them write, so if you can inspire them to write in more convincing way, that is great service, do it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- Paris 8 June, 1974|Letter to Hamsaduta -- Paris 8 June, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have to keep Krsna always in the center, and then although there are disturbances and sometimes fall downs we will be able to work together and keep our society intact. Some people recommend that in the face of so many nasty thoughts which occur in material thinking, we should try to become &amp;quot;thoughtless&amp;quot;, but this is never possible. Our Krishna Consciousness principle is not to become thoughtless but to purify the thinking to always thinking of Krishna. So try to spread and encourage this philosophy of thinking of Krsna, after thoroughly assimilating it yourself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Nellore 5 January, 1976|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Nellore 5 January, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Yes, as a Sannyasi and GBC your first duty is to read my books. Otherwise how will you preach? In order to remain steadily fixed in Krishna consciousness there must be a sound philosophical understanding. Otherwise it will become only sentiment. Whenever you find time please read my books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shortly we shall be introducing the system of examinations for those students who are ready for second initiation as well as sannyasa. According to the degree, devotees will be expected to read and assimilate our different books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our first business is this book distribution. There is no need of any other business. If this book distribution is managed properly, pushed on with great enthusiasm and determination and at the same time if our men keep spiritually strong, then the whole world will become Krishna conscious.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976|Letter to Tusta Krsna -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I thank you very much for your very nice presentation of the issue of birth. You have assimilated the process of birth very nicely through the books. This has pleased me very much and I wish that all my students can become as adept at presenting the information in the books like this. You can make this a grand subject for agitation in that country and your preaching on this point alone will make you very famous. Therefore you should speak everywhere on this subject matter from the Bhagavatam and gita and you will be glorified. As the disciple is glorified so also the spiritual master becomes glorified more. Use this issue to advance your propaganda and become a leader in the society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Lower_planetary_systems_(Conversations)&amp;diff=86602</id>
		<title>Lower planetary systems (Conversations)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Lower_planetary_systems_(Conversations)&amp;diff=86602"/>
		<updated>2009-05-23T15:36:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Lower planetary systems&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Lower planetary system&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=8|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Lower Planetary Systems|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conversations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who are in the modes of ignorance, they are allowed to live in the lower planetary system.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Interview with LA Times Reporter About Moon Trip -- December 26, 1968, Los Angeles|Interview with LA Times Reporter About Moon Trip -- December 26, 1968, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: In the Bhagavad-gītā it is stated that there are three planetary system, upper, lower and middle. So ūrdhvaṁ gacchanti, those who are in the modes of goodness, they are allowed to live in the upper planetary system. And those who are in the modes of passion, they are allowed to live in this middle planetary system, and those who are in the modes of ignorance, they are allowed to live in the lower planetary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reporter: Now where would the moon planet fit?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Moon planet is the upper. That is the beginning of upper planetary system. Still upper, upper, upper, there are many layers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So a living entity is wandering up and down, sometimes in the higher planetary system and lower planetary system, sometimes this, sometimes rich, sometimes poor, sometimes this, sometimes a cat, sometimes dog, sometimes demigod.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- London, August 24, 1973 (New-2003)|Room Conversation -- London, August 24, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda:  No, not like that. Unless you endeavor for going to Kṛṣṇa, there is no possibility. That is there in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta kovido na labhyate yad bhramatām upary adhaḥ [SB 1.5.18]. Human life is meant for trying for that thing which he has not achieved by wandering up and down. So a living entity is wandering up and down, sometimes in the higher planetary system and lower planetary system, sometimes this, sometimes rich, sometimes poor, sometimes this, sometimes a cat, sometimes dog, sometimes demigod. In this way he is suffering.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I don&#039;t care for God, don&#039;t care for what is going to happen.&amp;quot; That is foolishness. People, lower planetary system, they are like that. In this planet also.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne|Morning Walk -- May 20, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: Is the irregularity in the weather and...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is due to sinful life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: So if we increase the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then it will be regular. It is nature&#039;s punishment. You may not care what is sinful life, but that is recorded. That is foolishness. &amp;quot;I don&#039;t care for God, don&#039;t care for what is going to happen.&amp;quot; That is foolishness. People, lower planetary system, they are like that. In this planet also. In Western countries there are many places. &amp;quot;Don&#039;t care for anything, what is sinful life, what is going to happen. Let us enjoy, that&#039;s all.&amp;quot; This is their philosophy. &amp;quot;Let us enjoy, that&#039;s all.&amp;quot; Materialistic point of view is like that. They do not know that we are eternal and we are responsible for our activities. That is knowledge. But they have no knowledge. They simply want to enjoy. They do not care for death also. Simply sense gratification. That&#039;s all.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we do not properly use this human form of body, if we become subjected to sinful life, then we get a different type of body, birth, death, old age and disease, we cannot avoid, either in the higher planetary or in the lower planetary system. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Press Conference -- July 9, 1975, Chicago|Press Conference -- July 9, 1975, Chicago]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There are 8,400,000 different types of body. So if we do not properly use this human form of body, if we become subjected to sinful life, then we get a different type of body, very—animal life, tree&#039;s life, plant&#039;s life, aquatic&#039;s life, insect life. Or even we are promoted to the higher standard of life, as in higher planets the demigods, the four principles of material miseries, namely birth, death, old age and disease, we cannot avoid, either in the higher planetary or in the lower planetary system. But if we want eternal life of bliss and knowledge, then we must endeavor in this life how to go back to home, back to Godhead. And such persons who are endeavoring for this purpose, they are called first-class men. And they are called brāhmaṇas or the first-class men.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If a person has done very nicely, in goodness, then he will be promoted to the higher planetary system. And if he has not done anything nice then he will remain here or he will be degraded to the lower planetary system.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Professor Hopkins -- July 13, 1975, Philadelphia|Conversation with Professor Hopkins -- July 13, 1975, Philadelphia]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Dangerous means if one is not completely educated of self-realization he has the risk of degradation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prof. Hopkins: He has what?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The risk of degradation. Now I have got human form of body, I may degrade to animal. Because transmigration of the soul. In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said, tathā dehāntara prāptir, after death one gets another body. Now, what kind of body, that depends on his work. Ūrdhvaṁ gacchanti sattva-sthāḥ [Bg. 14.18]. If he has done very nicely, in goodness, then he will be promoted to the higher planetary system. And if he has not done anything nice then he will remain here or he will be degraded to the lower planetary system.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;After birth in higher planet, at the end he will falldown and again he can make choice whether he goes to higher planetary system or lower planetary system or back to Godhead. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- July 8, 1976, Washington, D.C.|Evening Darsana -- July 8, 1976, Washington, D.C.]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As soon as they spend up their resultant action of pious activities, then again drop down, kṣīṇe puṇye punar martya-lokaṁ viśanti. And again begins life from the grass. They fall down with rains, and then they grow as grass. Then evolutional life begins, from plant life to insect life, to insect life to bird&#039;s life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[break] Again he can make choice whether he goes to higher planetary system or lower planetary system or back to Godhead. Yānti deva-vratā devān pitṟn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ [Bg. 9.25]. He makes his choice. This is an opportunity. And the instruction is there in the Bhagavad-gītā, whether you want again go to the higher planetary system, demigod&#039;s residence, yānti deva-vratā devān. Or you want to remain here, bhūtejyāḥ. Or you want to go down. Or you want to go back to home, back to Godhead. That is your selection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So we have to change the body according to our desire. If we want to go to the higher planetary system, we can go. God will give us the facility. If you want to go to the lower planetary system, He&#039;ll give you. And if you want to go to Him, He&#039;ll give you. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- May 11, 1977, Hrishikesh|Evening Darsana -- May 11, 1977, Hrishikesh]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So God knows what I want, and according to my desire, He is giving me certain type of body, not directly, but through His energy, material nature. Bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā [Bg. 18.61]. He has got so many agents. Parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate [Cc. Madhya 13.65, purport]. So this material nature is also one of the agents. And He knows what I desire. He&#039;s very friendly, that &amp;quot;This living entity wants this, so give him a body like this.&amp;quot; So we get a body. Tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati [Bg. 2.13]. So we have to change the body according to our desire. If we want to go to the higher planetary system, we can go. God will give us the facility. If you want to go to the lower planetary system, He&#039;ll give you. And if you want to go to Him, He&#039;ll give you.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The jīva comes along with the rain. That is described in the śāstra. In this way they come to the lower planetary system. Coming with water and begin again with water.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation Pieces -- May 27, 1977, Vrndavana|Conversation Pieces -- May 27, 1977, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: That jīva comes along with the rain?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Hm?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: That jīva, the ātmā, comes...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Comes from. Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: ...along with the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is described in the śāstra. Kṣīṇe puṇye punaḥ martya-lokaṁ viśanti. In this way they come to the lower planetary system. Coming with water and begin again with water.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Determined_action&amp;diff=86588</id>
		<title>Determined action</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Determined_action&amp;diff=86588"/>
		<updated>2009-05-23T09:58:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;determination to act&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;determined action&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities which are called determined&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;determined to take action&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;determined lo act&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activity is called determined&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities with determination&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;determined in that activity&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Mar09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=3|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|9}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Determination]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Action]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The living entity forgets what to do. First of all he makes a determination to act in a certain way, and then he is entangled in the actions and reactions of his own karma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG Introduction|BG Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is also explained that the Paramātmā, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is living in everyone&#039;s heart as īśvara, as the controller, and that He is giving directions for the living entity to act as he desires. The living entity forgets what to do. First of all he makes a determination to act in a certain way, and then he is entangled in the actions and reactions of his own karma. After giving up one type of body, he enters another type of body, as we take off and put on clothes. As the soul thus migrates, he suffers the actions and reactions of his past activities. These activities can be changed when the living being is in the mode of goodness, in sanity, and understands what sort of activities he should adopt. If he does so, then all the actions and reactions of his past activities can be changed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is very difficult for inexperienced persons with a poor fund of knowledge to be situated in the determined action of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 2.42-43|BG 2.42-43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Vedas many sacrifices are recommended for elevation to the heavenly planets, especially the jyotiṣṭoma sacrifices. In fact, it is stated that anyone desiring elevation to heavenly planets must perform these sacrifices, and men with a poor fund of knowledge think that this is the whole purpose of Vedic wisdom. It is very difficult for such inexperienced persons to be situated in the determined action of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. As fools are attached to the flowers of poisonous trees without knowing the results of such attractions, unenlightened men are similarly attracted by such heavenly opulence and the sense enjoyment thereof.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In devotional service there are certain activities which are called determined, such as fasting on certain days, like the eleventh day of the moon, Ekādaśī, and on the appearance day of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.14|BG 9.14, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The mahātmā is always engaged in different activities of devotional service, as described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, hearing and chanting about Viṣṇu, not a demigod or human being. That is devotion: śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ and smaraṇam, remembering Him. Such a mahātmā has firm determination to achieve at the ultimate end the association of the Supreme Lord in any one of the five transcendental rasas. To achieve that success, he engages all activities—mental, bodily and vocal, everything—in the service of the Supreme Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. That is called full Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In devotional service there are certain activities which are called determined, such as fasting on certain days, like the eleventh day of the moon, Ekādaśī, and on the appearance day of the Lord. All these rules and regulations are offered by the great ācāryas for those who are actually interested in getting admission into the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the transcendental world. The mahātmās, great souls, strictly observe all these rules and regulations, and therefore they are sure to achieve the desired result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described in the second verse of this chapter, not only is this devotional service easy, but it can be performed in a happy mood. One does not need to undergo any severe penance and austerity. He can live this life in devotional service, guided by an expert spiritual master, and in any position, either as a householder or a sannyāsī or a brahmacārī; in any position and anywhere in the world, he can perform this devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus become actually mahātmā, a great soul.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We can still purge out from the state all the activities of immorality introduced by the personality of Kali if we are determined to take action like Mahārāja Parīkṣit.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.17.43-44|SB 1.17.43-44, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The principles of Mahārāja Parīkṣit can be still continued, and human society can still be improved if there is determination by the authorities. We can still purge out from the state all the activities of immorality introduced by the personality of Kali if we are determined to take action like Mahārāja Parīkṣit. He allotted some place for Kali, but in fact Kali could not find such places in the world at all because Mahārāja Parīkṣit was strictly vigilant to see that there were no places for gambling, drinking, prostitution and animal slaughter.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.36.39|SB 10.36.39, Translation]]: An ordinary person is determined lo act on his desires even when fate prevents their fulfillment. Therefore he encounters both happiness and distress. Yet even though such is the case, I will execute your order.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Any person who observes regulative principles and fulfills his promises by practical activity is called determined.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 21|Nectar of Devotion 21]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Any person who observes regulative principles and fulfills his promises by practical activity is called determined. As far as the Lord&#039;s determination is concerned, there is an example in His dealings in the Hari-vaṁśa. This is in connection with Lord Kṛṣṇa&#039;s fighting the King of heaven, Indra, who was forcibly deprived of the pārijāta flower. Pārijāta is a kind of lotus flower grown on the heavenly planets. Once, Satyabhāmā, one of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s queens, wanted that lotus flower, and Kṛṣṇa promised to deliver it; but Indra refused to part with his pārijāta flower. Therefore there was a great fight, with Kṛṣṇa and the Pāṇḍavas on one side and all of the demigods on the other. Ultimately, Kṛṣṇa defeated all of them and took the pārijāta flower, which He presented to His queen. So, in regard to that occurrence, Kṛṣṇa told Nārada Muni, &amp;quot;My dear great sage of the demigods, now you can declare to the devotees in general, and to the nondevotees in particular, that in this matter of taking the pārijāta flower, all the demigods—the Gandharvas, the Nāgas, the demon Rākṣasas, the Yakṣas, the Pannagas—tried to defeat Me, but none could make Me break My promise to My queen.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The living entity forgets what to do. First of all he makes his determination to act in a certain way, and then he is entangled in the actions and reactions of his own karma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Introduction to Gitopanisad (Earliest Recording of Srila Prabhupada in the Bhaktivedanta Archives)|Introduction to Gitopanisad (Earliest Recording of Srila Prabhupada in the Bhaktivedanta Archives)]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord lives within the core of heart in every living being, therefore He is conscious of the psychic movements, activities, of the particular jīva. We should not forget. It is also explained that the Paramātmā, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is living in everyone&#039;s heart as īśvara, as the controller and He is giving direction. He is giving direction. Sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭhaḥ [Bg. 15.15], everyone&#039;s heart He is situated, and He gives direction to act as he desires. The living entity forgets what to do. First of all he makes his determination to act in a certain way, and then he is entangled in the actions and reactions of his own karma. But after giving up one type of body, when he enters another type of body... Just like we give up one kind of dress, one type of dress, for another type of dress, similarly, it is explained in this Bhagavad-gītā that vāsāṁsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāya [Bg. 2.22]. One, as one changes his different dresses, similarly the living entities, they are also changing different bodies, transmigration of the soul, and pulling on the actions and reactions of his past activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Please see that the standard of devotional practice is kept very high by strictly observing the regulative principles and executing devotional activities with determination and enthusiasm. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsnakanti -- Bombay 29 November, 1970|Letter to Krsnakanti -- Bombay 29 November, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I know you are a very qualified and sincere devotee and now Krsna is offering you a nice opportunity to perform responsible devotional service as the president of our Seattle Temple. Please conduct the affairs there very nicely and with great care and Krsna will provide you all facilities for making the center even more attractive and successful.&lt;br /&gt;
Please see that the standard of devotional practice is kept very high by strictly observing the regulative principles and executing devotional activities with determination and enthusiasm. If the standard practices are followed then the atmosphere will naturally be joyful and enthusiastic for working cooperatively for the satisfaction of Krsna.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Now you may take up your activities with determination and seriousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Kaliya Krsna -- Bombay 31 March, 1973|Letter to Kaliya Krsna -- Bombay 31 March, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your proposal to go to Chicago Temple under the supervision of Satsvarupa Maharaja and Kirtanananda Maharaja is very good. They are your well-wishers. Now you may take up your activities with determination and seriousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krsna wants to see that you are fully engaged with all sincerity in preaching His glories; that will please Him, not a certain amount of money. Moreover, if you remain determined in that activity, then automatically the results will come. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Aksayananda , Pancadravida -- Paris 14 June, 1974|Letter to Aksayananda , Pancadravida -- Paris 14 June, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not be discouraged if so far the collections have not been very great in terms of money. More important than the results is the activity. Krsna wants to see that you are fully engaged with all sincerity in preaching His glories; that will please Him, not a certain amount of money. Moreover, if you remain determined in that activity, then automatically the results will come. It is like a woman who becomes married; if she immediately desires to have a child, that is not possible. But because she is associating with her husband, after due time, in 9 months she may have a child. We have to be enthusiastic, determined and patient in the execution of our duties.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Rise_to_the_spiritual_platform&amp;diff=86559</id>
		<title>Rise to the spiritual platform</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Rise_to_the_spiritual_platform&amp;diff=86559"/>
		<updated>2009-05-22T14:31:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;rise to the spiritual platform&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;rising to the spiritual platform&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;rise up to the platform of spiritual realization&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual Platform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Such mechanical ways of rising to the spiritual platform prescribe some regulative principles of taking bath daily three times, fasting as far as possible, sitting and concentrating the mind on spiritual matters and thus gradually becoming free from viṣaya, or material objectives.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.13.53|SB 1.13.53, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The yoga system is a mechanical way to control the senses and the mind and divert them from matter to spirit. The preliminary processes are the sitting posture, meditation, spiritual thoughts, manipulation of air passing within the body, and gradual situation in trance, facing the Absolute Person, Paramātmā. Such mechanical ways of rising to the spiritual platform prescribe some regulative principles of taking bath daily three times, fasting as far as possible, sitting and concentrating the mind on spiritual matters and thus gradually becoming free from viṣaya, or material objectives. Material existence means to be absorbed in the material objective, which is simply illusory. House, country, family, society, children, property, and business are some of the material coverings of the spirit, ātmā, and the yoga system helps one to become free from all these illusory thoughts and gradually turn towards the Absolute Person, Paramātmā. By material association and education, we learn simply to concentrate on flimsy things, but yoga is the process of forgetting them altogether. Modern so-called yogīs and yoga systems manifest some magical feats, and ignorant persons are attracted by such false things, or they accept the yoga system as a cheap healing process for diseases of the gross body. But factually the yoga system is the process of learning to forget what we have acquired throughout the struggle for existence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Vedic principles certainly prescribe a gradual process for rising to the spiritual platform, but if one remains attached to the Vedic principles, there is no chance of his being elevated to spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.2.24-25|SB 6.2.24-25, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In Bhagavad-gītā (2.45) Lord Kṛṣṇa told Arjuna:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:traiguṇya-viṣayā vedā&lt;br /&gt;
:nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna&lt;br /&gt;
:nirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho&lt;br /&gt;
:niryoga-kṣema ātmavān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material nature. Rise above these modes, O Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of them. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and safety, and be established in the Self.&amp;quot; The Vedic principles certainly prescribe a gradual process for rising to the spiritual platform, but if one remains attached to the Vedic principles, there is no chance of his being elevated to spiritual life. Kṛṣṇa therefore advised Arjuna to perform devotional service, which is the process of transcendental religion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the Bhagavad-gītā the Lord advises Arjuna to get free from anger, greed and lust in order to rise to the spiritual platform. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 56|Krsna Book 56]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa knew that the inhabitants of Dvārakā would be afraid to enter the tunnel; therefore He asked them to remain outside, and He Himself entered the dark tunnel alone to find Ṛkṣa, Jāmbavān. After entering the tunnel, Kṛṣṇa saw that the valuable jewel known as Syamantaka had been given to the son of Ṛkṣa as a toy. To take the jewel from the child, Kṛṣṇa approached and stood before him. When the nurse taking care of Ṛkṣa’s child saw Kṛṣṇa standing before her, she was afraid, thinking He might take away the valuable Syamantaka jewel, and she cried out loudly in fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hearing the nurse’s cries, Jāmbavān appeared on the scene in a very angry mood. Jāmbavān was actually a great devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa, but because he was angry he could not recognize his master and thought Him to be an ordinary man. This brings to mind the statement of the Bhagavad-gītā in which the Lord advises Arjuna to get free from anger, greed and lust in order to rise to the spiritual platform. Lust, anger and greed run parallel in the heart and check one’s progress on the spiritual path.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Executing religious performances may be little helpful to rise to the spiritual platform, but unless one is actually engaged in the service of the Lord, it cannot be achieved perfectly.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.15 -- New Vrindaban, June 19, 1969|Lecture on SB 1.5.15 -- New Vrindaban, June 19, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One may be very expert in the matter of executing religious performances, but that does not mean he can be elevated to the spiritual platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:vicakṣaṇo &#039;syārhati vedituṁ vibhor&lt;br /&gt;
:ananta-pārasya nivṛttitaḥ sukham&lt;br /&gt;
:pravartamānasya guṇair anātmanas&lt;br /&gt;
:tato bhavān darśaya ceṣṭitaṁ vibhoḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This may be little helpful to rise to the spiritual platform, but unless one is actually engaged in the service of the Lord, it cannot be achieved perfectly.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to rise up to the platform of spiritual realization, then the formula is sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam. Sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. That is the beginning.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 11, 1975|Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 11, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So long we are in this material platform, bodily concept of life, then there will be distinction: &amp;quot;I am Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You are American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You are Englishman,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You are this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;...that,&amp;quot; so many things, so many designations. Therefore, if you want to rise up to the platform of spiritual realization, then the formula is sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam. Sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. That is the beginning. That means beginning is the brahma-bhūta platform. Brahma-bhūta... [SB 4.30.20]. Same thing. It is, Nārada-pañcarātra, sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam, and brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā [Bg. 18.54], Bhagavad-gītā, the same thing. Wherever you find the Vedic literature, the same thing. Therefore it is authority. There is no contradiction. In the material platform you write one book, I write one book, then I disagree with you, and you disagree with me. That is material platform. But in the spiritual platform, there is self-realized platform. There is no mistake, there is no illusion, there is no imperfect senses and there is no cheating. That is spiritual platform.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you remain on the mental platform, then this business of accepting and rejecting will go on. You&#039;ll never come to a conclusion. Therefore one has to rise to the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- January 9, 1974, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- January 9, 1974, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Manorathena, yes. Manorathena means if you remain on that platform, then you have to reject again. Just they are doing, the so-called scientists, philosophers. They are putting forward some theory, and after some time they reject it. So if you remain on the mental platform, then this business of accepting and rejecting will go on. You&#039;ll never come to a conclusion. Therefore one has to rise to the spiritual platform. That is nityaḥ śāśvato &#039;yam, na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. That is eternal, everlasting.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Human society without following the four regulative principles cannot rise to the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sri Balmukundji -- Los Angeles 18 January, 1969|Letter to Sri Balmukundji -- Los Angeles 18 January, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So I am very glad and proud that you have so much appreciated the character, discipline and devotional service to the Lord of my six young disciples who are working there with faith and confidence. You will be pleased to know that all of my disciples are trained from the beginning to build up character, and such character is built up by following the restrictions of no illicit sexual connections, no meat-eating, no intoxication, and no gambling. So this Krishna Consciousness movement is meant for a complete overhauling of the whole social, political, religious, moral, educational, and hygienic principles. Human society without following these principles cannot rise to the spiritual platform.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=According_to_one%27s_own_whims_(Conv_and_Letters)&amp;diff=86529</id>
		<title>According to one&#039;s own whims (Conv and Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=According_to_one%27s_own_whims_(Conv_and_Letters)&amp;diff=86529"/>
		<updated>2009-05-22T10:04:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;to our whims&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;his own whims&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;our own whims&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=8|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|9}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Whimsically|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conversations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa can say anything, everything, He&#039;s God Himself, still He gives reference to the śāstra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- February 27, 1973, Jakarta|Room Conversation -- February 27, 1973, Jakarta]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: &amp;quot;He who discards scriptural injunctions and acts according to his own whims, attains neither perfection nor happiness nor the supreme destination.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That&#039;s it. (Hindi) ...bogus, bogus. This is statement of Kṛṣṇa. Can you give us the statement of Kṛṣṇa? I&#039;ll accept some foolish statement. So Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He&#039;s also giving reference to the śāstra, yaḥ śāstra. He can say anything, everything, He&#039;s God Himself, still He gives reference to the śāstra. So anyone who&#039;s speaking against the injunction of the śāstra, (indistinct).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the conditioned state we act according to &amp;quot;my whims.&amp;quot; In the liberated state we act according to Kṛṣṇa&#039;s whims.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation With David Wynne -- July 9, 1973, London|Room Conversation With David Wynne -- July 9, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: If Kṛṣṇa withdraws the intelligence, you cannot work. So Kṛṣṇa is guiding already, but He&#039;s guiding at the present moment according to your whims. &amp;quot;You wanted to do this? All right.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa is giving intelligence: &amp;quot;Do it.&amp;quot; But when he&#039;ll agree to act according to the whims of Kṛṣṇa, that is perfection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Wynne: How do you agree to this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Eh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Wynne: How does one agree to this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There is process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Wynne: Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. You have to learn it. In the conditioned state we act according to &amp;quot;my whims.&amp;quot; In the liberated state we act according to Kṛṣṇa&#039;s whims. That&#039;s all. That is the difference. That is the difference. Just see, Bhagavad-gītā. Arjuna wanted to act according to his whims, &amp;quot;Oh, He is going now fight with my grandfather, with my teacher.&amp;quot; These are the problems. Kṛṣṇa... &amp;quot;No, I cannot fight.&amp;quot; And then at last he agreed to act according to the whims of Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;Yes, kariṣye vacanaṁ tava. Naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtir labdhā [Bg. 18.73].&amp;quot; Find out this verse. Naṣṭo mohaḥ. Whatever we are speaking, there is reference in the Bhagavad-gītā. We don&#039;t speak anything according to our whims. No.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We are acting according to our whims. So if there is mistake, I am responsible.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with David Wynne, Sculptor -- July 9, 1973, London|Room Conversation with David Wynne, Sculptor -- July 9, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: When we try artificially to impose our idea on something, say, a sculpture, sometimes we make a mistake and it comes out not good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That mistake you are responsible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Wynne: Yeah. Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because at the present moment, as I told you, we are acting according to our whims. So if there is mistake, I am responsible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As soon as the body is finished, thinking and everything is changed with the change of the body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with French Journalist and UNESCO Worker -- August 10, 1973, Paris|Room Conversation with French Journalist and UNESCO Worker -- August 10, 1973, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: As we are changing from one body to another, another, another, even within our experience, similarly, as soon as this body is finished, I get another body. Now I am working in this body as national, as Napoleon, as Gandhi, as you according to our own whims and ideas, and fighting in the UNESCO, everything, just like recently Pakistan representative, India... But as soon as the body is finished, just like Gandhi finished, Jinnah finished, now what kind of body he has got now? May not be Indian or Pakistani. Now in that body he is thinking according to his body, a dog is thinking according to the doggish body. A man is thinking according to the man&#039;s body. So thinking and everything is changed with the change of the body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He has no spiritual master. He&#039;s not going to obey anyone. He&#039;s working in his own whims. That is animal life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 6, 1974, Mayapura|Morning Walk -- March 6, 1974, Mayapura]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jayapatākā: Human life is no special advantage. Only if you come, the spiritual master comes, then it can be some advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Therefore Vedic injunction is gurum eva abhigacchet: &amp;quot;You must go to a bona fide spiritual master if you want to make your life perfect.&amp;quot; There is no question whether I shall go or not. &amp;quot;You must!&amp;quot; That is the beginning of human life. Otherwise animal life. He has no spiritual master. He&#039;s not going to obey anyone. He&#039;s working in his own whims. That is animal life. Real life here begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum eva abhigacchet&lt;br /&gt;
:samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham&lt;br /&gt;
:[MU 1.2.12]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vedic injunction. You cannot do anything without abiding the orders of spiritual master. That is surrender.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone interpreted Bhagavad-gītā in his own way to satisfy his own whims. We are just trying for the first time to present Bhagavad-gītā as it is, and it is being effective.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana|Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Kṛṣṇa is not for India. He is for everyone because He is God. He claims that &amp;quot;I am the seed-giving father for all living entities.&amp;quot; Not only the human society, but also other living entities like the aquatics, the insects, the plants, and the animals, all living entities. He says, ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā [Bg. 14.4]. Everything is there, but this cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or Bhagavad-gītā as it is, was not preached properly. Everyone interpreted Bhagavad-gītā in his own way to satisfy his own whims. We are just trying for the first time to present Bhagavad-gītā as it is, and it is being effective. So it is not a different role. It is the actual role. Nobody tried for it. Therefore Kṛṣṇa was unknown, but we are trying for this for the few years. But because it is reality, it is being accepted. It is being accepted. No attempt was made that. So it is not a new role. The role is already there: to preach. That is Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s vision.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We can guide you, not according to our whims, but according to śāstra. And if you agree to accept, then we can also cooperate with you.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Meeting with Endowments Commissioner -- August 24, 1976, Hyderabad|Meeting with Endowments Commissioner -- August 24, 1976, Hyderabad]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: When there is not a tinge of karma and jñāna, that is pure bhakti. That is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mission. So everything is there, direction is there. We can guide you, not according to our whims, but according to śāstra. And if you agree to accept, then we can also cooperate with you. But if you manufacture your own way, then how we can possibly... Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mission is this: yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānir bhavati [Bg. 4.7]. Except kṛṣṇa-bhakti, bhaktyā, everything is glāniḥ. All glāniḥ. And that can be awakened, kṛṣṇa-bhakti. Just like these boys are doing. That is enunciated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta-nitya-siddha kṛṣṇa—everyone has kṛṣṇa-bhakti. You have to awaken simply.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Cinmoy does not present Bhagavad-gītā as it is. According to his own whims... But the original śloka is there.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 25, 1976, Bombay|Morning Walk -- December 25, 1976, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Cinmayananda is atheist. Atheist. He does not believe in Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (2): He has donated over three hundred books in that haṭha-yoga, that can...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Yes, in U.S.A., Santa Cruz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, he took some lakhs of rupees from Birla for distributing the Gītā. I know that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (2): He has also translated Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Shh! Swamiji&#039;s saying is this, that Gītā is interpreted by different people in different way. That is true. Understanding of Gītā is a very big...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He does not present Bhagavad-gītā as it is. According to his own whims... But the original śloka is there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): But interpretation is his own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Original śloka, of course, everybody would put. Then they interpret in their own way. I think, sir, most of us are accepted through this Hare Kṛṣṇa movement, as you have rightly said.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Actually, no one has got any philosophy nowadays, everyone is acting according to his own whims. Therefore there is no security, no peace, everything is unpredictable and dangerous. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Danavir -- Delhi 12 December, 1971|Letter to Danavir -- Delhi 12 December, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The difference is that we have got absolute authority from the Source of Knowledge, Krishna, while your western mundane philosophers are simply speculating on the mental platform, which is always changing. Therefore, a philosopher is not a philosopher unless he refutes his predecessor and produces something new. This kind of knowledge is useless. Actually, no one has got any philosophy nowadays, everyone is acting according to his own whims. Therefore there is no security, no peace, everything is unpredictable and dangerous. Therefore all the young boys and girls in your country—and all over the world—are fed up with this lack of philosophy and they have taken to the philosophy of hopelessness: Everything is empty, therefore let me enjoy, it doesn&#039;t matter. But this philosophy is also useless.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_is_teaching_(Letters)&amp;diff=86528</id>
		<title>Krsna is teaching (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_is_teaching_(Letters)&amp;diff=86528"/>
		<updated>2009-05-22T10:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;krsna teachings&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;krsna&#039;s teachings&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;teachings of Lord Krishna&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Krishna comes down to teach&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Krishna is teaching&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Mar09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna&#039;s Teachings|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dr. Haridasa Chondhery said: &amp;quot;The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna—the standpoint of the Vaisnava tradition of India.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hayagriva -- Los Angeles 31 January, 1969|Letter to Hayagriva -- Los Angeles 31 January, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; P.S. You know Dr. Haridasa Chondhery of San Francisco. He writes as follows:—&amp;quot;I am delightful to receive your affectionate gift of &#039;The Bhagavad-gita As It Is.&#039; Whenever I find some time, I read a little from it. The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna—the standpoint of the Vaisnava tradition of India . . . etc.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually it is so. Now we have to make some propaganda work to convince the different colleges and universities to read this real form of B.G. to the Western Public.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I have received a statement from Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri of the California Institute of Asian Studies that ours is the best presentation of the teachings of Lord Krishna to the Western public. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Upendra -- Los Angeles 1 February, 1969|Letter to Upendra -- Los Angeles 1 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As much as possible you should try to introduce to the colleges our Bhagavad-gita. In every college there is a religion department, and most of them have interest in the Bhagavad-gita. So you can show to the chief man of this department that this is a real presentation of Vaisnava philosophy. I have received a statement from Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri of the California Institute of Asian Studies that ours is the best presentation of the teachings of Lord Krishna to the Western public. So if they are actually serious to receive instructions from Krishna in the Bhagavad-gita, they absolutely must read this publication of Bhagavad-gita As It Is. If they want some nonsense upon the plea of reading Bhagavad-gita then there is nothing we can do to help them. Everyone is free to act according to his inclination.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri has appreciated my Bhagavad-gita, and he remarks as follows: &amp;quot;The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna from the standpoint of Vaisnava tradition and devotional Hindu mysticism.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 5 February, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 5 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding my teaching in different universities, you will be pleased to know that recently I got one letter from Cultural Integration Fellowship President, Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri. He has appreciated my book, and he remarks as follows: &amp;quot;The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna from the standpoint of Vaisnava tradition and devotional Hindu mysticism.&amp;quot; So actually this is the correct position of our Krishna Consciousness movement. There are religious classes held in almost every university of your country, and they are eager also to study different kinds of religions. So far as Bhagavad-gita is concerned, there is no doubt about it that I am the only authority in your country in this matter. Nobody can speak on the Bhagavad-gita so authoritatively as I can do. That is a fact. So if the university wants to take advantage of this opportunity, even in this old age I can go from one university to another, and I am sure they can learn from me only the true teachings of the Bhagavad-gita; from me and from my students who are already trained up in this connection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we wish to present the real traditional cultural ideas of India to the western public, we have to present to them the teachings of Lord Krishna as they are.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. Chaudhuri -- Los Angeles 6 February, 1969|Letter to Dr. Chaudhuri -- Los Angeles 6 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am so glad to have received your letter dated January 27, 1969, and I have appreciated your comment about my book that it is &amp;quot;without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna&amp;quot;. Actually that was my purpose to write another commentary on the Bhagavad-gita. I think I have explained this matter in my introduction.&lt;br /&gt;
You have written to say &amp;quot;Vaisnava tradition in India&amp;quot;, and that is the real cultural standing of Vedic civilization. In the Rigveda you will find the mantra, tad visnu paramam padam sada pasyanti suraya. In the Visnu Purana also it is said, visnu bhakti bhovet deva. So Vedic civilization means the civilization of the devas, or the demigods, and the whole purpose is to understand Krishna. As it is said in the Bhagavad-gita, vedais ca sarvair aham eva vedyam [Bg. 15.15], the whole purpose of the Veda is to understand Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, if we wish to present the real traditional cultural ideas of India to the western public, we have to present to them the teachings of Lord Krishna as they are. That is my mission, and I am pleased to inform you that I am getting good response in America especially and also in London and Germany.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri, the President of the Asiatic Studies Institute in San Francisco, has opined as follows: &amp;quot;The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna from the standpoint of the Vaisnava tradition in India—the standpoint of devotional Hindu Mysticism.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tirtha Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 February, 1969|Letter to Tirtha Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; My books are being published by MacMillan Company, and the first publication is Bhagavad-gita As It Is. I am sending a copy of this book for your personal reading by separate mail. Please let me know of your opinion. Dr. Haridasa Chaudhuri, the President of the Asiatic Studies Institute in San Francisco has opined as follows: &amp;quot;The book is without doubt the best presentation so far to the western public of the teachings of Lord Krishna from the standpoint of the Vaisnava tradition in India—the standpoint of devotional Hindu Mysticism.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unfortunately, unscrupulous and rascal so-called scholars, religionists and philosophers have misinterpreted the teachings of Lord Krishna in the Bhagavad-gita, and they have misled the whole population.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. Kair -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969|Letter to Mr. Kair -- Los Angeles 8 July, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually, India is the country of religion. The present government policy to kill religious faith of the people is resulting in frustration of religious life because it is not organizedly taught. But by nature the people of India have a hankering for spiritual advancement, and therefore the present situation is a natural result of the clash between two opposite ideals. In this case also the best treatment is to give the people scientific religious ideas which are very clearly stated in the Bhagavad-gita. But unfortunately, unscrupulous and rascal so-called scholars, religionists and philosophers have misinterpreted the teachings of Lord Krishna in the Bhagavad-gita, and they have misled the whole population. Bhagavad-gita is popular not only in India, but also all over the world. Unfortunately, the real idea has been distorted. We have therefore presented our Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and perhaps you know it; it is published by MacMillan. I have tried to explain in this book the real purpose of the Bhagavad-gita. Bhagavad-gita is the authorized book to teach people how to love Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is nothing else except devotional service to the Lord described there, but great politicians have misinterpreted the sunshine-like clear statements of Bhagavad-gita with a cloud of mental concoctions. So if you think seriously to improve the condition of India, you can begin even in a small-scale the propagation of Krishna Consciousness, and if you do it seriously and sincerely, surely you will be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You are intelligent and eager devotee, ready to spread Lord Krsna&#039;s teachings, so do it. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ekayani -- Los Angeles 3 May, 1970|Letter to Ekayani -- Los Angeles 3 May, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; That is nice if you get that land in Miami and open a center there. You are intelligent and eager devotee, ready to spread Lord Krsna&#039;s teachings, so do it. That will be very good, it is an excellent proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
So as you say the deep Southern part of this country is virtually untouched, but I think Kirtanananda Maharaja has gone to several places there, and he has been very successful. So try to attract the students, they are our great future hope, and they will take up this matter very quickly because the students are not very contaminated.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krishna comes down to teach us real knowledge, therefore He tells you to give up encroaching on His property. Better to deliver it to Him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. Chittaranjan Mohapatra -- Mayapur 21 March, 1976|Letter to Dr. Chittaranjan Mohapatra -- Mayapur 21 March, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Concerning your question as to why we should sacrifice everything to Him; because He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is the Proprietor and Enjoyer of everything; Bhoktaram yajna tapasam sarva loka mahesvaram . . .  [Bg. 5.29]. Everything belongs to Him. We have unlawfully encroached upon His property this is mine, that is mine . . . Krishna comes down to teach us real knowledge, therefore He tells you to give up encroaching on His property. Better to deliver it to Him. Therefore, perfection of life is when we deliver or return everything to Him, and He tells us this for our benefit! The sooner we return everything to Him, the better it is for us. Our Krishna Consciousness Movement is teaching this fact all over the world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We are already propagating Gita, but &amp;quot;As It Is,&amp;quot; without changing. This should be the method. Krishna is not going to flatter the politicians and learned scholars, rather Krishna is teaching them how to flatter Krishna. If one is not prepared to surrender to Krishna, then what is the meaning of preaching Gita. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Giriraja -- Los Angeles 6 June, 1976|Letter to Giriraja -- Los Angeles 6 June, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I have received one reply from Mr. Bajaj of the Gita Pratisthan dated May 25, 1976, and it is not feasible for me to attend this meeting so if appears wise you can go as my disciples on my behalf, both yourself and Gopala Krishna. This is the line that you should adopt: We are already propagating Gita, but &amp;quot;As It Is,&amp;quot; without changing. This should be the method. Krishna is not going to flatter the politicians and learned scholars, rather Krishna is teaching them how to flatter Krishna. Na mam duskrtino mudhah prapadyante naradhamah, etc [Bg. 7.15]. If one is not prepared to surrender to Krishna, then what is the meaning of preaching Gita. If one has got their own philosophy, then let them preach their own philosophy, but do not do it in the name of the Gita. This is our protest to all of the interpreters of the Bhagavad-gita. If they do not believe in God, Krishna, and they don&#039;t want to surrender to Him, then let him preach atheism. Everyone has got the right to do this, but why through the Gita. This is like a man who wants to smoke ganga, but he does not want to be caught. So he takes a friends&#039; hand and smokes it in his hand, and then when the authorities come, he says, &amp;quot;Oh, I have not smoked ganga, see, my hands are clean!&amp;quot; The idea is that if one wants to preach the Gita, then he must preach it as it is, otherwise, don&#039;t go through the Gita. So as my students, you can speak very tactfully.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we revive Krishna consciousness in a systematic way, within a very short time we can revive our original Indian culture on the basis of the teachings of Lord Krishna and the Bhagavad-gita.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gaura Govinda -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976|Letter to Gaura Govinda -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So it is a long process how Indians, especially educated Indians, have become victimized by the slowly deteriorating position of Indian culture, but there is no use tracing out the history but generally we have lost our own culture and our leaders are not very serious to revive our own culture to the point. But still the mass of people, not being very much advanced in education, stick to the Indian culture. For example, lakhs of people still visit Jagannatha Puri during the Rathayatra Festival, lakhs still visit the Kumbha mela, and lakhs still visit the holy places of India, but there is no encouragement by the leaders. It is only a continuation of the original culture.&lt;br /&gt;
So there is no hopelessness; if we revive Krishna consciousness in a systematic way, within a very short time we can revive our original Indian culture on the basis of the teachings of Lord Krishna and the Bhagavad-gita. So we have to work very hard for this purpose and if you follow the path of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, it will be very easily done.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Discuss_on_this_point_(Letters)&amp;diff=86526</id>
		<title>Discuss on this point (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Discuss_on_this_point_(Letters)&amp;diff=86526"/>
		<updated>2009-05-22T09:58:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;discuss on this point&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;discussed on this point&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;discussed this point&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;discuss this point&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;discussing this point&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Discuss|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You, Satsvarupa and other members may discuss this point and come to some conclusion so that we can do the needful when I return to New York. In the mean time you can make your decision. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Long Branch, NJ 14 June, 1967|Letter to Brahmananda -- Long Branch, NJ 14 June, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I have already explained to Satsvarupa that for the present I may return to India and try to recoup my health as well as begin the American house there. I understand the attitude of Rabbi Newman is not very encouraging. So if I go to India and utilize the building fund there, it will be nice. If we spend there 10,000 dollars only we can have very nice accommodations for training American youths in the matter of preaching work of Krishna Consciousness. We have tried our best to secure a house in N.Y. but so far we have failed and I think we can continue our centers in rented houses without endeavoring more for our own house. Rather we may train up boys for preaching work and send them back to all the parts of the world to preach this gospel. After 6 months if I am fit I my come back again to work with you with renovated energy. So I shall like that. You, Satsvarupa and other members may discuss this point and come to some conclusion so that we can do the needful when I return to New York. In the mean time you can make your decision. Even in my absence there will be no stoppage of activities, will go on nicely by regular exchange of correspondence and there will be no difficulty. At last I may inform you that if I get my permanent visa and if Rabbi Newman agrees to give us the house then I may not return to India—that is my inner wish.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I have replied Hrsikesa&#039;s letter in the following words: &amp;quot;I very much appreciate your acknowledgement of my service unto you and you will always have my blessings, but you must know that you have committed a great blunder. I do not wish to discuss on this point more elaborately now, but if you are desirous to know further about it, I shall be glad to give you more enlightenment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 26 March, 1968|Letter to Mukunda -- San Francisco 26 March, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In meantime, I have also received one letter which is very depressing from Hrsikesa. I understand that he has been induced by Bon Maharaja to be initiated by him for giving him shelter, and this foolish boy has accepted his inducement. This isn&#039;t very happy news, and I have replied Hrsikesa&#039;s letter in the following words, which please take note, and in the future, we shall be very cautious about them. &amp;quot;My Dear Hrsikesa, Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter of March 14, 1968, and I am greatly surprised. I am greatly surprised for Bon Maharaja&#039;s initiating you in spite of his knowing that you are already initiated by me. So it is deliberate transgression of Vaisnava etiquettes and otherwise a deliberate insult to me. I do not know why he has done like this but no Vaisnava will approve of this offensive action. I very much appreciate your acknowledgement of my service unto you and you will always have my blessings, but you must know that you have committed a great blunder. I do not wish to discuss on this point more elaborately now, but if you are desirous to know further about it, I shall be glad to give you more enlightenment. Mukunda is not here. He has gone to L.A. Hope you are well.&amp;quot; If Hrsikesa writes you letter I think you may avoid reply. I do not approve both Hrsikesa&#039;s and Bon Maharaja&#039;s this offensive action.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So these people are collecting funds and eating and sleeping. The reason is that they deviated from the disciplic succession from Srila Prabhupada. So, I don&#039;t wish to discuss on this point, because you know better than me.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagannatham Prabhu -- Montreal 22 June, 1968|Letter to Jagannatham Prabhu -- Montreal 22 June, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Srila (Bhaktisiddhanta) Prabhupada used this word many times in connection with inactive centers. And when one was too much engaged in buildings, He always warned that our business is not for becoming mason workers, or becoming carpenters, neither to create a place for eating and sleeping. So these people are collecting funds and eating and sleeping. The reason is that they deviated from the disciplic succession from Srila Prabhupada. So, I don&#039;t wish to discuss on this point, because you know better than me; but I think you are also old enough, and I am also old enough. At any time we may pass away from this world, but I wish that we may try to do some service to Srila Prabhupada until the last moment of our life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I understand you are coming here by the 23rd instant, and when we meet we shall discuss on this point broadly. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dinesh, Krsna Devi -- Los Angeles 19 November, 1968|Letter to Dinesh, Krsna Devi -- Los Angeles 19 November, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding Kallman: The contract is in New York, there in a file, but this Mr. Kallman has failed to abide by the contract. He printed 10,000 copies of the record, but he did not pay a single cent. Although the contract was that he would pay me 15 cents per record. You can consult your father what is the position. I think Mr. Kallman has broken the terms of the contract, but Brahmananda told me that he has taken a letter from Brahmananda adjusting this account. Of course, Brahmananda had no power to adjust this account without my sanction. So you can inquire from Brahmananda what is the position. Otherwise, the contract is already broken. So by joint consultation with your father and Brahmananda you can do the needful. I understand you are coming here by the 23rd instant, and when we meet we shall discuss on this point broadly. But Mr. Kallman is very intriguing. But when he comes before me, he presents himself as a great devotee. So this is the position. But he has not paid me a single cent, that is a fact.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Actually when one comes to realize the Personality of Godhead, only then is his theistic knowledge complete. We have discussed this point very elaborately in the Bhagavad-gita.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 19 December, 1968|Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 19 December, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is encouraging to me that you are going to France and will acquaint yourself with theistic philosopher&#039;s on a Personal God. Actually when one comes to realize the Personality of Godhead, only then is his theistic knowledge complete. We have discussed this point very elaborately in the Bhagavad-gita As It Is and your high intelligence will help you to present this idea before the learned scholars of France who are already inclined toward a Personality of Godhead. Please impress them logically and scientifically and it will be a great achievement for our mission. France is considered to have the most cultured people in Europe and if we can have some footing in France in the matter of Krishna Consciousness certainly this will be a great success. I am very glad that this subject matter is entrusted with you and I hope you will do it to your best capacity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have already discussed this point in many articles and change in religious faith does not make one advanced in spiritual understanding. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 2 March, 1969|Letter to Janardana -- Los Angeles 2 March, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If we turn our attention to fit with the Christian people, or any other religious sect, I think it will not be very much fruitful because nobody will change his faith even though he is given scientific or archeological evidences. And that will also not help anybody. We have already discussed this point in many articles and change in religious faith does not make one advanced in spiritual understanding. The spiritual understanding as taught by Lord Caitanya is that all living entities are eternally servants of God. We have to propagate this philosophy, and for this we have to make propaganda. Every religion believes in God, and we want that everyone should actively come to this understanding of accepting one&#039;s eternal servitorship to God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The sannyasa in the paramahamsa stage is the Spiritual Master of everyone. I have asked Kirtanananda Maharaja to work on the bahudaka stage for the present. I discussed this point with him when I was in New Vrindaban. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 30 August, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Hamburg 30 August, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I do not know why Kirtanananda Maharaja says that his authority overrides yours. At the present moment everyone is working under my authority. Similarly, Kirtanananda also should work under my authority. So the condition imposed by Kirtanananda as stated by you does not look well. A sannyasi has got four stages of elevation: kuticak, bahudaka, parivrajaka and paramahamsa. The sannyasa in the paramahamsa stage is the Spiritual Master of everyone. I have asked Kirtanananda Maharaja to work on the bahudaka stage for the present. I discussed this point with him when I was in New Vrindaban. This stage means he should move amongst people to draw their attention to the New Vrindaban scheme and try to attract their attention for its development. So he should immediately begin this bahudaka program and collect money from outsiders, not from insiders.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one is satisfied only with the other aspects of the Absolute Truth namely the Paramatma feature or the Brahma feature—such person is to be considered as one possessed of poor fund of knowledge. Recently we have published our &amp;quot;Isopanisad&amp;quot; a Vedic literature and in this small booklet we have thoroughly discussed this point.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Executive Senior Editor of Los Angeles Times -- Los Angeles 14 January, 1970|Letter to Executive Senior Editor of Los Angeles Times -- Los Angeles 14 January, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unfortunately all the Swamis who came before me in this country stressed the impersonal aspect of God without sufficient knowledge of Personal aspect of God. In the Bhagavad-gita, therefore it is said that only less intelligent persons consider that God is originally impersonal but when He incarnates He assumes a Form. But Krishna philosophy based on the authority of the Vedas is that originally the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. His plenary expansion is present in everyone&#039;s heart in His localized aspect and the impersonal Brahman effulgence is the transcendental light and heat distributed everywhere. In the Bhagavad-gita it is clearly said that the aim of Vedic way of searching out the Absolute Truth is to find out the Personal God. If one is satisfied only with the other aspects of the Absolute Truth namely the Paramatma feature or the Brahma feature—such person is to be considered as one possessed of poor fund of knowledge. Recently we have published our &amp;quot;Isopanisad&amp;quot; a Vedic literature and in this small booklet we have thoroughly discussed this point.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have discussed this point very broadly and Swaroop Damodara is convinced that everything comes from life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Niranjana -- Brooklyn 21 May, 1973|Letter to Niranjana -- Brooklyn 21 May, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The aim of our education should be, whatever education we might have got, we must satisfy the Lord by such education. That is the perfection of life. I have therefore asked our chemist friend, Dr. Swaroop Damodara das Brahmacari to refute the theory that life comes out of matter. This is not the fact, rather, matter comes out of life. We have discussed this point very broadly and Swaroop Damodara is convinced that everything comes from life, Krsna—aham sarvasya prabhavo/ mattah sarvam pravartate.  [Bg. 10.8]. So, I&#039;ve asked Swaroop Damodara to invite Ramananda Rao to come and join him to present this revolutionary theory to the learned advanced scientists. We know it certainly that matter comes out of life. Simply we have to present this thesis in chemical, technological words. Svarupa Damodara has already written one small booklet, &amp;quot;Krsna Consciousness, Purely on a Scientific Basis.&amp;quot; So this is the business of big, big, chemists and physicists to present the real facts in Krsna Consciousness. Then such education is valid.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The best service to human society is to educate them after the principle of the Gita, otherwise they are losing the chance of perfection in the human life and going down again to the circle of birth and death and transmigration in different species of life numbering 8,400,000. It is very interesting to discuss on this point.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. Ghosh -- 29 March, 1974|Letter to Dr. Ghosh -- 29 March, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore our propaganda is to educate people to accept Krsna as the perfect leader in all fields of activity, and if people take to it seriously they will be happy in this life and after quitting this body he goes back to home, back to Godhead. There is no difficulty in understanding this philosophy in full brain and it is the urgent necessity that it be spread all over the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the best service to human society is to educate them after the principle of the Gita, otherwise they are losing the chance of perfection in the human life and going down again to the circle of birth and death and transmigration in different species of life numbering 8,400,000. It is very interesting to discuss on this point and it will be a great pleasure for me if you come and stay with me for some time and preach this philosophy amongst the higher section of society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I was discussing this point in my lecture last night here in Bombay, that human life means tapasya, and tapasya must begin with brahmacaryena, life at Gurukula.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 11 April, 1974|Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 11 April, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is extremely assuring to me to hear that Gurukula is doing nicely. The importance of the school in Dallas cannot be overestimated, both for our ISKCON movement, and for the outsiders as well, indeed it is important for the whole world. I was discussing this point in my lecture last night here in Bombay, that human life means tapasya, and tapasya must begin with brahmacaryena, life at Gurukula. The boy is supposed to lie down on the floor, collect alms for the spiritual master—not that they are trying very hard to make a comfortable material arrangement. But the result is that although in this age everyone is born a sudra, we are producing first class brahmanas who can actually do good for their fellow man.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;What is your opinion? If possible, please see me in Bombay on the fifth instant, and we shall discuss on this point. If Hari Prasad Badruka and brothers are serious about donating land to us, then my decision is to make one of them especially Hari Prasad become the member of the trust of the Hare Krishna Land. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mahamsa -- New Delhi 2 May, 1975|Letter to Mahamsa -- New Delhi 2 May, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I do not know how much you have proceeded about the land donation by Mr. Hari Prasad Badruka and brothers. If Hari Prasad Badruka donates the land as stipulated, then I wish to make him one of the trustees of Hare Krishna Land, Bombay. I am going to make a trust board for the Bombay Hare Krishna Land in which I wish to include Sri Panalala Pithi, Hari Prasad Badruka, as well as yourself as members of the trustee board. What is your opinion? If possible, please see me in Bombay on the fifth instant, and we shall discuss on this point. If Hari Prasad Badruka and brothers are serious about donating land to us, then my decision is to make one of them especially Hari Prasad become the member of the trust of the Hare Krishna Land. I hope you will understand my views. I shall be glad to see you in Bombay on the fifth before starting for Australia on the sixth instant.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As you have written in a friendly spirit, I do not wish to discuss this&lt;br /&gt;
point further. If you will kindly take a little trouble to read this chapter &amp;quot;Lord Caitanya meets Vallabha Bhatta&amp;quot; you will understand the whole situation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sumati Morarjee -- Valencay, France 7 August, 1976|Letter to Sumati Morarjee -- Valencay, France 7 August, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although this point is very controversial, it is not based on hearsay, as you have stated, but it is authoritatively documented by the Caitanya Caritamrta. As you have written in a friendly spirit, I do not wish to discuss this point further. If you will kindly take a little trouble to read this chapter &amp;quot;Lord Caitanya meets Vallabha Bhatta&amp;quot; you will understand the whole situation. Actually Vallabha Bhatta should not have criticized Sridhara Svami, because even now Sridhara Svami is very respected. Even authorities like Sri Jiva Goswami and Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura mention in their commentaries, svami caranat, as we have learned it from the lotus feet of Sridhara Svami. So when Vallabha Bhatta criticized Sridhara Svami, Caitanya Mahaprabhu criticized Vallabha Bhatta strongly. This is a fact, but this does not mean that Vallabha Bhatta and Caitanya Mahaprabhu were inimical. Vallabha Bhatta honored Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu as a superior. Sometimes Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would chastise Vallabha Bhatta and sometimes He would favor him, because this was their relationship. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu would never refuse the occasional invitations of Vallabha Bhatta.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sun_globe_(CC_and_other_books)&amp;diff=86468</id>
		<title>Sun globe (CC and other books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sun_globe_(CC_and_other_books)&amp;diff=86468"/>
		<updated>2009-05-21T11:05:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;sun globe&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Archana| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|19May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=3|OB=9|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sun|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Globe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compilations from Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi Preface|CC Adi Preface]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The impersonalist Māyāvādī philosophers do not accept that the ultimate aspect of the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one desires to understand the sun as it is, one must first face the sunshine and then the sun globe, and then, if one is able to enter into that globe, one may come face to face with the predominating deity of the sun. Due to a poor fund of knowledge, the Māyāvādī philosophers cannot go beyond the Brahman effulgence, which may be compared to the sunshine. The Upaniṣads confirm that one has to penetrate the dazzling effulgence of Brahman before one can see the real face of the Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.140|CC Adi 7.140, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supreme Personality of Godhead is full in six opulences. His position is unique, for He possesses all riches, strength, influence, beauty, knowledge and renunciation. Brahman means the greatest, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead is greater than the greatest, just as the sun globe is greater than the sunshine, which is all-pervading in the universe. Although the sunshine that spreads all over the universes appears very great to the less knowledgeable, greater than the sunshine is the sun itself, and greater than the sun is the sun-god. Similarly, impersonal Brahman is not the greatest, although it appears to be so.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 25.33|CC Madhya 25.33, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The potency of Kṛṣṇa that is spread everywhere is impersonal, just as the sunlight is the impersonal expansion of the sun globe and the sun-god. If we simply take one side of the Supreme Personality of Godhead—His impersonal effulgence—that one side does not fully explain the Absolute Truth. Impersonal appreciation of the Absolute Truth is one-sided and incomplete. One should also accept the other side, the personal side—Bhagavān.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC Preface|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter Preface]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The impersonalist Māyāvādī philosophers do not accept that the ultimate aspect of the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If one desires to understand the sun as it is, one must first face the sunshine, then the sun globe and, after entering into that globe, come face to face with the predominating deity of the sun. Due to a poor fund of knowledge, the Māyāvādī philosophers cannot go beyond the Brahman effulgence, which may be compared to the sunshine. The Upaniṣads confirm that one has to penetrate the dazzling effulgence of Brahman before one can see the real face of the Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 15|Nectar of Devotion 15]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān are the same-and-one Absolute Truth, devotees like Kaṁsa or Śiśupāla could attain only to the Brahman effulgence. They could not have realization of Paramātmā or Bhagavān. That is the distinction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogy can be given with the sun globe and the sunshine: to remain in the sunshine does not mean one has gone to the sun globe. The temperature of the sun globe is different from the temperature of the sunshine. One who has gone through the sunshine in jet planes or in spaceships has not necessarily gone to the sun globe. Although the sunshine and the sun globe are actually one and the same, still there is a distinction, for one is the energy and one is the energetic source. The Absolute Truth and His bodily effulgence are in the same way simultaneously one and different.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 21|Nectar of Devotion 21]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A person who acts exactly according to the tenets of scripture is called śāstra-cakṣus. Śāstra-cakṣus means one who sees through the eyes of the authorized scriptures. Actually, any man of knowledge and experience should see everything through these books. For example, with our naked eye we perceive the sun globe simply as some glaring substance, but when we see through authorized books of science and other literature, we can understand how much greater the sun globe is than this earth and how powerful it is. So seeing things through the naked eye is not actually seeing. Seeing things through the authorized books or authorized teachers is the correct way to see.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 22|Nectar of Devotion 22]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; For the impersonalists and the enemies of Kṛṣṇa, liberation means merging into the Supreme. The demons and the impersonalists do not care for Kṛṣṇa, but Kṛṣṇa is so kind that He gives this liberation even to His enemies and to the impersonalists. There is the following statement in this connection: &amp;quot;O Murāri [Kṛṣṇa]! How wonderful it is that although the demons, who were always envious of the demigods, have failed to penetrate Your military phalanx, they have penetrated the region of mitra, the sun globe.&amp;quot; The word mitra is used metaphorically. Mitra means &amp;quot;the sun globe,&amp;quot; and mitra also means &amp;quot;friend.&amp;quot; The demons who opposed Kṛṣṇa as enemies wanted to penetrate His military phalanx, but instead of doing this, they died in battle, and the result was that they penetrated the planet of Mitra, or the sun planet. In other words, they entered into the Brahman effulgence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 3|Krsna Book 3]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; “One has to understand Your appearance with great intelligence because the material energy is also emanating from You. You are the original source of the material energy, just as the sun is the source of the sunshine. The sunshine cannot cover the sun globe, nor can the material energy—being an emanation from You—cover You. You appear to be in the three modes of material energy, but actually the three modes of material energy cannot cover You. This is understood by the highly intellectual philosophers. In other words, although You appear to be within the material energy, You are never covered by it.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 28|Krsna Book 28]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fact is that those who are always engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and mature, pure devotional service are given the chance, after death, to gain Kṛṣṇa’s association in one of the universes within the material world. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are continuously going on, either in this universe or in another universe. Just as the sun globe is passing over many places across this earthly planet, so kṛṣṇa-līlā, or the transcendental advent and pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, are also going on continuously, either in this or another universe.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 62|Krsna Book 62]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once upon a time, Bāṇāsura came to offer his respects to Lord Śiva. By touching the lotus feet of Lord Śiva with his helmet, which was shining like the sun globe, he offered his obeisances unto him. While offering his respectful obeisances, Bāṇāsura said, “My dear lord, anyone who has not fulfilled his ambition will be able to do so by taking shelter of your lotus feet, which are just like a desire tree from which one can take anything he desires.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 63|Krsna Book 63]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā, the cause of the impersonal Brahman is Lord Kṛṣṇa. This Brahman effulgence is likened to the sunshine, which emanates from the sun globe. Therefore, impersonal Brahman is not the ultimate cause. The ultimate cause of everything is the supreme eternal form of Kṛṣṇa. All material actions and reactions take place in the impersonal Brahman, but in the personal Brahman, the eternal form of Kṛṣṇa, there is no action and reaction.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:ISO 16|Sri Isopanisad 16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brahmajyoti is described in the Brahma-saṁhitā as the rays emanating from that supreme spiritual planet, Goloka Vṛndāvana, just as the sun&#039;s rays emanate from the sun globe. Until one surpasses the glare of the brahmajyoti, one cannot receive information of the land of the Lord. The impersonalist philosophers, blinded as they are by the dazzling brahmajyoti, can realize neither the factual abode of the Lord nor His transcendental form. Limited by their poor fund of knowledge, such impersonalist thinkers cannot understand the all-blissful transcendental form of Lord Kṛṣṇa. In this prayer, therefore, Śrī Īśopaniṣad petitions the Lord to remove the effulgent rays of the brahmajyoti so that the pure devotee can see His all-blissful transcendental form.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Resolve_(CC_and_other_books)&amp;diff=86467</id>
		<title>Resolve (CC and other books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Resolve_(CC_and_other_books)&amp;diff=86467"/>
		<updated>2009-05-21T11:03:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;resolve&amp;quot;|&amp;quot; resolved&amp;quot;|&amp;quot; resolves&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|19May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=4|OB=8|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Resolve|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compilations from Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.257|CC Adi 17.257, Translation]]: When all the students thus resolved, criticizing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, their intelligence was spoiled. Thus although they were learned scholars, because of this offense the essence of knowledge was not manifested in them.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 10.119|CC Madhya 10.119, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many different kinds of scriptures, and by reading them one often becomes puzzled. But when one receives the mercy of the Lord, his confusion is mitigated. Not only are scriptural disparities resolved, but a kind of transcendental bliss is awakened, and in this way one is fully satisfied. The transcendental loving service of the Lord constantly engages the conditioned soul in serving the Lord’s lotus feet. Through such fortunate engagement, one’s transcendental love for Kṛṣṇa is increased. One’s position is thus completely purified, and one is filled with transcendental bliss accompanied by the spirit soul’s jubilation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 12.34|CC Madhya 12.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu was thus very tactfully suggesting that Caitanya Mahāprabhu give a piece of His old clothing to the King. Even though the King was not to meet the Lord, the King would then be pacified by receiving such a cloth. The King was very anxious to see the Lord, yet it was not possible for the Lord to see him. Just to resolve the situation, Nityānanda Prabhu suggested that the Lord send an old piece of clothing. Thus the King would understand that the Lord was showing mercy to him. The King would then not do anything drastic like giving up his life or becoming a mendicant.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 16.273|CC Madhya 16.273, Translation]]: “I have therefore resolved to go alone or, at the utmost, with one servant. In this way, My journey to Vṛndāvana will be beautiful.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC Prologue|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter Prologue]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It was after this that some of the jealous and low-minded brāhmaṇas of Kulia picked a quarrel with Mahāprabhu and collected a party to oppose him. Nimāi Paṇḍita was naturally a soft-hearted person, though strong in his principles. He declared that party feelings and sectarianism were the two great enemies of progress and that as long as he should continue to be an inhabitant of Nadia belonging to a certain family, his mission would not meet with complete success. He then resolved to be a citizen of the world by cutting his connection with his particular family, caste and creed, and with this resolution he embraced the position of a sannyāsī at Katwa, under the guidance of Keśava Bhāratī of that town, on the 24th year of his age. His mother and wife wept bitterly for his separation, but our hero, though soft in heart, was a strong person in principle. He left his little world in his house for the unlimited spiritual world of Kṛṣṇa with man in general.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 27|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 27]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The author of Caitanya-caritāmṛta has described Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu as the ocean of transcendental knowledge and Śrī Rāmānanda Rāya as the cloud which is produced from that ocean. Rāmānanda Rāya was a greatly advanced scholar in devotional service, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya he gathered all transcendental conclusions just as a cloud gathers water from the ocean. As clouds appear from the ocean, distribute water all over the world, and return to the ocean, so by the grace of Lord Caitanya, Rāmānanda Rāya attained his higher knowledge of devotional service and again, after retiring from service, resolved to see Lord Caitanya in Purī.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 5|Krsna Book 5]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Vasudeva was feeling His separation, but he could not express the real fact. “Please tell me about the welfare of Vṛndāvana,” he said. “You have many animals—are they happy? Are they getting sufficient grass and water? Please also let me know whether the place where you are now living is undisturbed and peaceful.” This inquiry was made by Vasudeva because he was very anxious about Kṛṣṇa’s safety. He knew that Kaṁsa and his followers were trying to kill Kṛṣṇa by sending various kinds of demons. They had already resolved that all children born within ten days of the birthday of Kṛṣṇa should be killed. Because Vasudeva was so anxious about Kṛṣṇa, he inquired about the safety of His residence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 86|Krsna Book 86]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Arjuna, the grandfather of Mahārāja Parīkṣit, was himself extraordinarily beautiful, and his bodily structure was very attractive to Subhadrā, who decided within her mind that she would accept only Arjuna as her husband. As a simple girl, she was smiling with great pleasure, looking at Arjuna. Thus Arjuna also became more and more attracted by her. In this way, Subhadrā dedicated herself to Arjuna, and he resolved to marry her by any means. He then became absorbed twenty-four hours a day in thought of how he could get Subhadrā as his wife. He was afflicted with the thought of getting Subhadrā and had not a moment’s peace of mind.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 2.9|Renunciation Through Wisdom 2.9]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Real mahātmās do not distract their minds with sense gratification and material desires, but with single-minded resolve they engage in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord. Because they are under the protection of His divine energy, they understand that Lord Kṛṣṇa is the supreme cause of all causes. Such persons alone possess all saintly qualities. Lord Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotees are exceptional personalities, for at all times they are embellished with extraordinary characteristics rarely attained even by the demigods. To usher in the age of peace in this world, the presence such mahātmās is imperative.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 2.9|Renunciation Through Wisdom 2.9]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because the mahātmās are more humble than a blade of grass, they worship Lord Kṛṣṇa and everything in relation to Him. Atheists, however, exhibit a different mentality altogether: they want to flaunt their abilities and charitable disposition. They may pretend to serve Lord Kṛṣṇa, but their aim is &amp;quot;to sit on the Lord&#039;s head&amp;quot; once they attain perfection. In other words, they want to usurp His position. Therefore they do not really serve Lord Kṛṣṇa, nor is He their real object of worship. The mahātmās never associate with these demoniac people. They are fixed in their resolve to serve the Lord, and thus they always remain connected to Him through devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; At times, when doubts and restlessness assail us, we must remain fixed in our resolve. The best remedy for doubts is to seek the association of saintly persons. Saintly souls who are learned in the conclusions of the revealed scriptures and have realized the Supreme Lord can dissipate our doubts and calm our restless mind with unequivocal instructions and exemplary actions. When Kṛṣṇa conscious topics, which are both very potent and nectarean to the ears and heart, are heard and discussed in the association of saints, then faith in  the Supreme Lord gradually increases, along with attraction and devotion to Him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once a person resolves to accept only those things conducive to devotional service, the Lord&#039;s internal potency helps him reach goal. Our sole duty is to constantly remember the Lord and pray for His sanction in everything. The instructions we receive from a spiritual master firmly situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness help us properly engage in the devotional processes of hearing, chanting, and constant remembrance of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Self_complacent&amp;diff=86466</id>
		<title>Self complacent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Self_complacent&amp;diff=86466"/>
		<updated>2009-05-21T11:00:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Self-complacent&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya|Serene| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=4|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Self]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Complacent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 16.17|BG 16.17, Translation]]: Self-complacent and always impudent, deluded by wealth and false prestige, they sometimes proudly perform sacrifices in name only, without following any rules or regulations.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.1.16|SB 2.1.16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One is recommended to quit home just to get rid of material attachment because one who sticks to family life until death cannot get rid of material attachment and as long as one is materially attached one cannot understand spiritual freedom. One should not, however, become self-complacent simply by leaving home or by creating another home at the holy place, either lawfully or unlawfully. Many persons leave home and go to such holy places, but due to bad association, again become family men by illicit connection with the opposite sex. The illusory energy of matter is so strong that one is apt to be under such illusion at every stage of life, even after quitting one&#039;s happy home. Therefore, it is essential that one practice self-control by celibacy without the least desire for sex indulgence. For a man desiring to improve the condition of his existence, sex indulgence is considered suicidal, or even worse.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.16.42|SB 6.16.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Self-complacent and always impudent, deluded by wealth and false prestige, they sometimes perform sacrifices in name only without following any rules or regulations.&amp;quot; (BG 16.17) Sometimes animal sacrifices are performed very gorgeously with grand arrangements for worshiping the goddess Kālī, but such festivals, although performed in the name of yajña, are not actually yajña, for yajña means to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 1.2|Renunciation Through Wisdom 1.2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Self-complacent and always impudent, deluded by wealth and false prestige, they sometimes proudly perform sacrifices in name only, without following any rules or regulations. Bewildered by false ego, strength, pride, lust, and anger, the demons become envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in their own bodies and in the bodies of others, and blaspheme against the real religion. Those who are envious and mischievous, who are the lowest among men, I perpetually cast into the ocean of material existence, into various demoniac species of life. Attaining repeated birth amongst the species of demoniac life, O son of Kuntī, such persons can never approach Me. Gradually they sink down to the most abominable type of existence.&lt;br /&gt;
These verses from the Gītā aptly describe the demoniac nature.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.19-25 -- Los Angeles, January 9, 1969|Lecture on BG 4.19-25 -- Los Angeles, January 9, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; These impersonalists they are closing their eyes. That&#039;s all. Just like voidists, they are also doing that. &amp;quot;Now I have become free by smoking or by gāñjā eating, drinking, or smoking.&amp;quot; You see? These things are simply false imagination. Therefore they are less intelligent. They are not intelligent. Bhāgavata says ye &#039;nye &#039;ravindākṣa vimukta-māninaḥ. They are self-complacent that &amp;quot;I have become free, liberated,&amp;quot; this and that. But actually their intelligence is very contaminated.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 1 -- Los Angeles, April 30, 1970|Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 1 -- Los Angeles, April 30, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because you are preacher, so you have to test yourself, how you are making advance. Don&#039;t be self-complacent: &amp;quot;Oh, I am very..., I have advanced very much.&amp;quot; Your advancement will be tested when you can meet opposing elements. Not that when the opposing elements come, &amp;quot;Oh, let him talk with Guru Mahārāja, or spiritual master.&amp;quot; Why? What for you are being taught? So you should be very careful to understand the philosophy. Otherwise, you are not making progress.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi|Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The whole world is full of conditioned living entities. They&#039;re conditioned. Conditioned means under the control of the material nature. Guṇaiḥ karmāṇi. There are different types of conditioned souls. Some of them are good conditioned soul, some of them are passionate conditioned soul, some of them are rascal conditioned soul. So good conditioned soul means that, er, &amp;quot;(indistinct) that I have become very much learned, I have studied so many books, so now I am perfect.&amp;quot; There is little goodness, because he has studied, he, he has labored, but still he&#039;s conditioned soul, because he has no perfect vision. Vimukta-māninaḥ. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam they have been described as vimukta-māninaḥ, that &amp;quot;I have become now liberated, māninaḥ.&amp;quot; Self-complacent, thinking that &amp;quot;I have become now liberated. Now I become Nārāyaṇa, God.&amp;quot; These Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, they address among themselves as namaḥ nārāyaṇa. That means each one of them has become as good as Nārāyaṇa, because Nārāyaṇa is mukta. Nārāyaṇa paraḥ. Śaṅkarācārya says paraḥ. Paraḥ means liberated. Paraḥ and aparaḥ. Aparaḥ means conditioned. So nārāyaṇa paraḥ, avyaktāt. Nārāyaṇa is transcendental to this cosmic manifestation. He&#039;s above. So the Māyāvādī philosopher, they think that &amp;quot;I have become now a liberated, as good as Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; But Bhāgavata says, &amp;quot;No. You are simply thinking like that. You are rascal.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi|Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Still they have not reached the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Simply impersonal idea, and self-complacent that &amp;quot;I have become now Nārāyaṇa.&amp;quot; So this kind of knowledge is aviśuddha, impure, impure knowledge, because the test is, unless one comes to the point of understanding the Personality of Godhead, the knowledge is imperfect. So they are impersonalists, and falsely thinking themselves as Nārāyaṇa. Therefore we can immediately test that &amp;quot;Here is a rascal.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 4, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- May 4, 1973, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Harer nāma, harer nāma, harer nāma [Cc. Ādi 17.21]. Sattvam... There is an Indian government slogan, sattvam eva...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: Sattvam eva jayate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Ah. So this is sattvaṁ jayate. It must come out triumphant. We have to try for... How foolishly they are propagating a false theory, and amongst themselves self-complacent, getting prize, eulogization. What is this nonsense? Expose them. Bluffing. The bluffing should be exposed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 28, 1976, New Vrindaban|Garden Conversation -- June 28, 1976, New Vrindaban]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: What are the word meanings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;Ātma-sambhāvitāḥ-self-complacent.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Whatever they are thinking, it is all right, that&#039;s all. They are not going to hear any authority. Whatever they think, that is final. That&#039;s all. Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;Stabdhāḥ-impudent.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No obedience to authority. Impudent. And?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Dhana-māna.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Dhana-māna. Because they have got money, whatever they think, that&#039;s all right.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sally -- New York 13 November, 1965|Letter to Sally -- New York 13 November, 1965]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Yes there was all darkness in New York on the 10th instant and it was not a happy incident. I learn that may people remained in the elevators and in the subway trains for more than seven to eight hours in darkness. I do not read newspapers but there must have been some mishaps also which we may not know. That is the way of material civilization too much depending on machine. At any time the whole thing may collapse and therefore we may not be self complacent depending so much on artificial life. The modern life of civilization depends wholly on electricity and petrol and both of them are artificial for man.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Anartha-nivrtti_(Books)&amp;diff=86465</id>
		<title>Anartha-nivrtti (Books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Anartha-nivrtti_(Books)&amp;diff=86465"/>
		<updated>2009-05-21T10:58:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Haya: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;anartha-nivrtti&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;anartha-nivrttih&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Haya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|06Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=3|OB=3|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Anartha]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;These effects of bhakti-yoga are called anartha-nivṛtti. Things which are artificially acquired gradually disappear along with the progress of bhakti-yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.12|SB 2.2.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The process of meditation recommended herein is bhakti-yoga, or the process of devotional service after one is liberated from the material conditions. Jñāna-yoga is the process of liberation from the material conditions. After one is liberated from the conditions of material existence, i.e., when one is nivṛtta, as previously stated herein, or when one is freed from all material necessities, one becomes qualified to discharge the process of bhakti-yoga. Therefore bhakti-yoga includes jñāna-yoga, or, in other words, the process of pure devotional service simultaneously serves the purpose of jñāna-yoga; liberation from material conditions is automatically achieved by the gradual development of pure devotional service. These effects of bhakti-yoga are called anartha-nivṛtti. Things which are artificially acquired gradually disappear along with the progress of bhakti-yoga. Meditation on the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, the first processional step, must show its effect by anartha-nivṛtti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Sanskrit statement anartha-nivṛtti indicates that this body is unwanted.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.33.26|SB 3.33.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Sanskrit statement anartha-nivṛtti indicates that this body is unwanted. We are spirit soul, and there was never any need of this material body. But because we wanted to enjoy the material body, we have this body, through the material energy, under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As soon as we are reestablished in our original position of servitorship to the Supreme Lord, we begin to forget the necessities of the body, and at last we forget the body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord was very pleased with those who could cleanse the temple by taking out undesirable things accumulated within. This is called anartha-nivṛtti, cleansing the heart of all unwanted things. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 12.135|CC Madhya 12.135, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By His practical activity, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu informed us how to cleanse our hearts. Once the heart is cleansed, we should invite Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa to sit down, and we should observe the festival by distributing prasādam and chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu used to teach every devotee by His personal behavior. Everyone who spreads the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepts a similar responsibility. The Lord was personally chastising and praising individuals in the course of the cleaning, and those who are engaged as ācāryas must learn from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu how to train devotees by personal example. The Lord was very pleased with those who could cleanse the temple by taking out undesirable things accumulated within. This is called anartha-nivṛtti, cleansing the heart of all unwanted things. Thus the cleansing of the Guṇḍicā-mandira was conducted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to let us know how the heart should be cleansed and soothed to receive Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and enable Him to sit within the heart without disturbance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Liberation from material contamination is called anartha-nivṛtti, indicating a diminishing of all unwanted things. This is the test of development in devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 23.13|CC Madhya 23.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura summarizes this growth of love of Godhead as a gradual process. A person becomes interested in devotional service by some good fortune. Eventually he becomes interested in pure devotional service without material contamination. At that point, a person wants to associate with devotees. As a result of this association, he becomes more and more interested in discharging devotional service and hearing and chanting. The more one is interested in hearing and chanting, the more he is purified of material contamination. Liberation from material contamination is called anartha-nivṛtti, indicating a diminishing of all unwanted things. This is the test of development in devotional service. If one actually develops the devotional attitude, he must be freed from the material contamination of illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating. These are the preliminary symptoms. When one is freed from all material contamination, his firm faith in devotional service awakens. When firm faith develops, a taste arises, and by that taste one becomes attached to devotional service. When this attachment intensifies, the seed of love of Kṛṣṇa fructifies. This position is called prīti or rati (affection) or bhāva (emotion). When rati intensifies, it is called love of Godhead. This love of Godhead is actually life’s highest perfection and the reservoir of all pleasure.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Antya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A pure living entity who thus attains the stage of anartha-nivṛtti, cessation of everything unwanted, has nothing to enjoy in the material world. One attains this stage only by properly performing the functions of devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 3.251|CC Antya 3.251, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Only if a living entity gives up the false conception that the body is the self and always thinks himself an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa and the Vaiṣṇavas can he surpass the influence of māyā (mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te [Bg. 7.14]). A pure living entity who thus attains the stage of anartha-nivṛtti, cessation of everything unwanted, has nothing to enjoy in the material world. One attains this stage only by properly performing the functions of devotional service. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has written:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ādau śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-saṅgo ‘tha bhajana-kriyā&lt;br /&gt;
:tato ‘nartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt tato niṣṭhā rucis tataḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the beginning one must have a preliminary desire for self-realization. This will bring one to the stage of trying to associate with persons who are spiritually elevated. In the next stage, one becomes initiated by an elevated spiritual master, and under his instruction the neophyte devotee begins the process of devotional service. By execution of devotional service under the guidance of the spiritual master, one becomes freed from all material attachments, attains steadiness in self-realization and acquires a taste for hearing about the Absolute Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa.” (Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.4.15) If one is actually executing devotional service, then anarthas, the unwanted things associated with material enjoyment, will automatically disappear.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In following the regulative principles of devotional service, there is a stage called anartha-nivṛtti, which means the disappearance of all material contamination. Only after the stage of liberation from material contamination can one actually aspire to follow in the footsteps of the devotees in Vṛndāvana.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 16|Nectar of Devotion 16]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We must always remember, however, that such eagerness to follow in the footsteps of the denizens of Vraja (Vṛndāvana) is not possible unless one is freed from material contamination. In following the regulative principles of devotional service, there is a stage called anartha-nivṛtti, which means the disappearance of all material contamination. Sometimes someone is found imitating such devotional love, but factually he is not freed from anarthas, or unwanted habits. It has been seen that a so-called devotee proclaims himself a follower of Nanda, Yaśodā or the gopīs, while at the same time his abominable attraction for mundane sex life is visible. Such a manifestation of divine love is mere imitation and has no value. When one is actually spontaneously attracted to the loving principles of the gopīs, there will be found no trace of any mundane contamination in his character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in the beginning, everyone should strictly follow the regulative principles of devotional service, according to the injunctions of the scriptures and the spiritual master. Only after the stage of liberation from material contamination can one actually aspire to follow in the footsteps of the devotees in Vṛndāvana.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Instruction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this way it is to be understood that one is becoming cleansed of unwanted things (anartha-nivṛtti). Anarthas are vanquished when one becomes attached to the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOI 7|Nectar of Instruction 7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If one is sincere, he is initiated, and this stage is called bhajana-kriyā. One then actually engages in the service of the Lord by regularly chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, sixteen rounds daily, and refraining from illicit sex, intoxicants, meat-eating and gambling. By bhajana-kriyā one attains freedom from the contamination of materialistic life. He no longer goes to a restaurant or hotel to taste so-called palatable dishes made with meat and onions, nor does he care to smoke or drink tea or coffee. He not only refrains from illicit sex, but avoids sex life entirely. Nor is he interested in wasting his time in speculating or gambling. In this way it is to be understood that one is becoming cleansed of unwanted things (anartha-nivṛtti). The word anartha refers to unwanted things. Anarthas are vanquished when one becomes attached to the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Narada-bhakti-sutra (sutras 1 to 8 only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A person gradually reaches the stage of anartha-nivṛtti by regularly performing the primary principles of devotional service under the guidance of the spiritual master.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NBS 2|Narada Bhakti Sutra 2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The next stage is called anartha-nivṛtti, in which all the misgivings of material life are vanquished. A person gradually reaches this stage by regularly performing the primary principles of devotional service under the guidance of the spiritual master. There are many bad habits we acquire in the association of material contamination, chief of which are illicit sexual relationships, eating animal food, indulging in intoxication, and gambling. The first thing the expert spiritual master does when he engages his disciple in regulated devotional service is to instruct him to abstain from these four principles of sinful life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Haya</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>